DPR Indravati Final V4 Total 2

GEDCOL/Odisha
This project is funded by

The European Union
Detailed Project Report

160 MW Floating PV plant in Indravati
reservoir in Odisha State, India
May 2022
Support to the India - EU Clean Energy and Climate Partnership (CECP)
Disclaimer: This publication has been produced with the assistance of the European Union. The contents of this
publication are the sole responsibility of the authors (SunBD and PwC) and can in no way be taken to reflect the
views of the European Union or the EU Delegation.
Table of Contents
1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.........................................................................................................................10
1.1 Floating PV Overview.......................................................................................................................10
1.2 Power scenario of India....................................................................................................................10
1.3 FPV Best practices worldwide..........................................................................................................11
1.4 EU Best practices...............................................................................................................................11
1.5 FPV market overview........................................................................................................................13
1.6 FPV costs...........................................................................................................................................14
1.7 160 MW FPV plant in Indravati.........................................................................................................14
1.8 Required infrastructure....................................................................................................................16
1.9 Preliminary Environmental and Social Assessment.........................................................................19
1.10 Selected equipment.........................................................................................................................20
1.11 Annual Energy yield analysis.............................................................................................................21
1.12 Project Financials..............................................................................................................................22
1.13 Business models...............................................................................................................................25
2 INTRODUCTION....................................................................................................................................26
3 SOLAR POWER TECHNOLOGIES..........................................................................................................27
3.1 PV modules.......................................................................................................................................27
3.1.1 Crystalline silicon..............................................................................................................................28
3.1.2 Thin film technologies......................................................................................................................29
3.1.3 Bifacial PV technology......................................................................................................................29
3.1.4 1 axis tracking...................................................................................................................................30
3.1.5 2-axis tracking...................................................................................................................................31
3.1.6 Testing and certification of PV modules..........................................................................................32
3.2 PV inverters overview......................................................................................................................32
3.2.1 On-grid PV inverters.........................................................................................................................33
3.2.2 Testing and certification of PV inverters.........................................................................................33
3.2.3 Other PV Components.....................................................................................................................34
4 FLOATING PV OVERVIEW.....................................................................................................................38
4.1 Floating Solar PV..............................................................................................................................43
4.2 Solar floating PV systems.................................................................................................................43
4.2.1 Floating PV structures......................................................................................................................44
4.2.2 Floating solar tracking system.........................................................................................................50
4.2.3 Solar floating PV anchoring and mooring solutions.......................................................................50
4.2.4 Module Cleaning System..................................................................................................................51
4.2.5 Grounding Resistivity for a Floating PV System..............................................................................56
4.3 FPV - Installation steps and technical standards.............................................................................58
4.3.1 FPV - Installation Steps....................................................................................................................58
4.3.2 Technical Specifications and Standards For FPV............................................................................60
4.4 Independent Solar Floating PV assessment....................................................................................63
4.4.1 Results of the SERIS testbed...........................................................................................................64
4.5 Challenges of floating PV.................................................................................................................69
4.5.1 Technology Challenges....................................................................................................................70
4.5.2 Installation Challenges.....................................................................................................................70
4.5.3 Operation And Maintenance Challenges........................................................................................70
4.5.4 Quality...............................................................................................................................................71
5 POWER SCENARIO OF INDIA...............................................................................................................72
5.1 Renewable energy scenario in India................................................................................................72
5.2 Solar energy development in India..................................................................................................73
5.3 FPV Potential in India.......................................................................................................................77
5.3.1 Floating Solar Potential in Odisha....................................................................................................77
5.3.2 Installed Solar Capacity in Odisha....................................................................................................78
5.3.3 Renewable Purchase Obligation (RPO):.........................................................................................80
6 INTERNATIONAL BEST PRACTICES IN FLOATING SOLAR...................................................................81
7 EUROPEAN UNION BEST PRACTICES IN FLOATING SOLAR...............................................................84
7.1.1 Overview of FPV in Europe..............................................................................................................84
7.2 FPV EU standards.............................................................................................................................86
7.3 FPV EU supporting policies..............................................................................................................89
7.3.1 Study cases: Portugal......................................................................................................................89
7.3.2 Case study: Netherlands..................................................................................................................92
7.3.3 Study case: France...........................................................................................................................93
7.3.4 Case study: Italy...............................................................................................................................94
7.4 FPV EU developers...........................................................................................................................95
7.5 Research and innovation.................................................................................................................96
8 BARRIERS TO FLOATING PV DEVELOPMENT AND HOW TO ADDRESS THEM.................................101
9 PV MARKET OVERVIEW......................................................................................................................105
9.1 Global floating PV market...............................................................................................................107
9.2 Solar floating PV market in India.....................................................................................................117
9.2.1 Recent Developments.....................................................................................................................118
10 COSTS OF FLOATING PV.....................................................................................................................120
11 SITE LOCATION....................................................................................................................................122
11.1 Kalahandi District............................................................................................................................125
11.2 Connectivity....................................................................................................................................125
12 SOLAR IRRADIATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL DATA.........................................................................127
13 SITE ASSESSMENT..............................................................................................................................134
13.1 Bathymetry analysis........................................................................................................................134
13.2 Hydrodynamic analysis...................................................................................................................135
13.3 Seismic analysis...............................................................................................................................136
13.4 Flooding analysis............................................................................................................................136
13.5 Water quality analysis.....................................................................................................................137
13.6 Calculation Of Surface Area for Installation Of FPV......................................................................139
13.7 Estimating Area Available for Setting FPV Park.............................................................................139
14 REQUIRED INFRASTRUCTURE.............................................................................................................141
14.1 ASSEMBLY point.............................................................................................................................141
14.2 Pooling station................................................................................................................................144
14.3 Grid substation...............................................................................................................................144
14.4 Water Infrastructure......................................................................................................................146
15 SELECTED EQUIPMENT.......................................................................................................................147
15.1 MODULES.......................................................................................................................................147
15.2 INVERTERS......................................................................................................................................148
15.3 TRANSFORMERS............................................................................................................................148
16 INDICATIVE LAYOUT AND SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM............................................................................151
17 ANNUAL ENERGY YIELD ANALYSIS....................................................................................................155
17.1 SIMULATION USING PVSYST..........................................................................................................155
18 AUTHORIZATIONS AND PERMITS......................................................................................................159
19 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE...........................................................................................................161
20 PROJECT FINANCIALS.........................................................................................................................162
20.1 Cost estimates................................................................................................................................162
20.2 LCOE................................................................................................................................................163
20.3 Project level assumptions & financial viability analysis.................................................................165
20.3.1 Capital cost.....................................................................................................................................165
20.3.2 Project and financial parameters...................................................................................................165
20.3.3 Profitability and financial feasibility analysis.................................................................................166
20.3.4 Sensitivity analysis of the proposed floating solar project...........................................................166
21 PLANT DESIGN CHECKLISTS...............................................................................................................167
22 BUSINESS MODEL...............................................................................................................................169
23 RISK ASSESSMENT...............................................................................................................................171
24 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT...................................................................174
ANNEXURE I – LAYOUT AND SLD..............................................................................................................176
ANNEXURE 2 – PVSYST REPORTS..............................................................................................................179
ANNEXURE 3 – ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT.......................................180
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1- simulations parameters and results using PVsyst...................................................................................18
Table 2- technical losses used in the simulation...................................................................................................18
Table 3- Cost estimates of the project..................................................................................................................19
Table 2- Performance of commercial crystalline silicon PV Technologies. (It is possible that some multi-
crystalline cells cross the 15% limit due to quality of the process used and the silicon.)........................................26
Table 3- Performance of Commercial thin film technologies.................................................................................26
Table 4- A comparative advantage and disadvantages of floating PV plants and traditional ground-mounted PV
installations...........................................................................................................................................................35
Table 5 Technical Specifications and Standards of FPV.........................................................................................56
Table 6 RPO Obligations.........................................................................................................................................72
Table 7 Barriers and Best Practices (Source - Enabling floating solar photovoltaic (FPV) deployment, USAID-NREL
June 2021)..............................................................................................................................................................93
Table 8- Overview of the Top 50 FPV projects worldwide....................................................................................105
Table 9- Ranking of system providers of floating structures for PV as of 2020....................................................105
Table 10- List of FPV system suppliers with EPC services offered (based on SERIS report, 2018).........................106
Table 11- Overview of top 50 FPV projects with EPC contractors..........................................................................107
Table 12- FPV projects in India with their respective investment costs.................................................................114
Table 13- Salient features, reservoir capacity and water spread of Indravati Dam............................................117
Table 14- Comparison of GHI of the Indravati site based on different sources..................................................121
Table 15- Environmental data of the Indravati site (Meteonorm 7.3)................................................................122
Table 21 - Water data provided by Basin manager of Odisha.............................................................................132
Table 17 – PV module data..................................................................................................................................139
Table 18 – Inverter data......................................................................................................................................140
Table 22- List of permits and authorizations required........................................................................................151
Table 23- Indicative schedule..............................................................................................................................153
Table 24- Cost estimates of the Indravati FPV....................................................................................................154
Table 25- Summary of the business models for the implementation of the project........................................159
Table 26- Risk assessment for the Indravati FPV project....................................................................................161

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1-Annual and installed capacity for FPV.....................................................................................................13
Figure 2- FPV major costs......................................................................................................................................14
Figure 3- Location of the site................................................................................................................................15
Figure 4- Solar irradiation for the state of Odisha................................................................................................15
Figure 5- Area estimated for the FPV project.......................................................................................................16
Figure 6- location of the assembly point 2 (proposed assembly)........................................................................17
Figure 7- location of the pooling station..............................................................................................................18
Figure 8- project schematic for Indravati.............................................................................................................18
Figure 2- Variation of the LCOE with the discount factor....................................................................................22
Figure 3- Variation of the LCOE with the CAPEX considering 8% discount factor...............................................23
Figure 1- Detail of the components of a c-Si module and the assembly (source: Saint – Gobain)...........................27
Figure 2- Bifacial PV cell (Source: Bsolar)...............................................................................................................29
Figure 3- Azimuth tracking (source – SunPower)..................................................................................................30
Figure 4- Elevation tracking (source: Solaria)........................................................................................................30
Figure 5- Movements of two axis tracker...............................................................................................................31
Figure 6- Example of a floating PV system in Japan ((Hyogo prefecture, Japan - 1,076 kWp)................................37
Figure 7- Several solution providers for HDPE floating PV structures....................................................................46
Figure 8- HDPE solution from a plastics manufacturer..........................................................................................47
Figure 9- Reinforced fibre floating PV solution provider........................................................................................47
Figure 10- Metallic structures on floaters..............................................................................................................48
Figure 11- Solution provider for offshore PV systems............................................................................................48
Figure 12- two-axis tracking floating PV solution (Source: SOLARISFLOAT)..........................................................49
Figure 13- Mooring to the banks (source: Solar, Inc. Company).............................................................................49
Figure 14- Anchoring solutions...............................................................................................................................50
Figure 15 Design for an underwater grounding system for a floating PV (Photovoltaic) system...........................55
Figure 16 FPV Installation Steps.............................................................................................................................57
EU-India Clean Energy and Climate Partnership (CECP) Page 1

Figure 17 FPV power structure...............................................................................................................................58
Figure 18- Overview of the SERIS testbed in the Tengeh reservoir in Singapore....................................................61
Figure 19- Bird’s eye view of the SERIS testbed at the Tengeh reservoir in Singapore...........................................62
Figure 20- Comparison between the ambient temperature (weighted temperature of the air: OnS – land, OffS –
water).................................................................................................................................................................... 63
Figure 21- Comparison between the wind speed (weighted wind speed: OnS – land, OffS – water).....................63
Figure 22- Comparison between the air humidity (weighted average humidity: OnS – land, OffS – water)..........64
Figure 23- Albedo for 15 Mar 2017 and similar to the average (OnS – land, OffS – water)......................................64
Figure 24- Cooling effect for different type of floating structures.........................................................................66
Figure 25- The heat loss coefficient of different floating PV systems.....................................................................66
Figure 26- Comparison of the performance of the floating PV systems versus a reference rooftop system.........67
Figure 27- Major problems witnessed at SERIS testbed on the floating PV systems..............................................68
Figure 28: Estimated potential of Floating Solar PV of Odisha...........................................................................73
Figure 29: Main floating PV solar plants in Europe in 2018..................................................................................78
Figure 30 – 6.3 MWp Queen Elizabeth II reservoir solar project in operation since 2016..................................79
Figure 31 – A sight of Sellingen solar plant with 41 MW DC. The 72,000 solar modules have a west-east
orientation. The plant is located in a former sand extraction lake.....................................................................79
Figure 32 – Alqueva dam in Portugal, where 70 MW of Floating PV are set to become the largest FPV plant in
EU..........................................................................................................................................................................80
Figure 33 – Relation of Solar Tenders and Energy Policy Goals in Portugal.......................................................85
Figure 34 – SDE ++ scheme for floating PV in 2020: Ranking and phases by maximum category base amount
............................................................................................................................................................................... 87
Figure 35 – Overview of proposed bids for several FPV tenders........................................................................87
Figure 36 - O'MEGA1 was one of the first large solar PV plant in Europe based on floating solar technology
(Hydrelio@ from Ciel y Terre) Source: Akuo.......................................................................................................88
Figure 37 –Innovative water-based PV structure designed by Ciel e Terre........................................................89
Figure 38 – Overview of key stakeholders in the FPV industry including in the EU...........................................90
Figure 39 – Identified tipping points....................................................................................................................91

Figure 40 – Challenges in the floating PV technology are defined as one of the barriers to meet the goals of
Pillar 1: Affordable and Reliable VRE.....................................................................................................................91
Figure 41 – Dutch Offshore FPV specialized company “Oceans of Energy” projects: EU-SCORES Offshore
Wind+FPV project on the left side and 1 MW “North Sea 2” project on the right side ,being the world´s first
offshore FPV system to be connected to the grid ,and enduring extreme sea conditions, including 6
consecutive storms in February 2022...................................................................................................................92
Figure 42- Annual installed capacity of Renewables, including solar PV, according to IRENA in 2022............100
Figure 43- Solar PV deployment by country in GW in 2030, according to IRENA..............................................101
Figure 44- Different types and applications of PV systems...................................................................................102
Figure 45- Installed capacity of floating PV worldwide according to SERIS..........................................................103
Figure 46- Installed capacity share by continent..................................................................................................103
Figure 47- Top ten floating PV markets from 2020-2024 (Source: IHS Markit).....................................................104
Figure 48- Capacity share of floating system providers in the top 50 FPV projects..............................................107
Figure 49- Cost break up for floating solar PV plants (Source: TERI).....................................................................115
Figure 50- Overview of proposed bids for various tendered FPV projects............................................................115
Figure 51- Investment cost for floating solar PV projects in India (Source: TERI)..................................................116
Figure 52- Location of the site...............................................................................................................................117
Figure 53- Global horizontal irradiation of India (SolarGIS)................................................................................122
Figure 54- Global horizontal irradiation of the state of Odisha (Source: Solargis)............................................123
Figure 55- Water level change.............................................................................................................................129
Figure 56- Location of the area to be developed...............................................................................................130
Figure 57- Seismological graph of Odisha...........................................................................................................131
Figure 57- Water Spread Area at the lowest water level – using Google earth................................................134
Figure 79- Locations of the assembly areas.......................................................................................................136
Figure 81- Indicative layout of the infra-structured peer for floating PV assembly...........................................137
Figure 83- location of the pooling areas.............................................................................................................138
Figure 58- Indicative alignment of the transmission lines.................................................................................139
Figure 59- Scheme of the proposed project.......................................................................................................139
Figure 88- indicative layout of the proposed infra-structured peer for assembly of floating PV plants..........147

LIST OF ACRONYMS
Acronym Full Form
AC Alternating Current
Bos Balance of System
CAPEX Capital Expenditure
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
DC Direct Current
DHI Diffuse Horizontal Irradiation
DSL Dead Storage Level
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EPA Energy Production Assessment
ESIA Environmental & Social Impact Ass
EYA Energy Yield Assessment
FPV Floating Photovoltaic
FRL Full Reservoir Level
GHI Global Horizontal Irradiation
GOI Government of India
GTI Global Tilted Irradiation
HDPE High Density Polyethylene
HMPE High Modulus Polyethylene (also UHMPE)
HSE Heath, Safety and Environment
HV High Voltage
IAM Incidence Angle Modifier
IMD Indian Meteorology Department
Imp Current at maximum power
INR Indian Rupees
ISO International Organization for Standardization
kWh kilowatt-hour
LCA Life Cycle Assessment
LCOE Levelized Cost of Energy
LID Light-Induced Degradation
LIL Lowest Impounded Level
LV Low Voltage
MBL Minimum Breaking Load
MSL Mean Sea Level
MoEF & CC Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change
MPPT Maximum Power Point Tracker
MQF (PV) Module Quality Factor
MSL Mean Sea Level
MV Medium Voltage
MW Megawatt
MWL Maximum Water Level
Nos. Numbers
NREL National Renewable Energy Laboratory
O&M Operation and Maintenance
OP Operational Policy

IAM Incidence Angle Modifier
OPEX Operational Expenditures
PCS Power Conversion System
PID Potential Induced Degradation
PMoU Project Monitoring Unit
POA Plane of Array
POC Point of Connection
PPE Personal Protection Equipment
RAP Resettlement of Action Plan
SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
STC Standard Testing Conditions (air mass AM 1.5, irradiance
1000 W/m², temperature 25 °C)
TMY Typical Meteorological Year

DEFINITIONS
1. “Act” or “Electricity Act” or “Electricity Act, 2003” shall mean the Electricity Act, 2003 and include any
of its modifications, amendments and substitution from time to time.
2. “Buoyancy” shall mean Hydrostatic force acting on a partially or fully submerged body, equal in
magnitude to the volume of water displaced by the object
3. “Capacity Utilization Factor (CUF)” shall mean ratio of the actual energy supplied from the floating
solar plant over the year to the maximum possible energy that can be supplied against the declared
project capacity at delivery point in a year e.g. In any Contract Year, if ‘X’ MWh of energy has been
metered out at the Delivery Point for ‘Y’ MW Project capacity, CUF= (X MWh/(Y MW*8760)) X100%;
4. “CERC” shall mean Central Electricity Regulatory Commission.
5. “Commissioning” with respect to the Project/ Unit as certified by GRIDCO shall mean when all
equipment as per rated capacity have been installed and energy has flown into the grid for the purpose
of commercial operation.
6. “Commercial Operation Date” with respect to the Project / Unit shall mean the date on which the
Project/ Unit is commissioned (as certified by GRIDCO) and available for commercial operation and such
date as specified in a written notice given at least 15 (ten) days in advance by the Successful Bidder to
GRIDCO.
7. “CTU” shall mean Central Transmission Utility.
8. “Delivered Energy” means the kilowatt hours of Electricity actually fed and measured by the energy
meters at the Delivery Point and as certified by Odisha SLDC. In case of net import of energy during a
month, the Successful Bidder shall be required to make payment to Discom at the rate of high-tension
temporary tariff as determined by Odisha Electricity Regulatory Commission (OERC) from time to time.
In case of net export of energy during a month, the Successful Bidder shall be eligible for the receiving
agreed tariff from GRIDCO for such net delivered energy.
9. “Delivery Point/ Interconnection Point” shall be the point or points of connection at which Electricity is
delivered into the grid system of the Odisha Power Transmission Corporation Limited (OPTCL) system.
10. “Electricity” shall mean the electrical energy in kilowatt-hours.
11. “Electricity Laws” shall mean the Electricity Act, 2003 and the relevant rules, notifications, and
amendments issued thereunder and all other laws in effect from time to time and applicable to the
development, financing, construction, ownership, operation or maintenance or regulation of electric
generating companies and utilities in India, the rules, regulations and amendments issued by CERC/
OERC from time to time.
12. “Element” shall mean Individual float or interconnection which forms part of an FPV
13. “Energy Yield Assessment” shall mean modelling of the average yearly expected energy production of
an FPV system over the lifetime of the project
14. “Environmental Actions” shall mean any external phenomenon (e.g., Wind, waves, current) which may
cause a load on a structure

15. “Float” shall mean an individual floating assembly on a water body with a defined function
16. “Floating Solar” shall mean a floating solar array or floating solar farm, refers to an array of
photovoltaic panels on a structure that floats on a body of water, typically a Dam, Pond / reservoir or
lake.
17. “Floating Structure” shall mean the collection of floats on a water body excluding electrical
components that form part of a solar PV installation
18. “FPV Array” shall mean the ensemble of floats and components, part of a solar PV installation on a
water body used for collecting, converting and transmitting energy and includes PV modules and
supporting structure. A floating structure can include balance of system (inverter and transformer) but
excludes station keeping.
19. “FPV System” shall mean the ensemble of components part of a solar PV installation on a water body
used for collecting, converting and transmitting energy into a POC (e.g., Grid or load), including PV
modules, supporting structure, station keeping, balance of system up to the POC
20. “Metering Point” shall be at the Grid-connected solar PV plant end switchyard. For the purpose
21. “Meteorological Measurement” Station shall mean setup of measurement sensors in one unit for the
measurement of meteorological parameters for input in the energy model MNRE: Shall mean Ministry
of New and Renewable Energy.
22. “MNRE” shall mean Ministry of New and Renewable Energy.
23. “Mooring” shall mean mooring system applied in a time-restricted period during building and
installation. Can include components that will be part of the final mooring system.
24. “Multibody Float” shall mean floating structure composed by multiple floats with internal
interconnections between them.
25. “OERC” shall mean Odisha Electricity Regulatory Commission.
26. “OPTCL” shall mean Odisha Transmission Corporation Limited.
27. “Permit” shall mean Official document authorizing someone to do or build something
28. “Pooling Substation” shall mean an intermediary Substation where more than one Solar Floating PV
Project may connect for further connectivity through a common transmission line to STU / CTU System
for evacuation of power.
29. “Power Degradation” shall mean the operation of a unit at less than its rated maximum capability (at a
given time)
30. “Power Purchase Agreement” or “PPA” shall mean the power purchase agreement signed between
the Successful Bidder and GRIDCO project wise according to the terms and conditions of the standard
PPA enclosed with this RfS;
31. “SCOD” or “Scheduled Commercial Operation Date” shall mean the date as declared by the Successful
Bidder in the PPA which shall not exceed 18 (eighteen) months from the date of signing of PPA.
However, GRIDCO reserves the right to refuse the purchase of power 3 (three) months earlier to
Scheduled Commercial Operation Date.

32. “SEA” means the State Energy Account issued by State Load Dispatch Centre, Odisha and its
amendment thereto.
33. “SLDC” means the State Load Dispatch Center of Odisha.
34. “STU” shall mean the State Transmission Utility i.e., OPTCL.
35. “Voltage of Delivery” means the voltage at which the Electricity generated by the Project is required to
be delivered to the STU periphery.

1 Executive Summary
The execution of the DPR was supported by the India-EU Clean Energy and Climate Partnership (CECP). The
overall objective of the project is to reinforce cooperation between EU and India on clean energy and
climate change, focusing on Energy Efficiency, Renewable Energy and Climate Change.
1.1 Floating PV Overview

Floating PV consists of the installation of PV in water bodies, such as lakes, reservoirs, and hydroelectric
dams often underutilized. There are installations in several countries in Europe as well as in Asia mostly in
Japan, and South Korea with a recent interest from China that rapidly became the world leader. The interest
is growing and there is already a demand for Floating PV in India, USA, Australia, and Morocco.
Some of the reasons that come as a direct benefit from floating PV:
1. It can be used in densely populated areas.
2. It can be an alternative in locations with high land costs.
3. Avoids using land, which can be used for agriculture.
4. It can be an opportunity for countries and regions with significant number of bodies of water.
5. Countries and regions where the availability of land is limited.
6. Hydro reservoirs are usually close to the grid and are available
The floating system, mooring/anchoring system, cables (underwater), and PV modules/inverters make up a
floating solar PV system. FPV plants are used in waterbodies and are frequently exposed to harsh
conditions. As a result, it's critical to examine suitable criteria to maintain the quality of FPV plant
components while also avoiding harming water quality and local biodiversity. There are no particular
standards for FPV and the same applicable to PV are used.
1.2 Power scenario of India

India's electricity demand has been rapidly increasing and is anticipated to continue to do so in the coming
years. To meet the growing demand for electricity, the country's installed generating capacity must be
greatly expanded.
About 18,000 km2 of water surface area across several states has been identified as suitable for the
installation of FPV plants, with a capacity of around 280 GW being possible. The percentage of water surface
area covered, water level changes, the purpose of the water body, and the proposed plant location are all
aspects that go into calculating the total potential.

1.3 FPV Best practices worldwide
China has the most FPV systems installed (1.3 GW), owing to national renewable energy targets and specific
solar PV laws. Every state's utilities must establish capacity expansion plans to satisfy the renewable
portfolio standard. National energy targets, as well as environmental pollution restrictions in some
provinces, have aided the implementation of renewable energy, particularly FPV systems. China has quickly
risen to the top of the list of FPV system deployers. China offers lessons on how to promote FPV
deployment:
a. Support FPV deployment on otherwise unusable land and artificial water bodies, as opposed to
natural water bodies that may have a more complex environmental review process; and
b. Encourage RE deployment, including FPV deployment, via national targets and regional requirements
India now has 92 MW of installed FPV capacity, with another 1,700 MW under construction. India's water
reservoirs are expected to hold around 28,000 MW of FPV capacity. Multiple tax incentives and FPV-specific
auctions are available in India. Overall, India offers one lesson on encouraging FPV deployment:
a. Support FPV deployment through economic incentives.
With around 110 MW of installed capacity, the Netherlands leads Europe in FPV deployment. The
government backs FPV projects as part of its overall renewable energy plan, as well as through the
Sustainable Energy Production Incentive grant program. The difference between the cost of generating
electricity from the FPV system and the current wholesale market price is reimbursed under this program.
Overall, the Netherlands offers lessons on encouraging FPV deployment:
a) Providing direct financial incentives like production-based incentives can help de-risk FPV systems; and
b)Encouraging interagency cooperation can help encourage FPV development by reducing the
administrative hurdles to deployment.
1.4 EU Best practices

FPV EU Standards
To enhance the reliability and safety of FPV projects, industry players have agreed to adopt a set of shared
rules and procedures known as RP- Recommended Practices. These recommendations usually combine pre-
existing standards for solar PV equipment, like as IEC and ISO norms, with other relevant quality
requirements for floating structures, as well as the environmental concerns of FPV locations.
DNV, an international recognized registration and classification organisation based in Norway, was one of
the first entities in Europe to provide an RP for the floating PV sector. It has released a report titled "DNV GL
RP – Design, development, and operation of floating solar PV systems," which details the essential needs
and suggestions for the various stages of FPV park construction and equipment.
The International Electro-Technical (IEC) Commission, has not yet developed fully robust international
standards for the floating PV technology

Floating PV developers are also contributing to ensure that safety and quality requirements are in place and
adopted internationally.
French-based Ciel&Terre floating structure manufacturing has patented a water-based PV concept named”
Hydrelio”, that is certified for harsher environmental conditions and is a good example of specific compiled
standards into a FPV technology.
FPV EU Supporting Policies
In the EU, several countries have implemented innovative forms to attract major private FPV stakeholders
and foster the RE intake coming from floating solar. To achieve the country’s solar energy generation
capacity goals, one of the major approaches done by the Portuguese government has been through
implementation and development of solar auctions. In 2021, the country launched an auction for 263 MW of
floating PV projects, for 7 pre-identified water reservoirs, located in major dams. All the reservoirs are public
waterbodies, with the beds and banks being private. Under the defined mechanism, the selected developers
will be allowed by the government to have the right to use the water for 30 years. The tender for floating PV
plants in Portugal included these main features: 1
 Right of private use of a portion of the Public Water Domain, intended for the installation of a float -
ing solar plant, for electricity production, in public water reservoirs.
 The installation, operation and conservation of the structures of the FPV and the required grid con-
nection needs.
 The use of public water domain land allocated to the Concession.
In cases where the installation of the floating solar power plant implies the occupation of lands that are not
part of the Public Water Domain affected by the Concession, the Concessionaire will be responsible to
obtain the rights, bearing all the expenses of your hiring, service contract and/or indemnities.
Research and Innovation
The FPV technology is present in several R&I programs engaging the public and private sector. The main
ones, where several EU countries are major partners, include:
1- Horizon Europe Framework Programme
It is focused on tackling climate change, fostering the UN´s sustainability goals and increasing overall EU´s
competitiveness.
Floating PV is addressed in the area of sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply with main focus on
innovative foundations, floating substructures and connection systems for floating PV and ocean energy
devices. Several outcomes and actions were defined for the programme.
2- The Green Powered Future Mission
Defined as a joint roadmap of global innovation priorities, it was developed by several public-private
stakeholders worldwide in 2021, The main focus of the roadmap has been to define a pathway to guide large
scale R&I investment, energy policy and boost international cooperation towards a more sustainable future
1 https://apambiente.pt/sites/default/files/_SNIAMB_Agua/DLPC/Fotovoltaicos/Anexos/leil%C3%A3o-solar-flutuante-
caderno-de-encargos_dph.pdf
and a shift to clean energy, such as the floating PV. The joint roadmap identifies the top 100 global
innovation priorities necessary for a faster energy system reform and modernization and
solutions/challenges for the decarbonization of the society.
The roadmap addresses 3 key pillars, namely Affordable and reliable VRE, System flexibility and market
design, and data and digitalization for system integration. The mission has identified key Tipping Points (TP)
against each pillar which need to be met to achieve its goal.
3- EU-SCORES
The EU-SCORES is led by the Dutch Marine Energy Centre and will demonstrate the combination of offshore
wind-wave, and offshore wind - offshore floating solar PV, by the development of two demonstrations
composed of the hybrid RE systems.
These demonstrations will prove how the increased power output and capacity installed per km2 will help to
reduce the amount of marine space needed and will provide knowledge on how to effectively scale-up
offshore hybrid systems in Europe.
1.5 FPV market overview

The global cumulative installed floating PV capacity topped 2GW in September 2020, according to research
from the Solar Energy Research Institute of Singapore (SERIS). More than 500 projects have already been
completed around the world, the most of them are in Asia. Indeed, Asia is the most dominant market leader,
with more than 90% of the world's installed floating capacity. However, in recent years, Europe has begun to
gain traction and market share.
Figure 1-Annual and installed capacity for FPV
By the middle of 2019, India had roughly 2.7 MW of installed FPV capacity and 1.5 GW of projects in
construction. By 2022, the Indian government wants to have 10 GW of FPV capacity installed. FPV tender

investment costs and bid prices have also been rapidly reducing. As a result, India obtained the lowest cost
for FPV projects in the auction for 70 MW of FPV capacity in Kerala.
1.6 FPV costs

Floating PV prices are comparable to traditional PV, but with some added costs and components. The cost
breakdown is comparable to ground-mounted solar PV systems, except for the floating platform and
anchoring and mooring charges, as shown in the following diagram. The modules account for the majority
of the overall cost breakdown, accounting for 35 to 40%. 30 to 37 percent of the entire cost is spent on the
floating platform, anchoring, and mooring.
Figure 1- FPV major costs
1.7 160 MW FPV plant in Indravati

The Indravati dam is located in the district of Nabarangapur in the state of Odisha. The Indravati dam is a
gravity dam about 90 km from Bhawanipatna. Currently it is among the largest power producing dam in
eastern India with a capacity of 600 MW. The dam was completed in 1996 and its main purpose was
irrigation and production of electricity. The dam is also located in a Zone -II seismic zone. The site has as
reference GPS coordinates: 19.2761° N, 82.8297° E

Figure 1- Location of the site
Regarding solar irradiation, the western part of the state receives more GHI than the eastern part. Also, the
Indravati dam is located in a site with good GHI potential, making it prone to a good yield from solar PV
projects. To determine the GHI for the Indravati site, data obtained from different sources were analyzed
and compared.
Figure 1- Solar irradiation for the state of Odisha
A value of 1881 kWh/m2 was considered for Indravati from SolarGIS.
Bathymetry analysis: not able to conduct the bathymetry studies and also not able to gather the relevant
data from the local water basin management office, despite the official requests and efforts conducted.
Thus, our analysis is based on the best available desktop assessment with the data provided by OHPCL in
terms of the water levels.

Hydrodynamic analysis: not able to gather any specific hydrodynamic data, but through desktop analysis, it
is possible to conclude that the proposed area for development has a low hydrodynamics with very low
waves, mainly due to wind and is even partially sheltered.
Seismic analysis: The site falls in Seismic Zone III of the seismic zone map of India – IS 1893-2002. The zone is
liable to MSK VII and is classified as the Moderate Damage Risk Zone. The IS code assigns a zone factor of
0.16 to this zone
Flooding analysis has shown that the Godavari basin does not flood substantially in Odisha and that the
tributary Indravati is also contained in the selected area.
Water quality analysis: The Indravati dam receives water mainly from the Indravati River. The water quality
seems to be potable or at least not polluted as the dam is used for the irrigation of land.
Estimating Area Available for Setting FPV Park
From the analysis of the data provided by the Indravati basin manager, the proposed catchment area
selected for the floating solar plant is adequate for installation of 160 MW Floating Solar Plant based on
available water spread area at the RL level of 627 m which is very close to the Dead storage level (625.00) of
the dam. Hence, the portion of water body selected above can be used for the development of the floating
solar plant.
Figure 1- Area estimated for the FPV project
1.8 Required infrastructure

1) Assembly points

There were 3 assembly points analyzed, which are included in the table below along with their coordinates.
Particulars Coordinates
Assembly point 1 19.164797°N, 82.505174°E
Assembly point 3 19.288197° N, 82.821660° E
The recommendation is for assembly point 2 as it is nearer to the site (marked as proposed assembly below)
and with a reasonable logistic access. However, the other assembly points are validated technically and
from the environmental and social perspective and may be used. A peer type is planned to provide support
the assembly area and to make it convenient to the operation and maintenance of the FPV plants.
Figure 1- location of the assembly point 2 (proposed assembly)
2) Pooling station
Pooling area will require an area of about 1 – 2 hectares. The location of the recommended pooling area is
shown in the image below and is located at around 900 m from the floating PV site.

Figure 1- location of the pooling station
3) Grid substation
A meeting with Odisha Power Transmission company (OPTCL) was held to identify the existing
substations (132 kV and above) that could evacuate power from the Indravati site. After identification of
the substations, the Tentulikhunti 132kV substation has been selected at 18.5 km from the site and has
space for expansion. The Tentulikhunti substation as well as the alignment of the transmission lines can
be seen in the following figure.
Figure 1- Indicative alignment of the transmission lines

1.9 Preliminary Environmental and Social Assessment
As a part of Detailed Project Report, Preliminary Environmental and Social Assessment (PESA) for the
proposed Floating Solar Photovoltaic Plant at Indravati Reservoir and associated facilities was conducted.
The key objectives of PESA includes-
 To ascertain the applicability of relevant national, state level legislations and IFC Performance Stand -
ards from environmental and social safeguard point of view.
 To understand the existing/baseline environmental and social elements of the proposed project site
and project influence area.
 To map relevant stakeholders involved in the project and carryout primary consultation with these
identified stakeholders.
 To identify the environmental and social impacts that may result due to the proposed project and pro -
pose measures to avoid, mitigate and reduce these impacts.
 To outline an environmental and social management plan for implementation and monitoring of pro-
posed mitigation measures in difference stages of the project.
Key Findings of PESA
The environmental and social baseline profile of the project area is established through primary and
secondary study and analysis. The primary environmental monitoring is conducted to collect the information
with respect to attributes of the physical environment such as air quality, water quality, noise level and soil
quality of the project area. Whereas the information on other physical components and natural hazards such
as floods, and earthquakes were collected from literature reviews and stakeholders’ consultations. Further,
the field visit was carried out by the environmental and social specialist to understand the baseline profile of
the proposed site locations and to validate the findings of secondary study.
The area earmarked for the FSPV (floating solar photovoltaic) Plant on the Indravati reservoir is adjacent to
the villages of Talnagi and Murka, falling within the Thuamul Rampur block in the Kalahandi district. As per
the consultation with District Welfare Officer (DWO), due to the presence of higher number of Scheduled
Tribe population, the Thuamul Rampur block is designated as Schedule 5 area. Therefore, the villages of
Talnagi and Murka too fall under such areas as they fall under the TH Rampur block. The assembly point and
the pooling stations are all proposed to be located within the Talnagi village boundary. Areas proposed for
Pooling station 1 and 2 are currently being used for agricultural use by the local inhabitants. Also, the land
earmarked for Pooling Station 2, is situated in close proximity to the docking area for boats used by the local
people for travelling across the reservoir to villages on the other sides. Proposed Assembly Point 1 is located
very close to the reservoir boundary and as per the locals, is subsumed under water during the monsoons
when the reservoir is full. Proposed assembly point 2 not visited due to lack of access.
Around 10-15 households from the locality rely on fishing from the proposed FSPV area. Fishing activities are
carried out mostly in the monsoon months (July to October) as the rain brings the fish to the upper levels
making it easier to net them.

The proposed transmission line is located within administrative jurisdiction of Kalahandi and Nabarangpur
Districts. The proposed alignment is passing through Barren/unculturable/Wasteland, Scrubland,
Agriculture-Cropland, Rural Built-up areas. The line crosses Reserve Forest (RF) at 2 locations. Addition to RF
patches, as informed by concerned stakeholders the proposed project (including FSPV site ancillary facility
and Transmission Line), is likely located on revenue forest patches as well at multiple locations. Pertinent to
state that, for the acquisition of Reserve Forest and Revenue Forest patches, prior Forest Clearance will be
applicable (under purview of Forest Conservation Act, 1980 and subsequent amendments) and Gram Sabha
permit will also be appliable under FRA 2006, prior to start construction activities.
In consideration of proposed interventions and baseline findings, the potential E&S risks and impacts as well
as applicability of potential regulatory E&S norms were analysed. In the report, the approach to
manage/mitigate the negative Risks and Impacts and to maximize positive impacts are discussed. The broad
level action plan in form of Environmental and Social Management Action Plan (ESMAP) is also provided to
ensure implementation of various safeguard measures and its supervision in effective manner throughout
the project lifecycle.
Key recommendations given in the preliminary environmental & social assessment report, are
summarised below:
o ESIA & ESMP: It is recommended to undertake a detailed Environmental & Social Impact Assess-
ment (ESIA) in line with the requirement of IFC Performance Standards at detailed design stage
towards development of ESMP, RAP, Gender Action Plan, Livelihood Restoration Plan, Labour
Management Plan, Traffic Management Plan etc. as applicable based on the finding of ESIA.
o Detailed Ecological Study: Assessment of terrestrial (including bird) and aquatic ecology prior to ini-
tiation of site related activities as well as during implementation of project.
o Given the significant presence of scheduled tribes in the project area, the project proponent should
prepare an Indigenous Peoples Plan (IPP) in consideration of IFC PS 7 requirements.
o The project proponent should ensure robust Stakeholder Engagement and Grievance Redress
Mechanism throughout the project lifecycle in accordance with IFC PS.
o Environmental and Social Auditing (Construction & Operation phase) through external agency
should be carried out.
1.10 Selected equipment

The main components of the FPV system, namely FPV Island, Modules, Inverters, Transformers are
discussed below.
The physical construction of the system follows a modular approach, which is field-tested and is used for
appropriate delivery of power systems. The FPV plant is considered as 188 MWp of DC capacity and 160 MW
of AC capacity.
1) Modules:
The following model was used for energy yield estimation and project design. It is one of the TIER-1
manufacturers of PV modules. However, it is not meant to recommend this, or any model and the project

developers may choose the technology/ supplier/ manufacturer etc. using their own techno-commercial
approach at the project implementation stage.
 JAM72S30-550/MR (mono crystalline) manufactured by JA Solar
A total of 28 Modules in series will be attached to every string. Such strings will further form in 4 rows
making an array of 4 x 28 modules. These arrays will then join to form a 6 MWp island. Module capacity
considered for configuration is 550 Wp. Total number of PV modules that will be used for the whole plant is
341824 modules.
2) Inverters
Several branches of the array are connected together in parallel. The complete output of the array is
converted to AC through a single central solar power inverter and then fed to the grid. The inverter capacity
selection is done considering the size of islands and inverter DC load ratio (ILR). ). In order to carry out the
energy yield estimation, 5 MW rating of Siemens outdoor central inverters have been selected. These
inverters will be installed within each 5.88 MWp floating PV island. As the total number of islands are 32, the
total AC capacity of plant will be 160 MWac.
3) Transformers:
The transformer to be used is:
- 50 MVA 33/132 kV
1.11 Annual Energy yield analysis

Annual Energy Yield for the proposed FPV Power Plant is defined as the amount of energy fed into the
grid after due consideration of all kinds of losses. The present floating solar PV power project of 500
MW capacity comprises favorable climatic conditions due to lower temperature of the reservoir and
high solar irradiance, which will minimize the most dominating temperature driven losses in case of solar
PV Modules. The software PVSYST has been used for detailed simulation and estimation of annual yield
at the project location.
Table 1- simulations parameters and results using PVsyst
Particulars (Co-ordinates: 21.57 N, 83.87 E) Data
Capacity 500 MWac
Azimuth Angle (Degree’s) 0
Tilt (Degree’s) 5
Solar Panels JAM72S30-

550/MR
Module Capacity 550 Wp

No of modules 1069096
Inverter Siemens
Sinacon
Inverter Capacity 5 MW
No of Inverter 100
Pnom Total (KWp) 588003 kWp
Specific prod. (KWh/KWp/Year) 1466
Produced Energy (MWh/Year) 861900
Performance Ratio (%) 81.51%
The losses in the Solar PV System depends on the Solar PV Module and Inverter technology used, efficiency
and quality of PV Modules, Inverter, Junction Boxes and cables, workmanship of installation and scheduled
maintenance and cleaning. The following table shows the technical losses used in the simulation.
Table 1- technical losses used in the simulation
Sr. No. Technical Losses Values
1 IAM Losses -0.24%

2 Soiling losses -3.00%
3 Module quality losses 0.75%
4 Module mismatch losses -2.10 %
5 DC Ohmic wiring losses -0.98
6 Inverter losses -1.17%
7 Auxiliary Consumption -0.29%
8 First year degradation (LID+ loss) 2.23%
1.12 Project Financials

The cost estimates for the whole project are included in the table below
Table 1- Cost estimates of the project

FPV plant Unit Quantity Amount in Amount in Million
costs Thousand Thousand INR
(USD) USD EUR
1 SPV Modules Lot 280 188 52640 50363 4053
2 Floating Structures for mod- Lot 165 188 31020 29678 2389
ules and inverters
3 Inverters Lot 26 160 4160 3980 320
4 DC Balance of plant (Cables, Lot 40 188 7520 7195 579
SCB and Accessories)
5 AC LV cables (1 km) KM 25974 2 52 50 4
6 Illumination System, Earthing Lot 8 188 1504 1439 116
7 Erection works Lot 4 188 752 719 58
8 Electrical works (DC, AC) Lot 8 188 1504 1439 116
9 Marine Civil Works Lot 60 188 11280 10792 869
10 Surveys, Studies, design and Lot 3 188 564 540 43
engineering (for all compon-
ents)
Assembly point
1 Land Development and As- Lot 0.5 188 94 90 7
sembly works
2 Peer construction with hoists Lot 3896104 1 3896 3727 300
and other machinery for load-
ing and unloading
Pooling station
1 Transformers - Inverter & Lot 3896 360 1403 1342 108
Step up
2 Switchgear and Panels Lot 3247 360 1169 1118 90
3 SCADA, Surveillance, Fire Lot 10 188 1880 1799 145
Fighting, Safety, Monitoring
4 Buildings Lot 324675 1 325 311 25
5 Drains, Road, fencing and Lot 64935 1 65 62 5
gates
Grid connection
1 132 kV Double Circuit over- KM 51948 17 883 845 68
head line (21 km)
2 132 kV bays at Tentulikhunti Lot 77922 2 156 149 12
substation (with switches and
protections)
TOTAL 120866 115639 9307
Add
Contingencies 3.00% 3626 3469 279
Local Area Development 1299 1243 100
Pre- Project development ex- 1299 1243 100
penses (permits and authoriz-

(USD) USD EUR
ations)
GRAND TOTAL 127089 121592 9786
Profit margin 10% 12709 12159 979
139798 133752 10764
Price per MW in Million Rs. 67.27
Based on the International Energy Agency definition of LCOE and with a 1,5% of the total installation CAPEX
as the OPEX and a loss of efficiency of the modules per year of 0,5%, the following results were obtained for
the LCOE; which are in line with the current tariffs for floating PV projects in India.
Figure 1- Variation of the LCOE with the discount factor

Figure 1- Variation of the LCOE with the CAPEX considering 8% discount factor

1.13 Business models
Two business models are proposed, all based in the private sector participation:
 floating PV plant developed on the basis of the single IPP plants, which could even be done as
captive plants also. All the costs would be under the responsibility of the developers as well as
the potential interest of an off taker, which could be in the state, outside the state or a
private(s) customer. Multiples of 40 MW to be deployed.
 floating PV park development with FPV plants being developed in the normal roll-out of PV
projects in solar parks as per the relevant Indian regulation. Not being the aim of this DPR to
detail the solar park scheme, the scheme could be used to avail up to 20 lakh/MW for the
external infrastructure of the solar park, while the rest could be charged from the IPPs as well
as the facilities for the assembly and O&M. Under the estimated cost of the project this could
mean 100 Cr of reduced cost, which is the cost of the grid connection part. Plots of 100 MW to
be auctioned.
Under each scheme, the following is assumed:
 An IPP develops a floating PV plant on a reservoir and sells power to the discom or through
open access to a customer in the Indian grid (captive power). This requires for securing the
license to install the FPV plant in a water body, the development of the FPV plant, obtain the
connection to the grid, sign a PPA and apply for a license to generate solar power.
 The IPP develops a floating PV plant in a floating solar park. To be able to access the floating
park, the IPP would have to compete in tariffs to get in. The obligations in terms of licensing
would remain, but the PPA would be secured

2 Introduction
Current EU-India climate and energy relations are guided by the India-EU Clean Energy and Climate
Partnership (CECP), that was agreed at the EU-India Summit on 30 March 2016 with the aim of reinforcing
cooperation on clean energy and implementation of the Paris Agreement by strengthening joint activities
for deployment of climate friendly energy sources, including solar and wind energy. This partnership was
reconfirmed in the joint statement at the EU-India Summit on 6 October 2017. In the Joint Statement and the
EU-India Strategic Partnership: A Roadmap to 2025 agreed at the EU-India Summit on 15 July 2020, as well as
the EU-India Leaders Meeting on 8 May 2021, the cooperation under the Clean Energy and Climate Change
was again welcomed. It was agreed that the 2016 EU-India Clean Energy and Climate Partnership should be
strengthened. At the 8 May Leaders Meeting also a new Connectivity Partnerships was agreed, including a
reference to the Clean Energy and Climate Partnership.
The state of Odisha, with an overall potential of generating 17.75 GW of electricity from FSPV, is proactively
conducting feasibility studies across its water surface area for project development at utility scale. Under
the Clean Energy Cooperation with India (CECI) project, feasibility studies on 12 water bodies were carried
out in the state, namely, hydro reservoirs of Balimela, Upper Kolab, Indravati, Hirakud and Rengali and water
irrigation reservoirs of Telengiri, Hariharjore, Mandira, Jambhira, Salandi, Sorada Ghai and Bhajanagar. The
study was carried out based on strong desktop assessment with GIS analysis, site visits to the water bodies,
environmental, social analysis and sample social consultation workshops. The final study report was
submitted to GEDCOL in Dec 2019 and accepted after detailed deliberation with Department of energy and
state government level.
In alignment with the above feasibility study conducted in the state, a need has been highlighted by the
Odisha state government to develop two FSPV Detailed Project Reports (DPRs) for the sites of Rengali and
Hirakud (to be finalized and confirmed by Govt. of Odisha). The main purpose of the DPR is to focus on the
techno-commercial assessment of utility scale FSPV projects, with easy future replication of the project
across other water bodies in the state.
The overall objective of this study on the "Preparation of DPR’s for solar floating project in Odisha” is to
ensure that the best practices, key success factors, including latest European knowledge and research in
technology on what is needed for development of an optimized FSPV project, based on relevant
experiences of EU member countries in translated into formulation of project DPRs and shared with the
Government of Odisha. The activity will address specific barriers (regulatory, technical) to uptake, upscaling
and replication of floating solar PV as one of the five pilots regarding European technical solutions
implemented in the Indian context required under the CECP project. In addition, the activity will be
reinforced with dissemination of learnings through a workshop on floating solar PV.
The study is being proposed as per Section 4.2.2.2 Cooperation (including research and innovation, business
opportunities) between India, EU, EU Member states and key public and private stakeholders strengthened
in the areas of clean energy, energy efficiency and climate change.

3 SOLAR POWER TECHNOLOGIES
Solar power is developed into solar photovoltaics and concentrated solar power. Each of this
technology is able to generate electricity from solar irradiation, though using different processes. While
solar PV uses the photovoltaic effect, solar thermal concentrates the solar irradiation to a temperature
gradient that drives thermodynamic cycles to generate heat and then electricity. Each technology uses a
different component of the solar irradiation, namely the global horizontal irradiation (GHI) and direct
normal irradiation (DNI). The former is basically defined as the total incident irradiation on a horizontal
surface throughout the year while the latter refers to only the perpendicular or normal irradiation from
the sun, which requires very precise two-axis tracking.
Photovoltaic systems comprise PV modules, PV inverters, fixing/mounting structures, DC cables and

junction boxes, AC cables and junction boxes, DC and AC combiner and protection boxes, AC switching
gear and a transformer to inject power into the grid. PV systems have been deployed in buildings, open
land and now more recently in water bodies. The latter is called floating PV. This overview introduces PV
systems and covers the main components - PV modules and PV inverters – and then makes a more
detailed analysis of floating PV.
3.1 PV modules
PV technologies are mainly divided into two types: non concentration technologies and concentrated
technologies (CPV). The non CPV types can be further divided into those that work based on fixed
mounting – usually at latitude tilts – and those that work on trackers.
For the CPV technologies the relevant solar irradiation component is the Direct Normal Irradiation (DNI)
while for non-Concentrating technologies and fixed mounting the relevant component is the Global
Horizontal Irradiation (GHI). For the technologies that use tracking both GHI and DNI are useful though
usually it is used the Global Normal irradiation (GNI) for two axis tracking or an adapted version of the
GHI for one axis tracking.
Non-commercial PV technologies are not going to be evaluated namely organic PV, nano cells, PV dyes
and other technologies under research.
PV stands for photovoltaic, and the effect described by Albert Einstein in 1905 as “the creation of
voltage or electric current in a material upon exposure to light”, which granted him the Physics Nobel
prize in 1921. Some elements in nature are able to maximize this photovoltaic effect and they are the
basis of PV solar cells. Those materials are silicon and germanium. The properties of silicon were
explored, and mono, poly and amorphous silicon are used as materials for PV cells, while later
combinations of gases and other elements yielded also good results and a new wave of PV modules
based on films rather than cells arrived to the market – CdTe (Cadmium Telluride) and CIGS (Copper
Indium Gallium Selenide). These promising technologies did not used silicon and could be manufactured
in large quantities at cheaper costs than silicon-based modules, based on the costs of silicon at the time.
Since then, the industry has undergone a revolution with costs falling rapidly leaving thin films with the
only option to increase its efficiency of risk being out of the market.

Non concentration technologies described are crystalline silicon, thin films and bifacial including all these
options with one or two axis tracking.
3.1.1 Crystalline silicon

Crystalline silicon cells are made from ultra-pure silicon raw material such as those used in
semiconductor chips. These silicon wafers are typically 150-200 microns thick. Two general types of
crystalline are used: monocrystalline and multi-crystalline or poly crystalline. Monocrystalline
semiconductor wafers are cut from single-crystal silicon ingots while multi-crystalline semiconductor
wafers are cut from directionally solidified blocks or grown in thin sheets. Monocrystalline ingots are
more difficult to obtain, requiring more energy and are more expensive to grow than simple blocks of
multi-crystalline silicon. However, monocrystalline silicon produces higher efficiency cells. Crystalline
modules (c-Si) currently account for 90% of global PV module sales (source: EIA - International Energy
Agency).
The manufacturing process of c-Si modules includes:
Purification of metallurgical silicon to solar grade polysilicon.
Melting of polysilicon to form ingots and slicing these ingots into wafers.
Wafer transformation into cells by creating p-n junctions, metal (silver) contacts and back-coating
(metallisation);
Cell assembly, connection and encapsulation into modules with protective materials (e.g., transparent
glass, thin polymers) and frames to increase module strength.
Figure 1- Detail of the components of a c-Si module and the assembly (source: Saint – Gobain)
In terms of efficiency the following general parameters can be given:

Crystalline technologies Module efficiency (%)
PERC silicon 17-19
Monocrystalline Silicon (sc-Si) 15-17
Multi-crystalline Silicon (pc-Si) 13-15

Table 1- Performance of commercial crystalline silicon PV Technologies. (It is possible that some multi-crystalline cells cross the 15% limit due to
quality of the process used and the silicon.)
3.1.2 Thin film technologies

Thin film Technologies consist of a semiconductor layer a few microns (μm) thick deposited on a
supporting layer such as glass, metal or plastic foil. These technologies use small amounts of active
materials (semiconductors) and thus modules would require less material than crystalline technologies
and held the promise to be manufactured at a lower cost than crystalline panels. The most common
thin-film semiconductor materials are amorphous silicon (a-Si), cadmium telluride (CdTe), and alloys of
copper indium gallium selenide (CIGS). A typical TF manufacturing process includes:
› Coating of the substrate with a transparent conducting layer (TCO - Transparent conducting oxides)
› Deposition of the active layer by various techniques (e.g. chemical/physical vapour deposition)
› Back-side metallisation (contacts) using laser scribing or traditional screen-printing
› Encapsulation in a glass-polymer casing. Roll-to-roll techniques are often used with flexible substrates
to reduce production time and costs.
According to the performance of the technologies:
Thin film technologies Module efficiency (%)
Amorphous-Si 4–8
CdTe 10 – 16
CI(G)S 7 – 12
Table 1- Performance of Commercial thin film technologies
3.1.3 Bifacial PV technology

The employment of bifacial photovoltaic modules is one innovative feature of the PV modules design.
These modules not only collect sunlight from the front panel surface, but they also collect diffuse
reflected light from the rear surface from the ground and other reflective surfaces surrounding the
panel. This ability to harvest solar energy from the rear surface increases the electricity generation per
module area, which depends on the site and on the solar irradiation conditions as well as the type of
surroundings.

Figure 1- Bifacial PV cell (Source: Bsolar).
A bifacial solar cell, in contrast with a mono facial solar cell, has identical metallic grids on both front and
back surfaces. The generation of additional electrical energy from the rear surface depends on the
materials properties of the reflecting surface and its location. Some of the key parameters for the
reflector include its slope with respect to the panel plane, distance from the panel, and reflection
efficiency. This is an important aspect to maximize the power output.
3.1.4 1 axis tracking

The single axis tracking systems realizes the movement of either elevation (North <-> south movement)
or azimuth (east <-> west movement) allowing the PV modules to have a different exposure to solar
irradiation throughout the day and the year.
Simple polar trackers or horizontal trackers allow azimuth tracking though they may also have an
adjustment along a second axis (angle of declination). This allows to align the panel to face the sun
when it is higher in the sky (and further northward) in the summer, and to face it lower in the sky (and
further southward) in the winter (examples for the northern hemisphere). It might be set with manual
or automated adjustment, depending on the polar tracking device. If the angle of declination is not to be
used during the year, it is normally set to zero degrees, facing the panel perpendicular to the polar axis,
according to the mean path of the sun.
Figure 1- Azimuth tracking (source – SunPower)

Elevation tracking only pivots about a vertical axis, with the panels either vertical, at a fixed, adjustable,
or tracked elevation angle. Such trackers with fixed or (seasonably) adjustable angles are suitable for
high latitudes, where the apparent solar path is not especially high.
Figure 1- Elevation tracking (source: Solaria)
3.1.5 2-axis tracking

Two axis tracking aims at maintaining the module always perpendicular to the Sun throughout the day
and the year and from a mechanical standpoint, two-axis tracking is more complex and expensive than
one-axis tracking. The pedestal configuration uses a central pedestal supporting a flat tracking array
structure. The system tracks along a vertical axis (the azimuth rotation) and along a horizontal axis (the
elevation rotation). An advantage of this configuration is the simplicity of installation (basically drilling a
single hole, inserting the pedestal into the hole, back-filling with concrete, and placing the array and
gear drive on the pedestal). A disadvantage is that wind loads are translated to the drive system in the
form of very large torque.
Tracking being an extra cost to the system requires that the additional generated electricity offsets the
additional capital cost, the electricity required to move the tracker and the maintenance of the tracker.
The competitiveness of PV trackers has been affected “negatively” because of the rapid drop in PV
panel prices. The price drop puts a direct demand on reduction of the tracker prices, so that the
investment in a tracker system makes economic sense.
Figure 1- Movements of two axis tracker

3.1.6 Testing and certification of PV modules
The common international standards used for testing and certification are:
 IEC 61730 - Photovoltaic (PV) module safety qualification: Part 1: Requirements for construction; Part 2:
Requirements for testing
 IEC 61215 - Terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) modules - Design qualification and type approval: Part 1: Test
requirements; Part 2: Test procedures
 IEC 61215 - Terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) modules - Design qualification and type approval: Part 1-2: Special
requirements for testing of thin-film Cadmium Telluride (CdTe) based photovoltaic (PV) modules; Part 1-
4: Special requirements for testing of thin-film Cu (In,GA)(S,Se)2 based photovoltaic (PV) modules
 IEC 62804 - Photovoltaic (PV) modules - Test methods for the detection of potential-induced
degradation: Part 1: Crystalline silicon
 IEC 60068 - Environmental testing: Part 2-52: Tests - Test Kb: Salt mist, cyclic (sodium chloride solution)
 IEC 62782 - Photovoltaic (PV) modules - Cyclic (dynamic) mechanical load testing
3.2 PV inverters overview

A PV inverter is a device that converts electricity from direct current (DC) to alternate current (AC) and is
also responsible to draw power from the PV modules in an optimized fashion. Two technologies are
used PWM (Pulse width modulation) and MPPT (Maximum power point tracking control). PV inverters
are further designated as on-grid, off-grid or bidirectional (battery) inverters. Only on-grid inverters are
covered.
On-grid inverters control the voltage applied to the PV modules to extract power and also convert DC to
AC. When there is no grid, on-grid inverters will not work. On-grid inverters control and optimize the
voltage applied to the PV modules. Two main technologies are used:
 PWM – Pulse width modulation. Currently the market does not offer this option for on-grid inverters.
 MPPT – Maximum power point tracking control. Currently it is clearly the market option for on-grid
applications.
The DC/AC conversion can be made through two types, currently available in the market:
 With transformers - providing a galvanic isolation between the PV DC input circuit and the AC Grid
output circuit. These inverters have a slight decrease of electromagnetic radiation (electrosmog)
compared with transformer less. They are robust and in the market for several years and its reliability is
well known.
 Without transformers (mosfet and IGBT technologies) - transformer less inverter technology uses a
computerized multi-step process and electronic components to convert DC to high frequency AC, back
to DC, and ultimately to standard frequency AC transformer less inverters do not have electrical

(galvanic) insulation between DC and AC circuits and rely on existing transformers in the grid
downstream from the PV projects. This may raise some grounding and / or lightning protection
concerns.
The IEC 62109-2 safety standard for PV inverters requires that the isolating transformer is mandatory
when there is no double insulation on the output of the inverter. Transformer less inverters usually use
two contact relays connected in series to provide the same level of safety as with transformers.
Regarding the type of the AC waveform produced, inverters do also provide different options: square
wave, modified square wave, and sine wave.
 Square wave inverters are inexpensive, but they typically provide poor output voltage control, limited
surge capacity, and significant amounts of harmonic distortion.
 Modified square wave inverters utilize more complex circuitry to create a wave form more closely
approximating a true sine wave. They are capable of handling greater surge loads and have an output
with less harmonic distortion.
 Sine wave inverters or power inverters are best for powering sensitive electronics that require a high-
quality wave form. They have little inherent harmonic distortion and typically have surge capacities of
double or greater the continuous output rating. This are the type of the on-grid inverters.
3.2.1 On-grid PV inverters

In on-grid PV systems larger DC voltage operating ranges are needed to accommodate both the varying
operating conditions and module configurations. Maximum power point tracking control (MPPT)
algorithms are normally included to take full advantage of the PV module energy production capabilities
and rely on the grid capacity to inject all power generated by the PV modules. The technical parameters
of the power grid are clearly defined: The grid requires sinusoidal AC with stable voltage and frequency,
and the harmonic component limits are regulated in power grid guidelines and standards. On-grid
inverters disconnect themselves automatically of the grid if the grid is unstable and go into island mode
and will only resume connection if the grid is stable for a period of time. Such feature is very important
and makes PV power plants integration into power grids safer.
3.2.2 Testing and certification of PV inverters

The standards used for testing and certification of the PV inverters are:
4. EN 50530 - Overall efficiency of photovoltaic inverters

5. IEC 60146 - Semiconductor convertors - General requirements and line-commutated convertors -
Part 1-1: Specifications of basic requirements
6. IEC 61683 - Photovoltaic systems - Power conditioners - Procedure for measuring efficiency
7. IEC 62109 - Safety of power converters for use in photovoltaic power systems: Part 2: Particular
requirements for inverters
8. IEC 62116 - Utility-interconnected photovoltaic inverters - Testing procedure of islanding
prevention measures
9. IEC 61400-21 – Harmonics

3.2.3 Other PV Components
Transformer
The system inverters typically provide power output at voltages of the order of 550 VAC. Electricity grids
operate at much higher voltages of the order of tens or hundreds of thousands of volts, so transformers
are incorporated to deliver the required output to the grid.
KNAN is a transformer that uses less flammable non-mineral oil such as silicone oil, synthetic ester or natural
ester (FR3) as the insulating fluid with natural air convection cooling. KNAF has same transformer oil as
KNAN but with external forced air cooling.
Traditionally transformers have used mineral oils, but industry has now acknowledged the drawbacks of
traditional mineral oil namely- flammability, poor biodegradability, low moisture tolerance and corrosive
Sulphur.
Transformer ester oils (non-mineral oils) can be classified in to two groups- Synthetic and Natural. Synthetic
esters are manufactured from raw materials and additives are added to tailor its performance to a specific
application (such as cold climates).
Natural esters are made from renewable materials such as canola, soybean etc. A common non-mineral
oil used in KNAN/KNAF transformers is FR3 which is formulated from edible vegetable oil along with
performance enhancing materials. It does not contain petroleum, halogens or other harmful materials.
FR3 has exceptionally high ignition point of 3600C and flash point of 330°.
Junction Boxes
In the Junction boxes, individual module strings are bundled and safely routed to the inverter. It is a
combination of an exact, well-organized string monitoring system and a safety concept adapted to the
PV technology.
The junction boxes will have suitable cable entry points fitted with cable glands of appropriate sizes for
both incoming and outgoing cables. They monitor the output of solar PV arrays. If the difference
between string outputs is too large, the operator is informed though monitoring system. Active
disconnection allows string voltages to be measured separately. These junction boxes are enclosed in IP

55 rated poly-carbonate housing, making it ideal for long-term use in PV systems. In addition, the direct
connection between the strings and the spring clamp connectors ensures a durable and safe installation.
SCADA System
An integrated SCADA (supervisory control and data acquisition) is one which can communicate with the
Inverters and provide information of the entire Solar PV grid connect power plant. The SCADA provide
information of the instantaneous output energy and cumulative energy for each of the inverters as well
as for the entire power plant.
Weather Monitoring System
Weather Station is specifically designed for solar PV systems, providing comprehensive environmental
monitoring solution for users with a variety of sensors, including solar radiation, environmental
temperature and humidity, wind direction, wind speed and back-of-module temperature, etc.
The continuous monitoring of operating conditions at an FPV plant requires a robust PV system
monitoring solution.
These sensors measure critical meteorological parameters that are normally used to analyses the
performance of the PV system.
String Combiner Box (SCB) & String Monitoring Box
DC cables from series connected modules are planned to be taken into junction boxes for parallel
connection, where in the amperage of string are increased without increasing already designed higher
system voltage. These junction boxes are of IP65/IP54 depending upon location and environment. The
above compliance will help in achieving location and environment. The above compliance will help in
achieving fulfilment of requirements like dust free, vermin free and weatherproof. The junction box
could be either made from MS sheet metal, aluminum die cast or thermoplastics. Low diameter DC
cables with cable glands from strings will be fed into I/P side and higher diameter DC cables from O/P
side of junction boxes.
Lightning & Over Voltage Protection
The Solar PV Power Plant should be provided with Lightning and over voltage protection. The main aim
of over voltage protection is to reduce the over voltage to a tolerate level before it reaches the PV or
other subsystem components. The source of over voltage can be lightning or other atmospheric
disturbance.
Cables
As solar farms are exposed to varying atmospheres, the cables will be exposed to ultraviolet rays. This
reduces the life span of the cable. So, cables with UV protection must be used. Companies like Polycab,
Havells, and RPG etc., are manufacturing these cables. Cables and necessary connectors will be sourced
from these companies. Sizing of cable are estimated based on design parameters like voltage, current,
losses. Etc. Normally the cables used are bare copper conductors and per DIN standard and IEC codes
they should be flame, oil, ozone, UV resistant and should be halogen free. Solar cables are extremely
robust and resist high mechanical load and abrasion. High temperature resistance and excellent weather
proofing characteristics provide a long service life to the cables used in large scale projects. The

connectors with high current capacity and easy mode of assembly are to be used for the connections of
the power plant cables. Solar grade 4 sq. mm copper cables for Solar PV Modules connections to SCB.
Make: Advance / Equivalent.
Transmission Pole
The supporting structure for overhead lines is required to keep the bare conductors at a suitable level
above the ground. These may be various types of poles or towers.
Types of Poles Used in Transmission Lines
The following are main types of Poles and Towers For Transmission Lines generally used in the overhead
system:
 Steel poles
 R.C.C. poles
 Steel towers
The choice of line support for a particular case depends upon the line span, x-sectional area, line voltage,
cost and local conditions.
Steel Poles for Transmission Lines
These poles for transmission line are of three types:
 Rail poles
 Tubular poles
 Rolled steel joists
The Rail poles are of the shape of track used for railways. Tubular poles are of round x-section generally
having three diameters for 1/3rd of the length of the pole and rolled steel joists are of ‘I’ cross-section.
These poles possess greater mechanical strength and thus permit the use of longer spans (60 to 80
metres). These poles have the longer life (more than 40 years) which can further be increased by regular
painting. At the bottom (the portion which is buried underground), these poles are set in concrete muffs
in order to protect them from chemical reactions. Tubular poles having a height of 9 to 11 meters are
generally used for distribution purposes in the cities to give better look.
The steel rail poles in height of 11 meters to 13 meters are used for 11 kV and 33 kV lines respectively.
However, these poles are very costly and require painting.
Tower for 400 kV :

4 FLOATING PV OVERVIEW
Floating PV (FPV) consists of the installation of PV in water bodies, such as lakes, reservoirs,
hydroelectric dams and other bodies of water often underutilized such as abandoned open-pit mines
and quarry lakes. Floating PV consists of photovoltaic panels mounted on a floating structure
comprising of floats and anchored.
Floating PV plants are an emerging form of photovoltaic systems. There are installations in several
countries in Europe as well as in Asia mostly in Japan, and South Korea with a recent interest from China
that rapidly became the world leader. The interest is growing and there is already a demand for Floating
PV in India, USA, Australia and Morocco.
Figure 1- Example of a floating PV system in Japan ((Hyogo prefecture, Japan - 1,076 kWp)
Some of the reasons that come as a direct benefit from floating PV:
1. It can be used in densely populated areas;
2. It can be an alternative in locations with high land costs;
3. Avoids using land, which can be used for agriculture;
4. It can be an opportunity for countries and regions with significant number of bodies of water;
5. Countries and regions where the availability of land is limited;
6. Hydro reservoirs are usually close to the grid and are available
A comparative advantage and disadvantages of floating PV plants and traditional ground-mounted PV

installations is shown in the table below.
Table 1- A comparative advantage and disadvantages of floating PV plants and traditional

ground-mounted PV installations.

Applications Advantages Disadvantages
Ground-mounted  Low cost. Limited land availability in urban

PV  Horizontal or even seasonal areas.
tracking is possible.
 PV modules are easier to
clean and maintain.
Floating PV  Land conservation. Potential corrosion of PV

 Decrease of temperature components.
related losses by effect of
the lower ambient Prone to water related events (tides,
storms, cyclones).
temperature due to
cooling effect by water Obstruction to fishing, transportation
evaporation. and recreation activities.
 Reduction of water
evaporation. Access for cleaning and maintenance
 Improved water quality by of the PV modules.
reducing photosynthesis
Cleaning of aquatic bird’s droppings
and algae growth.
off the PV modules.
Movement of floating platform and

consequent mechanical stress at all
the rigid joints of the PV system.
Land/water surface  Does not compete for land  Suitable/affordable land may be
use with agricultural, far away from load centers,
industrial, or residential requiring costly transmission
infrastructure.
projects.
 Requires change in land use,
 Often easier to find sites
which can be time consuming.
near densely populated
 Competes for land with city
areas.
dwellings, industrial
 Potential integration with
development, and agriculture,
aquaculture though in certain cases
integration is possible
Power system 1. Synergy with existing
benefits electrical infrastructure (such
Costs of grid interconnection are
as hydropower plants)
2. Possible hybrid operation with often borne by project developer and
can be prohibitively high
hydropower

Energy yield analysis
Operating  Open and flat surface Terrain type may vary.

environment  Low reflected diffuse light
from water surface Albedo depends on ground type.
 General presence of No movement
evaporative cooling and
higher wind speed
 Presence of dynamic
movement
Losses i. Lower module temperatures More temperature losses in hot and

(effect is dependent on
arid climates
climate)
ii. Nearly no shading from nearby More sources of shading and string
objects mismatch
iii. Less soiling from dust, but
potentially more from bird
droppings
iv. Potential mismatch loss from
temperature inhomogeneity and
misalignment in module facing
Can benefit from tracking, bifacial
Overall higher initial modules, and optimum tilt angle/row
Performance performance ratio (5–10
spacing.
percent, climate specific)
Long-term degradation (such as Yield prediction is better established
potential induced degradation)
still uncertain
Engineering design
Array 1. Modular design on “flat” Design must accommodate terrain

configuration water surface constraints or requires leveling.
2. Limited tilt (because of wind
load considerations) implies Flexible row spacing
lower energy yield in high
latitude regions. May consist of large tables of PV
3. Row spacing determined by panels
floating structure.
4. Consists of floating islands
Mounting and  Floating platform structure  Piles and rack’s structure

support structures  Anchoring and mooring system is  Mounting structure experience
essential.
 Need to provide maintenance forces from winds and snow only

walkway.  Easier to implement tracking
 Floating platform experiences  Potentially more susceptible to
forces from winds, snow, resonance effects
waves, and water currents
Electrical  Electrical equipment may be  String inverters and electrical boxes

equipment and placed on floats or on shore may be placed under PV modules
cables  Cables mainly routed on floats  Cables are placed in conduits above
ground or buried underground
 Potential need for higher
protection standards and test
certifications
 Many floating platform
designs require equipotential
bonding wires
Safety  Platform design needs to  Safety relatively well established

consider additional risks for
personnel performing O&M
 High humidity environment leads
to lower insulation resistance and
increased risks of electrical
leakage
 Proper cable management is
important to accommodate
constant movement that may
otherwise lead to cable damage
and fire risks
Procurement and construction
Installation and  Assembly generally easy, but  Efficiency of assembly varies

deployment highly variable, depending on depending on location and work-
location and workforce force availability
availability  Needs heavy equipment and land
 Transportation of bulky floats preparation
to site is difficult; favors local  Complexity and costs depend on
production soil quality
 Needs suitable launching area
 May need specialized
equipment or divers to
install anchoring system
Testing and commissioning

Testing  No international standards exist Testing and commissioning

for verifying floats procedures are well-established
Grounding  Grounding module frame or Grounding module frame or mounting

mounting structure may be structure is well-established
challenging if constant motion
causes bonding conductor to
loosen or snap
Operations and maintenance
Technical  Harder to access and replace parts  Generally easy to access and
 Wave action increases mechanical replace parts
wear and tear  More vegetation
 Biofouling likely  Easier to deploy automated cleaning
routines
 High-humidity environment
may accelerate corrosion/  Less maintenance for civil work and
oxidation of metal parts ground foundations
 More maintenance for structural
elements
 Easier access to water for cleaning
 Lower risk of theft/vandalism
Safety  Constant movement of floats poses  Generally safe, with stable ground
walking hazards for walking
 Risk of personnel falling into
water

4.1 Floating Solar PV
The total installed electricity generation capacity of the country has reached over 366 GW. Out of which
renewable energy share (RE) is 23.60% (84.4GW) and with recent cabinet approval of the addition of
large hydro power plants (45 GW) as a RE source, the current share of RE in the total installation will
become 35.18%.
India has done a remarkable job in terms of deployment of RE-based installation, growing almost 3.55
folds in the last 5-6 years, most of which have occurred in the onshore wind (37.27 GW) and solar PV
(32.53 GW) sector. The majority of this growth in solar has been triggered by the launch of Jawaharlal
Nehru National Solar Mission (JNNSM) on January 11, 2010. The target set under the mission was to
achieve 20 GW of grid-connected solar power by the year 2022, which was later revised in the year 2015.
The new targets under the mission are to achieve 175 GW RE capacities of which 100 GW is from solar by
2022. Out of this, 40 GW of the target is for installation of solar rooftop and 60 GW is for large-scale solar
plants. To achieve its targets the Government of India has also taken various innovative policy measures
such as viability gap funding (VGF), development of solar parks and solar renewable purchase obligation
(RPO), etc.
At present India’s grid-connected solar PV sector is majorly dominated by the ground-based installations
(93%) and rest is contributed by rooftop based solar PV installations. The installation cost of utility-scale
solar PV in the country has declined by 84% between 2010-2018, making India the world’s topmost
country in achieving the lowest installation cost for utility-scale solar PV.
However, the pace of utility scale solar PV deployment in the country has been reducing. Among several
reasons, challenges related to the availability of land and delay in land acquisition are considered as one
of the key reasons behind this slow pace. Hence, in order to achieve the targets, set under the JNNSM, it
is a must to explore the other alternatives. Deployment of solar PV at distribution transformer (DT) level
and floating solar PV (FSPV) are some of the alternative solutions that are emerging to boost solar
installation. FSPV has an advantage in deploying solar PV as it is not dependent on land availability.
There are more than 400,000 km 2 of the reported man-made reservoirs in the world out of which India
has a share of about 70,000 km2. This shows a vast potential that can be trapped for clean energy
generation.
4.2 Solar floating PV systems

A floating solar PV system results from the combination of PV plant technology and floating technology
and consists basically of four components: the floating system, mooring/anchoring system, cables
(underwater) and the PV modules.
 Solar PV modules: standard crystalline solar PV modules are used for floating solar systems. Some
bifacial modules have been used. The PV modules must follow more stringent requirements than
land-based modules due to exposure to wet and corrosive environments, high quality sealants
should be used. Specially in projects installed on saline water, the PV modules will be required to
resist the long-term salt mist exposure. Metal will corrode over time and therefore anti-corrosive
coatings are required.

 Solar PV inverters: standard PV inverters available for PV applications are used, whether outside of
the water or also floating. The inverter in the latter case should be of outdoor type and have an
adequate casing.
 Pontoon/Floating System - A pontoon is flotation structure and has the capacity to support a heavy
load. This floating structure is designed to hold a number of panels.
 Mooring/anchoring system - A mooring/anchoring refers to a permanent structure whose main

purpose is to protect the floating structure and keep it in the same place. The floating structure may
be tied to a mooring to prevent free movement of the floating structure in the water or anchored,
but it should allow for adjustment to fluctuations of the water level.
 Cabling: Generated power from the solar array is transported to land. The cables can be kept above
water or be under water. When cables are kept above water, they must be specifically designed to
be resistant against UV irradiation, extremely high temperature fluctuations and are unaffected by
the weather. If the cables are underwater, they should have also high temperature resistance,
excellent weather proofing characteristics and IP68 standard for underwater cables.
4.2.1 Floating PV structures

The technical solutions presented by the different suppliers of floating PV systems differ mainly in
technical solutions of the floating system and the mooring/anchoring systems. The floaters are made of
HDPE (high density poly-ethylene), MDPE (medium density poly-ethylene) or ferro-cement fibre-
reinforced plastic (FRP). Some metallic based floating structures are also present in the market. Poly-
ethylene materials are known for its tensile strength, UV and corrosion resistance and have no impact
on the water quality. The certification of these floating structures is a matter of current debate as to
provide a guarantee for up to 25 years to match the one from the PV modules.
Several technical solutions of Floating Systems are presented below, from some reference suppliers.
HDPE type (source : Ciel & Terre)

HDPE solution (source Sumitomo Mitsui)
HDPE solution (source: Sungrow)
MDPE and HDPE solution (source: NRG HDPE solution (source LG CNS)
energia)

HDPE solution (source: Taizhou Kayho Plastic Corporation)
HDPE solution (source: Kyoraku Floating)

HDPE solution (source: Sunhome)
HDPE solution (source : Jiayi marine accessory)

HDPE solution (source: Jntech)
Figure 1- Several solution providers for HDPE floating PV structures.
Some of the plastic manufacturing companies, which produce under Blow Molding process and whose
main products portfolio are floating pontoon, floating fridge and floating dock, usually also include PV
Floating solutions. An example is provided below.

HDPE solution, adapted for floating PV (Source: gmiotto)
Figure 1- HDPE solution from a plastics manufacturer.
The open solutions promise a higher convection potential, as for example the reinforced fibre.
Reinforced fiber type (source: 4C Solar)
Figure 1- Reinforced fibre floating PV solution provider
Less conventional approaches also exist.
Metallic structure on HDPE (Source: LSIS)

Metallic structure on foam (source: reservoir solar)
Figure 1- Metallic structures on floaters.
A different approach for offshore solution is shown below:
Offshore solutions metallic and plastic (source: Ocean Sun AS)
Figure 1- Solution provider for offshore PV systems.
4.2.2 Floating solar tracking system

The solar tracking systems are most known for ground mounted solar projects with 1 or 2 axes as they
became mainstream in the industry. Floating solar trackers in the other hand is a new technology that
started its development until recently. The advantage of using tracking system with FPV installations are
still to be studied. It is still unknown if the climatic constraints can be compensated by the yield increase
provided from the trackers. Cost is also a challenge faced by FPV tracking systems as they are still not in
a mature phase.
SOLARISFLOAT, a Portuguese company has already developed and marketed a two-axis tracking
floating PV solution. Tracking is achieved by rotating the entire floating platform to follow the sun from
east to west. The following figure shows the SOLARISFLOAT two axis tracking floating PV solution.

Figure 1- two-axis tracking floating PV solution (Source: SOLARISFLOAT)
4.2.3 Solar floating PV anchoring and mooring solutions

The anchoring/mooring system is of great importance because it must prevent movements that
potentially can change the azimuth affecting the electricity generation. Mooring on banks is used when
the bottom needs to be protected or is not suitable and it may be the most cost-effective anchoring
system.
Figure 1- Mooring to the banks (source: Solar, Inc. Company)
The anchoring at the bottom is the most widely used, with plate anchor or with dead weight.

Dead weight (Source: Solar, Inc. Company) Plate anchor (source: Seaflex)
Figure 1- Anchoring solutions.
4.2.4 Module Cleaning System

To reduce the undesirable effect of soiling, there are many water-based and water-free techniques for
cleaning the surface of panels. The importance of cleaning PV panels is considerable from both eco-
nomic and performance points of view. A key factor to maximizing the economic advantage is the
determination of cleaning times. There is no specified cleaning cycle for PV panels, and the soiling
rate of the region mostly determines the cleaning frequency. The optimal cleaning frequency mainly
depends on the environmental conditions of the installation place, such as precipitation and
humidity, wind velocity, particle type, source of particles, and soiling rate.
Critical
As shown in Figure below, the cleaning techniques are categorized into water-based and water-free
approaches. Each individual technique has its own merits and demerits, which can come in handy in
cleaning FPV systems, but the lack of comprehensive analysis is obvious for the selection of the best
solution. Therefore, this section provides a critical analysis for applying the techniques to FPV
systems. Some of the described techniques use chemical solutions to reach more effective cleaning,
and accordingly, the techniques should be analyzed from an environmental point of view. The
water quality of the reservoir and water shortage in the region lead to different approaches.

Therefore, the availability of techniques for each site must be taken into consideration. Two main
factors considered for comparison of techniques are cost and cleaning efficiency.
Classification of Module cleaning techniques
Rainfall
Rainfall can help the cleaning process, but it is not accurately predictable and does not follow a
regular pattern. Moreover, the rainfall cannot completely remove the accumulated soil, and
usually, a complimentary washing step is needed. It must be noted that a cloudy and rainy
environment is usually not suitable for a PV system. Furthermore, many PV and FPV systems are
located in arid regions with low or inadequate rainfall. Therefore, in such regions, other cleaning
techniques should be applied to provide higher output power. From an economic point of view,
considering the fact that this technique does not need any apparatus for cleaning, it may seem to
be cost-effective. In some countries, such as Japan, where the application of FPV systems is
widespread, the precipitation is more than in arid regions and it may be enough for cleaning.
Manual Cleaning
The most crucial reason for using manual cleaning is the simplicity of its application, which is
desirable for many utility operators. The human laborers employed for this job need to be
professionals because of the risks and the need for selecting the right materials. Constant use of
some chemicals for cleaning may decrease the performance of PV panels. Also, the leakage of such
materials into the water reservoirs has a harmful impact on the environment. In addition, in this
technique, the amount of wastewater is relatively high, which makes it costly for arid regions with
non-fresh water reservoirs or in the case of installing FPV systems with the aim of water
evaporation reduction. Nevertheless, this technique may have other limitations for FPV systems,
including the difficulties in accessing panels and the need for weight-bearing floating structures.
Self-Cleaning
As mentioned before, both water and air can be used in self-cleaning techniques. Sprinklers are a
water-based approach. Although this system is suitable for arid regions because of its cooling
effect, it cannot spray the whole surface of PV panels. As a result, it cannot infiltrate all crevices of
PV panel surfaces. It has the same cleaning effect as rainfall and can clean PV panels at a relatively
low cost. However, there is a significant water wastage during the operation of sprinkler cleaning
systems for land-based PV panels because the nozzles spray the water a few meters outside the
panel perimeter. For FPV systems located on the surface of the freshwater reservoir, most of the
sprayed water returns to the reservoir and can be reused.
Robotic
This technique can also be categorized as water-based or water-free. One downside of utilizing
robotic techniques is their high total cost consisting of high maintenance cost for repairing,
operating, and monitoring and controlling the robots. Nevertheless, considering the true cost of
water, labor, and frequency of cleaning, it is found that the installation of robotic systems can be
cost-effective. In addition, this system can effectively decrease the wastage of water.
Deliberation of movement of FPV systems on the surface of the water reveals a key issue for
utilizing robots. These movements are unpredictable because they are highly dependent on the
buoyancy force, as well as on continuous regular and irregular oncoming waves, unlike existing
land-based systems. Considering the impossibility of installing fixed rails on PV panels, due to the
independent movement of each floating structure, any sudden movement of the FPV system can
detach the robot from the PV panel surface, and drown it into water or take it into a position,
which is not planned. Hence, it reduces the reliability of the system. In addition, using robots,
vehicles, or mechanically integrated mechanisms for cleaning purposes increases the possibility of
damage to the PV panel surface that has been cleaned.
Airflow
Airflow improves dust removal of PV panels, mainly in the regions with water shortage. A low-
speed airflow is desirable for FPV systems due to the low dust density of the air on water
reservoirs. However, high-speed winds hit the surface of the PV panel with sand particles that may
scratch the surface. Long-term exposure to such a wind creates problems of random scratches on
the PV panel surface, which results in a reduction of irradiation transmission and reflection.
Meanwhile, wind can create small cracks on PV panels via differential pressure, which in turn
results in lower efficiency. This problem is intensified for FPV systems due to their offshore
installation and higher repair costs.
Coating
Although coating prevents soil from sticking on the PV panel surface, it requires water for soiling
removal. By using this technique in arid regions, the volume of water utilized for washing is
decreased, while regular washing is required. Nevertheless, because of the humidity upon the
water reservoir’s surface, this technique is adequately efficient. Moreover, the coating surfaces
can provide other features, such as anti-icing, stability due to heavy rainfall, anti-reflecting,
photocatalysis reaction (this process can chemically break down the organic dirt through the
reaction to UV light), and anti-fogging. It is noted that coatings accumulate more soiling when the
coating deteriorates due to UV light.
EDS
The EDS technique is distinctively faster than other techniques. This technique has shown proper
efficiency in arid regions, but it has been shown that it is not effective for wet or cemented dust.
Besides, its efficiency is low for fine particles. Due to the proximity of water with PV panels in some
applications and high humidity, the ESD is not a proper option for these cases. Moreover, as
illustrated before, the traveling wave method is not cost-effective for both large-scale PV and FPV
systems.

Surface Vibration
The vibration method is used periodically, and accordingly, this technique consumes negligible
amounts of power in comparison with other active cleaning techniques. The advantages of the
piezoelectric actuator are its lightweight and compact structure, which makes it feasible for
utilization in FPV systems. It is noteworthy that as time passes, the vibration can increase the risk
of creating major cracks on the PV panel surface. These cracks may lead to the disconnection of
cells and a total loss of generated power.
Comparison of Cleaning techniques.

Technique Approach Merits Demerits
Low efficiency
No cleaning cost
Not accurately predictable
Water- Doesn’t need any reformation
Rainfall No specific falling patterns
Based No electrical power consumption
Low access in arid and desert
Cooling effect
regions
The dependency of cleaning efficiency

on human labour caution
Water-Based Low cleaning cost
Manual
Simplicity
Cleaning No electrical power consumption High wastage of water
Cooling effect
Restrictions of the floating structure
are weight-bearing
Fully automated Cooling effect (water-

Low efficiency (water-based
Water- based approach) approach)
Based
Self-Cleaning and/or High wastage of water (water-based
Water- approach)
Free
High initial cost (water-free approach)
Electrical power consumption
Water- High efficiency High total cost

Based
Low water wastage (water- Possibility of falling into water or a
Robotic and/or
based approach) not programmed position
Water-
Free Risks of PV panel damaging
Water- No/Low cleaning cost Low efficiency

Airflow
Free No electrical power consumption Risks of PV panel damaging
High efficiency in humid regions
No electrical power consumption

Recoating requirement
Water- Availability of providing other
Coating Treats of realized chemical
Free features such as anti-icing, more
stability, anti-reflecting, materials for the environment
photocatalysis reaction, and anti-
fogging
EDS Water- High efficiency for desert regions Low efficiency for wet, cemented,
Free

Technique Approach Merits Demerits
and small-sized particles

Fast technique
High total cost
High efficiency
Surface Water- Risks of PV panel damaging due to
Vibration Free Low electrical power the vibrations
consumption
High maintenance cost
For non-freshwater reservoirs:
For FPV systems that are developed for water evaporation reduction, using the airflow technique in
conjunction with a high stability coating layer is preferred.
For FPV systems that are developed for energy generation, in addition to the abovementioned
solution, using manual or self-cleaning water-based techniques leads to cooling and higher
efficiency.
Considering above following steps would be advisable to finalize the most suited cleaning system
for Floating solar system:
1 Investigation of the aerodynamics of floating structures in order to minimize the water

evaporation and improve the heat transfer from PV panels to the environment.
2 A precise study of the endurance of coating layers on PV panels.
3 Coating a layer on the surface of each PV panel imposes an additional cost, which cannot be
neglected. The impact of this additional burden needs to be ascertained prior in order to finalise
module cleaning system for FPV.
4 Determination of the desirable features of robots for FPV systems cleaning.
5 Due to the lower amount of dust in the air upon the water reservoirs in comparison with the
lands, its effects on the frequency of the cleaning should be taken into consideration.
4.2.5 Grounding Resistivity for a Floating PV System

The underwater grounding for a floating PV system must be installed at a specific water depth, in
contrast to a land-based PV system, as shown in Figure below. In this case, the system can be divided
into three main sections:
 the first section between the surface and top of the electrode,
 the second section including the electrode, and the third section between the bottom of the
electrode and
 the bottom of the water body.
 Each section has a different resistivity;

Figure 1 Design for an underwater grounding system for a floating PV (Photovoltaic) system.
Considerations for the Design of a Grounding System for Floating PV Systems

Unlike land-based PV systems, there are three important considerations for the design of a grounding
system for floating PV systems:
(1) the coefficient of parallel connection;
(2) corrosion of electrodes; and
(3) coefficient of seasonal variation.
These factors should be considered in case the grounding system is installed underwater.
The most significant change in temperature occurs on the water surface, which implies that the
grounding resistance on the surface will undergo the largest change. The grounding resistance is
calculated on basis variation of water temperature as shown below:
Coefficients of variation by season
Depth of Maximum Difference of Water Maximum Difference of Water

Water (m) Temperature (◦C) Temperature (◦C)
1~5 23 15.513
6~10 19 12.815
11~15 17 11.466
16~20 15 10.117
21~25 12 8.094
26~30 7 4.721

The grounding method for a floating PV system is slightly different from the grounding method for a PV
system on land. This is because it is difficult to install a grounding system outside or at the bottom of a
body of water where the floating PV system is located. Therefore, direct underwater grounding
methods need to be considered for these systems. Such underwater grounding methods offer benefits
in terms of cost; however, the grounding resistance is difficult to estimate. Therefore, the temperature
of the water should be measured according to its depth in the area where the floating PV system is
installed in order to predict the temperature-dependent resistivity of the water. Grounding resistance is
then calculated by modelling the resistivity based on the position of the electrode in the water. The
electrical safety of the floating PV system, which is critical in protecting it against environmental
conditions, can be achieved throughout the grounding resistance design process and its verification.

4.3 FPV - Installation steps and technical standards
4.3.1 FPV - Installation Steps

The installation of the floating pontoons requires ample space and a clear area. Please refer to the
preparation of launch area and site preparatory work. Before beginning installation, the contractor
should ensure they have a spacious area more than 2000m2 for assembly near the site.
Please follow the steps below for installation.
Step 1) Place the photovoltaic module on a flat surface. Install two clamps (with SS screw) at specific
position keeping distance of 750 mm on the back face of the panel.
Step 2) Connect a Support float on panel float B on each side and Fasten Nuts under lugs.
Step 3) Lift the photovoltaic module and place it on panel float B such that they perfectly align together
on all four points of next screw i.e., the module with stainless steel screw M8.
Step 4) Repeat the process to mount another module on panel float B and then using the connecting
screw and nuts, join two panel float B on land. Now, follow step 1-3 and mount a photovoltaic module
on panel float A. After mounting a module on panel float, A, connect panel float A to panel float.
Step 5) Now, follow step 1-3 and mount a photovoltaic module on panel float A. After mounting a
module on panel float A, connect panel float A to panel float.
Step 6) After connecting Panel Float A with Panel Float B, Connect an Aisle Float A between two Panel
Float A.
Step 7) The bottom of each array will have two rows with panel float A. After that, each row will have
three rows of panel float B, followed by one row of panel float A. This procedure will be followed till the
assembly reaches the top of array. Repeat the steps above 1-6 and form an array. There should be four
modules after every walkway. There should be three panel float B after every panel float A in vertical
alignment. There should be one aisle float A between each panel float A in horizontal alignment. Final
step is installation of anchor line nuts and we need to push float array into water gradually.

Figure 1 FPV power structure
4.3.2 Technical Specifications and Standards For FPV

FSPV plants are deployed in waterbodies and often subjected to harsh environments. Hence it is
important to consider relevant standards to ensure the quality of the FSPV plant components while
being cautions of not degrading the quality of water as well as local biodiversity. It is recommended to
adhere to the following technical standards of the major components used in grid-connected FSPV
based plants. There are no particular standards for FSPV and the same applicable to PV are used.
Table 1 Technical Specifications and Standards of FPV
Standard Description
I Solar PV module
1 IEC 61215-1 Ed. 1.0 Terrestrial photovoltaic modules – Design
qualification and type approval - Part 1: Test
requirements
2 IEC 61215-1-1 Ed. 1.0 Terrestrial photovoltaic modules – Design
qualification and type approval - Part 1-1: Special
requirements for testing of crystalline silicon
photovoltaic modules
3 IEC 61730-1Ed. 2.0 Photovoltaic module safety qualification Part 1:
Requirements for construction
4 IEC 61730-2 Ed.2 Photovoltaic module safety qualification Part 2:
Requirements for testing
5 IEC 61701 Ed.2 Salt mist corrosion testing of photovoltaic
modules (applicable for coastal and marine

environment)
6 IEC 62716 Ed.1 Photovoltaic modules – Ammonia corrosion
testing
7 IEC TS 62804-1 Ed.1 Photovoltaic modules – Test methods for the
detection of potential-induced degradation Part
1: Crystalline silicon
II Floating platform / floaters
1 ASTM D1693 (or Test for environmental stress cracking of HDPE
equivalent ISO
Standards)
2 ISO16770 Stress cracking resistance of HDPE
3 IS 15410:2003 or Test for drinking water compatibility, material
equivalent BS 6920:2014 safe for drinking water
4 RoHS directive 2002/ Test for restriction of hazardous substances
95/EC
5 ASTM D790 (or Standard test methods for flexural properties of
equivalent ISO unreinforced and reinforced plastics and
Standards) electrical insulating materials
6 ISO 178 Plastics – Determination of flexural properties
7 ASTM D638, ISO 527 Standard test method for tensile properties of
plastics
8 ASTM D695, ISO 604 Standard test method for compressive strength
properties of plastics
9 ISO 16770 Full notch creep test (FNCT)
10 ASTM D2565 (or Standard practice for xenon-arc exposure of
equivalent ISO plastic intended for outdoor applications
Standards)
11 ASTM D4329(or Standard practice for fluorescent ultraviolet
equivalent ISO (UV) lamp apparatus exposure of plastics
Standards)
12 ASTM D1693-15 (or Standard test method for environmental stress
equivalent ISO Standards) cracking of ethylene plastics
13 ASTM D5397-07(2012) Standard test method for environmental stress

crack resistance of polyolefin geo-membrane
14 IS 15410:2003 or Containers for packaging of natural mineral
equivalent BS6920 water and packaged drinking water
III. Inverters/power conditioners
1 IEC 61683 Efficiency measurements

2 IEC 60068-2/ IEC 62093 Environmental testing
3 IEC 61000-6-2, IEC 61000- Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
6-4
& Other relevant parts
of IEC 61000
4 IEC 62103/ 62109-1&2 Electrical safety
5 IEEE1547/IEC 62116/ Protection against islanding of grid
UL1741
or equivalent BIS
standards
6 LVRT compliance As per the latest CERC guidelines/order/
regulations
7 Grid connectivity Relevant CERC regulations (including LVRT
compliance) and grid code as amended and
revised from time to time.
8 Rated capacity Nominal/rated output power of the inverter
(if different power ratings are mentioned at
different temperatures, then power rating at
50°C shall be considered) in kilowatt will be
considered as inverter rated capacity
IV. Cables
1 BS/ EN 50618 / TUV Solar-grade cables for outdoor installation
2pfg 1169/08.2007
2 IEC 60227 / IS 694 General test and measuring method of PVC-
IEC 60502 / IS 1554 (Pt. I & insulated cables for working voltage upto and
II) including 1100 V and UV resistant for outdoor
installation
V. Earthing
1 IS 3043 Code of practice for earthing
2 IEEE 80 IEEE guide for safety in AC substation
surrounding
3 IEEE 142 IEEE recommended practice for grounding of
industrial and commercial power systems
VI. Others
1 Switches/ circuit breakers
/Connectors
IEC 60947 part General requirements connectors – safety
I, II, III / IS AC/DC

60947 Part I, II,
III EN 50521
2. Junction boxes / Enclosures for inverters/Charge controllers /luminaries

IP 65/66(for General requirements
outdoor) IP
54(for indoor)
DNV, the independent energy expert and assurance provider has published the world’s first
recommended practice (RP) for floating solar power projects. The Recommended Practice (DNV-RP-
0584) will provide commonly recognized guidance based on a list of technical requirements for
accelerating safe, sustainable and sound design, development, operation and decommissioning of
floating solar photovoltaic (FPV) projects.
4.4 Independent Solar Floating PV assessment

The Solar Energy Research Institute of Singapore (SERIS) has developed the world´s largest Floating
Solar testbed in the Tengeh Reservoir in Singapore. It has 1ha and contains 10 different commercial
floating solar photovoltaic systems from around the world, all with 100 kW. It is shown below:
Figure 1- Overview of the SERIS testbed in the Tengeh reservoir in Singapore.

Figure 1- Bird’s eye view of the SERIS testbed at the Tengeh reservoir in Singapore
Each floating solar photovoltaic system is being studied with comprehensive monitoring infrastructure,
including 500 parameters. The floating systems are being compared against a reference PV roof-top
system. The objective being to compare the options in a Singaporean context as land-based PV is not
suitable. Comparison charts have been made available publicly that allow for unbiased analysis and
assessment of the different floating PV systems.
4.4.1 Results of the SERIS testbed

The results for the ambient temperature in the water and outside has been measured and since that is
one of the major parameters to influence PV module efficiency, it is interesting to see the differences.

Figure 1- Comparison between the ambient temperature (weighted temperature of the air: OnS
– land, OffS – water)
There are differences of 6ºC, but also of only 0,5ºC in some cases, from March to July.
However, the air on the water is always cooler than the air on land.
Another parameter that influences the PV module efficiency is the wind speed.
Figure 1- Comparison between the wind speed (weighted wind speed: OnS – land, OffS – water)
There are differences of 2.5 m/s and of just 0.5 m/s. The wind is always stronger in the
water versus the land.

The humidity is important to determine the potential for a more stressful environment, where PV
modules must endure higher levels of humidity.
Figure 1- Comparison between the air humidity (weighted average humidity: OnS – land, OffS –
water)
The humidity can be 10% different and almost the same. It is clear that it is always more
humid in the water than in land.
The albedo of the water surface versus rooftop shows an obvious difference and the water does not act
as a mirror for the sun rays, but actually as a sink.
Figure 1- Albedo for 15 Mar 2017 and similar to the average (OnS – land, OffS – water)
The albedo is rather small, 5~6% according to the measurements and lower than in land.

The cooling effect, which one of the major advantages of floating PV, between different types of
floating structures is presented below.
Systems Cooling capacity
Free Standing
Very Good convective
cooling
Small Footprint
Good convective cooling
Large Footprint
Water surface partially
blocked
Not good convection

Figure 1- Cooling effect for different type of floating structures.
The cooling effect, indicated by the heat loss coefficient, is thus dependent on the type of the floating
structure as provided in the graph below.
Figure 1- The heat loss coefficient of different floating PV systems.
The differences are of 50% in terms of the heat loss coefficients for different floating PV
systems.
The system performance ratio (from Apr 2017 to Mar 2018) shows about 10-15% higher outputs than
typical rooftop PV systems in Singapore (with a PR of 77%).

Figure 1- Comparison of the performance of the floating PV systems versus a reference rooftop
system.
It would be expected a lower difference in PR towards ground mounted as there is some natural
ventilation rather than being on a rooftop where temperatures are higher.
4.5 Challenges of floating PV

The SERIS testbed also allowed to monitor some of the problems and challenges of the technology.
Some of them are shown below.
Earth leakage, increased corrosion of

Bird droppings
structures

Mechanical stress joints of rigid structures, on Insulation test failure for inverters: the
equipotential bonding tape/wire, at the insulation resistance (Riso) dropped over time
earthing tape connection for grounding and inverters do not start
Figure 1- Major problems witnessed at SERIS testbed on the floating PV systems
The FSPV sector is evolving very rapidly and will become an alternate popular way to generate solar
energy very soon. However, very little knowledge is available at the moment thus posing many
challenges, which need to be addressed properly. Some of the key challenges associated with the FSPV
are presented below.
4.5.1 Technology Challenges

 Unavailability of FSPV-Specific Standards / Technical Guidelines
 Unavailability of Waterbody Data
 FSPV Plant Components Safety and Its Long-Term Reliability
 Absence of Local Manufacturing
 Unavailability of Bathymetry and Other Studies on Water
 Environmental And Social Aspects
4.5.2 Installation Challenges

1. Clearances For FSPV Projects
2. Transportation of Floating Platform
4.5.3 Operation And Maintenance Challenges

Since FSPV plants are installed on the water surface rather than on land, it is relatively difficult to deal
with O&M issues in such conditions. There are certain parts like anchoring and mooring that lie inside
the water and are required to be inspected on a regular basis to ensure the plant’s stability. To do the
inspection, divers are needed, which adds extra cost to O&M. Also, sudden fault, instances like of bird
dropping, replacement of electrical parts, maintenance of cables and wires, etc. are complex things to
handle and require special training to plant personnel.

4.5.4 Quality
The floating solar prices have fallen significantly during the past 2 years. However, FSPV projects are still
more expensive than ground-mounted projects by 20–40%. While falling prices are the welcome trend,
they could also pose challenges to project quality, which can further impact the local biodiversity.
Therefore, there is a need to develop a protocol for measuring the long-term quality for deploying large-
scale FSPV plants.

5 POWER SCENARIO OF INDIA
The energy sector is key to the Indian economic growth acceleration. India ranks third in the world in
total energy consumption. It is first requirement of energy to accelerate the development of the sector
to meet its growth aspirations. The pattern of energy production put coal and oil again on top. These
accounts for 61.5% of the entire generation. The total installed capacity of renewable energy sources in
India as of 2021 surpassed 137,363 MW representing 36,7 % of the total installed capacity. India’s central
government and state governments jointly regulate electricity sector in India. Major economic and social
drivers for India’s push for electricity generation include India’s need to replace current highly polluting
energy sources in use in India with cleaner energy sources, a rapidly growing economy, increasing
household incomes, limited domestic reserves of fossil fuels and the adverse impact on the environment
of rapid development in urban and regional areas. The growth impetus to the power sector is further
fuelled by firm and flexible regulations framed by the Ministry of Power, Government of India. One of
the major regulations is the Electricity Act of 2003.
The demand for electricity in the country has been growing at a rapid rate and is expected to grow
further in the years to come. To meet the increasing requirement of electricity, massive addition to the
installed generating capacity in the country is required. The country, though rich in coal and abundantly
endowed with renewable energy in the form of solar, wind, hydro and bioenergy has very small
hydrocarbon reserves.
5.1 Renewable energy scenario in India

India is one of the countries with large production of energy from renewable sources. As of February
2021, 36.7% of India's installed electricity generation capacity is from renewable sources (137 GW out of
379 GW).
In the Paris Agreement India has committed to an Intended Nationally Determined Contributions target
of achieving 40% of its total electricity generation from non-fossil fuel sources by 2030. The country is
aiming for even more ambitious target of 57% of the total electricity capacity from renewable sources by
2027 in Central Electricity Authority's strategy blueprint. According to 2027 blueprint, India aims to have
275 GW from renewable energy, 72 GW of hydroelectricity, 15 GW of nuclear energy and nearly 100 GW
from “other zero emission” sources.
India was the first country in the world to set up a ministry of non-conventional energy resources
(Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE)), in the early 1980s, and its public sector undertakings
the Solar Energy Corporation of India is responsible for the development of solar energy industry in
India. Hydroelectricity is administered separately by the Ministry of Power and not included in MNRE
targets.
India is running one of the largest and most ambitious renewable capacity expansion programs in the
world. In 2019 at UN climate summit, India announced that it will be more than doubling its renewable
energy target from 175GW by 2022 to 450GW of renewable energy by the same year. Newer renewable
electricity sources are projected to grow massively by nearer term 2022 targets, including a more than

doubling of India's large wind power capacity and an almost 15-fold increase in solar power from April
2016 levels.
The government target of installing 20 GW of solar power by 2022 but it was achieved four years ahead
of schedule in January 2018, through both solar plants as well as roof-top solar panels. India then set a
new target of achieving 100 GW of solar power, 60GW of wind power, 10GW of biomass and 5GW of
small hydro power by 2022.
Unlike most countries, until 2019 India did not count large hydro power towards renewable energy
targets as hydropower was under the older Ministry of Power instead of Ministry of New and
Renewable Energy. This system was changed in 2019 and the power from large hydropower plants is
since also accounted for. This was done to help the sale of the power from the large Hydropower plants,
as this reclassification has made such plants able to sell their power under the Renewable Energy
Purchase Obligation. Under the Renewable Energy Purchase Obligation, the DISCOMs (Distribution
Company) of the various states have to source a certain percentage of their power from Renewable
Energy Sources under two categories Solar and Non-Solar. The power from the large Hydropower plants
now classifies under the Non-Solar Renewable Energy Category.
Energy in India is at the cusp of disruption, transitioning from rapid reforms in the sector, that is,
enhanced energy availability, accessibility and reliability to leapfrogging towards sustainable energy
transformation, digitization of the energy value chain and adopting breakthrough models for
sustainable mobility. India saw the first inflection point for renewable energy generation in 2016-17 when
the capacity addition in Renewable energy was higher than the capacity addition for conventional
energy sources.
Power capacity additions in India (GW)
92,9 106,0
87,0
75,1
46,5 46,5 46,5

45,4
0,5 0,5 0,5
0,6 24,9 24,9 24,9
24,9
197,3 204,7 207,7 210,5
2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22
Coal Gas Diesel Nuclear Hydro RES
Figure 1- Capacity additions in India (GW)
5.2 Solar energy development in India

India is endowed with vast solar energy potential. About 5,000 trillion kWh per year energy is incident
over India's land area with most parts receiving 4-7 kWh per sq. m per day. Solar photovoltaics power
can effectively be harnessed providing huge scalability in India. Solar also provides the ability to

generate power on a distributed basis and enables rapid capacity addition with short lead times. Off-grid
decentralized, and low-temperature applications will be advantageous from a rural electrification
perspective and meeting other energy needs for power and heating and cooling in both rural and urban
areas. From an energy security perspective, solar is the most secure of all sources since it is abundantly
available.
There has been a visible impact of solar energy in the Indian energy scenario during the last few years.
Solar energy based decentralized and distributed applications have benefited millions of people in
Indian villages by meeting their cooking, lighting and other energy needs in an environment friendly
manner. Further, solar energy sector in India has emerged as a significant player in the grid connected
power generation capacity over the years. It supports the government agenda of sustainable growth,
while, emerging as an integral part of the solution to meet the nation’s energy needs and an essential
player for energy security.
National Institute of Solar Energy has assessed the Country’s solar potential of about 748 GW assuming
3% of the waste land area to be covered by Solar PV modules. Solar energy has taken a central place in
India's National Action Plan on Climate Change with National Solar Mission as one of the key Missions.
National Solar Mission (NSM) was launched on 11th January 2010. NSM is a major initiative of the
Government of India with active participation from States to promote ecological sustainable growth
while addressing India’s energy security challenges. It will also constitute a major contribution by India
to the global effort to meet the challenges of climate change. The Mission’s objective is to establish
India as a global leader in solar energy by creating the policy conditions for solar technology diffusion
across the country as quickly as possible. The Mission targets installing 100 GW grid-connected solar
power plants by the year 2022. This is line with India’s Intended Nationally Determined Contributions
(INDCs) target to achieve about 40 percent cumulative electric power installed capacity from non-fossil
fuel-based energy resources and to reduce the emission intensity of its GDP by 33 to 35 percent from
2005 level by 2030.
In order to achieve the above target, Government of India have launched various schemes to encourage
generation of solar power in the country like Solar Plant Scheme, VGF Schemes, CPSU Scheme, Defence
Scheme, Canal bank & Canal top Scheme, Bundling Scheme, Grid Connected Solar Rooftop Scheme etc.
Various policy measures undertaken included declaration of trajectory for Renewable Purchase
Obligation (RPO) including Solar, Waiver of Inter State Transmission System (ISTS) charges and losses
for inter-state sale of solar and wind power for projects to be commissioned up to March 2022, Must run
status, Guidelines for procurement of solar power though tariff based competitive bidding process,
Standards for deployment of Solar Photovoltaic systems and devices, Provision of roof top solar and
Guidelines for development of smart cities, Amendments in building bye-laws for mandatory provision
of roof top solar for new construction or higher Floor Area Ratio, Infrastructure status for solar projects,
Raising tax free solar bonds, Providing long tenor loans from multi-lateral agencies, etc.
India achieved 5th global position in solar power deployment by surpassing Italy. Solar power capacity
has increased by more than 20 times in the last seven years from 2.6 GW in March,2014 to 55 GW in
December 2021. Presently, solar tariff in India is very competitive and has achieved grid parity.
The total installed capacity of renewable energy sources in India (including hydr0) as of April 2022
surpassed 158,121 MW representing 39.4 % of the total installed capacity of 401 GW. However, India’s

electricity system continues to remain largely dependent on coal, constituting 58.8% of the total
installed capacity.
Installed capacity in GW as of Apr 2022

Biopower;
SHP; 5 10,6
Wind ; 40,5
Solar; 55,3
Coal; 204
Hydro; 47
Nuclear; 7
Other Thermal; 7
Gas; 25
Figure 1 Installed Capacity as on Apr’22

Source: CEA
Despite increasing renewable share in the energy mix, there exists huge gap in the current installed
capacity of 111 GW as on Apr’22 against the identified target of 175 GW by end of FY 2022. Various policy
and institutional level initiatives are expected to give boost to this sector to help achieve the set vision.
At the United Nations Climate Action Summit in September 2019, the Hon’ble Prime Minister of India
had declared that India will be raising its Renewable Energy installation targets to 450 GW by 2030 from
175 GW by 2022. In Nov’21, at the COP26 Climate Conference in Glasgow, Hon’ble Prime Minister
announced that India will achieve net zero carbon emissions by 2070 2 and 500 gigawatts (GW) of non-
fossil electricity capacity, half of energy from renewables, a reduction of emissions by one billion tones
and emissions intensity of the GDP by 45% by 2030. The sector wise breakup on current installed capacity
as on April’22 and potential for Renewable Energy sources is as shown below:
Installed
Capacity
v/s Hydro Power* Solar Wind Bio Energy
51.3 GW 55.3 GW 40.5 GW 10.6 GW
Potential
v/s v/s v/s v/s
250 GW 750 GW 695 GW (at 120 m) 26GW
*Includes pumped hydro

Source: CEA and Annual Report MNRE
Presently, solar tariff in India is very competitive and has achieved grid parity. In India, more than 30GW
of solar PV capacity has been bid out since 2017, with tariffs in the range of INR 2.36-3.98Rs/kWh. In 2017,
~4.5 GW capacity was bid out with a weighted average tariff of 3.02 Rs/ kWh. In 2018, around ~12.5 GW
capacity was bid out with the weighted average tariff falling to 2.76Rs/kWh. In 2019, the weighted
2 https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-india-59125143 Accessed on February 25, 2022

average tariff for the total capacity of ~ 10GW fell further to 2.72Rs/kWh. Since 2019, most of the newly
auctioned solar projects saw tariffs in the range of Rs. 2.36-2.87 per kWh for projects having capacity
more than 100MW. Keeping up with the declining tariff trend, the Solar Energy Corporation of India’s
(SECI) auction in March’21 for 1,070 MW of solar projects in Rajasthan set a record-low lowest (L1) tariff
of ₹2/kWh (Tranche-III). India’s solar power tariffs hit a record low of ₹1.99 per unit in December 2020 at
an auction conducted by Gujarat Urja Vikas Nigam Ltd. Rajasthan discovered solar tariff of Rs 2.17/unit in
Dec’21, in the fourth tranche of auctions conducted by the Solar Energy Corporation of India (SECI).
Tariff (Rs./kWh)
Capacity (MW)
Central Solar Bids

8000 3,98 3,98 7000 4,50
7000 4,00
6000 2,87 2,92 2,98 3,50
2,55 2,48 2,50 2,54 2,53 2,63 2,71 2,50 2,55 3,00
5000 2,36 2,43 2,25 2,20 2,36 2,29
2,00 2,50
4000
2,00
3000 2000 2000 2000 1,50
2000 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1500 1200 1200 1070 1200
750 750 500 500 1,00
1000 250 190 125 0,50
0 0,00
) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) 0) ) ) ) 1) 2) 2)
19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 ' 20 20 20 20 2 20 21 21 2 2 2
eb ar ay Ju
n
Ju
n g ep ct ct c
an eb pr n ug ov b ar ul eb ar
F M ( ( Au S (O (O De (J F (A Ju (A Fe M (J (F
)( I( (M II V) )( I( I( )( )( I(
N j( I( P I(
M
I II
TR
H TR rI rV TR PC IV I e d II TS I X PC II Ra XI CU
X I
Tr M NT R TR ink rV IS Tr NT TR XI
aj CI aj ST ST CI CI
T
CI TR PC se RE se
TS R SE R ST ST SE SE u.
L
ST PC TS aj NT ha ka
ha
( IS CI CI (I (I SE T NH ( IS R LP at
SE SE CI an IS CI rn LP
CI CI M ( CI SE VN Ka
SE SE SE CI CI SE V N
SE SE GU CI
SE GU
Figure 1 overview of solar traiffs in India.
Central Government Schemes to promote Solar PV deployment
Development of Solar Parks and Ultra Mega Solar Power Projects
This scheme was rolled out to overcome the challenges of installing scattered small projects. Some of
these challenges include high project cost per MW and higher transmission losses, followed by
significant expenses in site development, drawing separate transmission lines to nearest substation,
procuring water and in creation of other necessary infrastructure. It also takes a long time for project
developers to acquire land, get change of land use and various permissions, etc. which delays the
project. Thus, this scheme for ‘Development of Solar Parks and Ultra-Mega Solar Power Projects’ was
rolled out in December 2014 with an objective to facilitate the solar project developers to set up projects
in a plug and play model. The timeline for this scheme has been set up to 2022-23 envisaging a capacity
addition of 40GW (in place of 20GW planned earlier) in the form of Solar Parks. Minimum capacity of
each park is set at 500MW. The implementing agency for these parks shall be Solar Power Park
Developer (SPPD), the selection process of which is detailed out in the scheme document.
In this scheme, CFA (Central Financial Assistance) of INR 25 lakh per park is provided for DPR (Detailed
Project Report) preparation, INR 20 lakh/MW for achieving project milestones. Further CFA of
20lakh/MW apportioned on 60:40 basis proposed towards development of internal structure and
external transmission infrastructure.
As of Nov’21, 52 solar parks have been sanctioned with a cumulative capacity of 37.92 GW in 14 states 3.
Grid connected Solar Rooftop Program4 Phase II
The Government, on 19th February 2019 approved Phase-II of ‘Grid Connected Rooftop and Small Solar
Power Plants Programme’ for achieving cumulative capacity of 40 GW RTS plants by Dec’ 22. The
objective of the scheme is to create additional RTS capacity of 33.4 GW in the country by 31.12.2022. The
major components of this phase II of the programme are: -
3 https://pib.gov.in/PressReleaseIframePage.aspx?PRID=1785808
4 https://mnre.gov.in/solar/schemes
 Component A: Setting up of 4000 MW of grid connected rooftop solar projects in residential sec-
tor with Central Financial Assistance (CFA)
 Component B: Incentives to Electricity Distribution Companies (DISCOMs) based on achieve-

ment towards initial 18000 MW of grid connected rooftop solar plants
As on Apr’22, the current rooftop installation stands at 6.6 GW 5.
CPSU (Central Public Sector Undertaking) Scheme Phase II for setting up 12,000MW grid-connected
Solar PV power projects by Government Producers with VGF (Viability Gap Funding) support 6
The scheme aims at setting up solar PV projects through Government Producers using domestic cells %
modules in WTO compliant manner to facilitate national energy security and environment stability for
Government purpose. The scheme is planned between 2020-2023. Government Producers (PSUs/ Govt.
Organisations.) which are under administrative control or have 50% shareholding of Central / State Govt
are only eligible for this scheme. Maximum VGF of upto Rs. 70 lakhs/ MW will be provided and actual VGF
will be decided through bidding. There is also a criteria for Domestic Content Requirement .
5.3 FPV Potential in India

The Energy and Resources Institute (TERI), New Delhi, India with support from the Energy Transitions
Commission (ETC), India, has undertaken a study to analyse data on country’s medium and large
reservoirs to estimate the potential of FSPV in the country. It is observed that about 18,000 km 2 water
surface area spreading across various states and UTs is suitable for the installation of FSPV plants. The
overall potential is a strong indication of the extent of the surface area that can be made available for
setting up these projects, and even a capacity of about 280 GW is possible. The various factors
determining the overall potential include percentage of water surface area coverage, water level
variations, the purpose of the water body, and proposed plant location. The reports present state-wise
details of the potential in the form of a web-based user interactive tool – India Floating Solar PV-Tool.
5.3.1 Floating Solar Potential in Odisha

Potential for installation of FPV in Odisha as derived by TERI report is as follows:
The Energy and Resources Institute (TERI), in its report published in 2020, found that India’s reservoirs
have 18,000 sq. km of area with the potential to generate 280 GW of solar power through floating solar
projects. This translates to India’s entire installed solar capacity goal for 2030.
5 https://mnre.gov.in/the-ministry/physical-progress
6 https://pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=1725054
Scenario 1 – 4104 MW
Scenario 2 – 17755 MW
No. of reservoirs – 142
Cumulative Reservoir area (in
km2) - 877
Figure 1: Estimated potential of Floating Solar PV of Odisha
5.3.2 Installed Solar Capacity in Odisha

The Odisha government has set up 653 solar plants with a total capacity of 6910.69 kilowatt in the state.
The state has installed these plants for solarization of fire stations, panchayat samiti-offices, Kasturba
Gandhi Balika Vidyalayas, Odisha Aadarsha Vidyalayas, health institutions and of mines under the Odisha
Mining Corporation (OMC).
The Odisha Renewable Energy Development Agency (OREDA), a state nodal agency under the science
and technology department, is working towards use of renewable energy resources in the state. The
state government has reported that expenditure of Rs. 17.29 crore has been incurred on solarization of
the government institutions like schools, health institutions, fire stations and mines. 313 solar plants
have been installed for solarization of fire stations by spending Rs 7.36 crore. The total is 1727.69 kW of
power. Similarly, the government has set up 189 plants for solarization of more than Rs 5.78 crore. These
plants have 2,595 kW.
An amount of Rs. 154 crores have been spent for installation of 29 solar plants in Kasturba Gandhi Balika
Vidyalays. While large scale power generation projects are being installed to achieve the ambitious
target of 100 GW of solar power generation by 2022, it has been planned to simultaneously develop
decentralized solar energy and other renewable energy generation plants of capacity up to 2 MW.
According to MNRE, Odisha has an installed solar power capacity of 451.24 MW 7 as on April, 2022 and
accounts for approximately 8% of India’s total installed solar power. The Government of Odisha is
implementing measures to promote solar energy development in the state and the Odisha Renewable
Energy Policy, 2016 sets a target of 2,200 MW of additional solar generation by 2022; this includes
7https://mnre.gov.in/the-ministry/physical-progress
generation through roof-top solar and other non-land based solar projects. The Renewable Energy
Policy 2016 aims to contribute to long term energy security of the State as well as ecological security by
reduction in carbon emission and create skilled & semi-skilled manpower resources through promotion
of technical and other related training facilities. The Policy facilitates development of manufacturing
units and Research & Development in the Renewable Energy sector.
Broad summary of the policy highlighting the key aspects is tabulated below 8.
S.N Particulars Highlights

o
1 Nodal  Green Energy Development Corporation Ltd (GEDCOL) for on-

Agency grid solar and hybrid projects
 Engineer-in-Chief (Electricity) for SHP
 Odisha Renewable Energy Development Energy (OREDA) for
all other renewable energy sources
2 Operative 5. 26 November 2016 to 31 March 2022

Period
3. Applicability 6. Solar, wind, small hydro, biomass, and MSW to energy
4 Targets 3. Solar- 2200 MW

4. Wind- 200 MW
5. Small Hydro- 150 MW
6. Biomass- 180 MW
7. WtE- 20 MW
5 Incentives a. Industrial land and government land will be made available for
RE projects.
b. Infrastructure beyond the interconnection point will be the re-
sponsibility of the DISCOM
c. No cross-subsidy charges will be levied and only 20% of wheel-
ing charges will be applicable for sale of power through open
access.
6 Tax d. Exemption from electricity duty and cess for a period of 5 years
Exemptions from the date of commissioning.
e. Testing charges of Engineer-in-Chief are waived.
f. Supervision charges by Odisha Power Transmission Company
Limited (OPTCL) are reduced to 5% from 20% of the capital cost.
7 Evacuation a. OPTCL is responsible for connection up to the interconnection

Arrangement point.
b. For land-based solar projects, OPTCL is responsible for projects
with capacity of 10 MW and above, and the distribution li-
censee is responsible for projects with capacity less than 10
MW.
c. Solar park developer has to develop pooling station within the
solar park.
8 https://admin.gedcol.com/Notification/Renewable%20Energy%20Policy-2016.pdf
5.3.3 Renewable Purchase Obligation (RPO):
Distribution licensee (or any other entity procuring power on their behalf) or any person consuming
electricity (a) generated from conventional Captive Generating Plant having capacity of 1 MW and above
for his own use and or (b) procuring conventional generation through open access and third party sale
are identified as Obligated Entities.
These Obligated entities are liable to purchase a certain quantity of their consumption from renewable
sources a s detailed below. Quantum of obligation as Proposed.
Table 1 RPO Obligations
Year-wise target Solar Source (%) Non-Solar sources (%) Total (%)
2015-16 0.50 2.50 3.00
2016-17 1.50 3.00 4.50
2017-18 3.00 4.50 7.50
2018-19 4.50 5.00 9.50
2019-20 5.50 5.50 11.00
OREDA has been designated as the State Designated Agency (SDA) for implementation of RPO in the
state on behalf of OERC:
So far 62 obligated entities have been identified in the state which are mainly industries having Captive
Generating units. Apart from these open access consumers also come under the RPO regime whose
number changes every month. Of the above only 12 entities are fully or partially complying to their
obligation while 8 have moved the Hon’ble High Court contesting imposition of RPOs and their cases are
lying un-resolved.
OREDA regularly monitors the compliance of RPOs by different entities and submits reports to OERC.

6 INTERNATIONAL BEST PRACTICES IN FLOATING SOLAR
The majority of FPV systems are installed in mainland China, Japan, Korea, Vietnam, Taiwan, and the
Netherlands. China accounts for 50% of all FPV installed capacity, with Taiwan, Japan, Vietnam, Korea,
and the Netherlands accounting for 12%, 11%, 6%, 4%, and 4% of total installed capacity respectively (Paton
2021). These countries, and others (including states in the United States), have adopted a range of
incentives to support the nascent FPV industry.
China
China has the largest installed capacity (~1.3 GW) of FPV systems, and this has largely been driven by its
national RE targets and specific solar PV policies. Existing RE targets set under national policies has
driven the demand for new RE projects as China’s 2019 renewable portfolio standard requires the
country source 20% of primary energy from non-fossil fuel sources by 2030. Utilities in every state must
therefore develop capacity expansion plans that ensure they meet the renewable portfolio standard
(Zhu and Song 2020). These national energy targets, in addition to environmental pollution laws in some
provinces, have encouraged deployment of RE, including FPV systems.
China has quickly become one of the largest deployers of FPV systems. China offers lessons on
encouraging FPV deployment:
a. Support FPV deployment on otherwise unusable land and artificial water bodies, as opposed to
natural water bodies that may have a more complex environmental review process; and
b. Encourage RE deployment, including FPV deployment, via national targets and regional requirements.
India
India has ~92 MW of installed FPV capacity, and over 1,700 MW is under development. The Energy and
Resources Institute (2019) estimates that India’s water reservoirs could host approximately 28,000 MW
of FPV capacity. India offers multiple tax incentives and FPV- specific auctions. For eg, in January 2020
the Solar Energy Corporation of India issued tenders for 4MW of FPV with 2MW/1MWh of battery
storage in the Andaman Islands (Tom Kenning 2020).
Overall, India offers one lesson on encouraging FPV deployment: Support FPV deployment through
economic incentives.
Japan
Japan has also become a leader in FPV, with at least 260 MW of FPV installed and the creation of a local
job creating FPV industry. Japan’s interest in FPV systems has largely been due to its unique power
system needs, mountainous geography, and land constraints. Various institutions such as the Japan
International Cooperation Agency (JICA) and the Asian Development Bank (ADB) have supported solar
PV deployment in and outside of Japan through technical support and project financing.
Overall, Japan offers lessons on encouraging FPV deployment:

a. Incentivizing the deployment of FPV systems in land-constrained countries with competing land-use
needs for agriculture and populations could ease land-use pressures while also aligning with policies
for the provision of clean and affordable electricity.
c. Clear, complementary incentives and restrictions for energy development, land-use and agriculture,
and water resource management, could help to reduce barriers and risks for FPV deployment while
respecting societal values for these systems.
d. Encouraging FPV technology adoption requires multiple approaches, including R&D support, and
funding pilot and demonstration projects.
e. As a technology gains market share, opposition to continued government support is likely to grow.
f. Ambitious RE targets can play a role in encouraging investment in emerging RETs; and
g. Supporting the scale-up of emerging RETs is one tangible approach to diversifying the generation mix.
The Netherlands
Netherlands leads FPV deployment in Europe with about 110 MW of installed capacity. The government
supports FPV projects as part of its larger RE strategy. In 2017, the country’s Ministry of Infrastructure
and Water Management created a consortium called “Zon op Water” (“Sun on Water”) to work toward
developing 2,000 MW of FPV by 2023. The Netherlands also supports RE development under the
Sustainable Energy Production Incentive grant program. This program reimburses the difference
between the cost of generating energy from the FPV system and the prevailing wholesale market price
(van de Ven 2019).
 Overall, the Netherlands offers lessons on encouraging FPV deployment:
 Providing direct financial incentives like production-based incentives can help de-risk FPV
systems; and
 Encouraging interagency cooperation can help encourage FPV development by reducing the
administrative hurdles to deployment.
A full chapter on best practices from Europe is presented in the next chapter.
South Korea
South Korea supports solar PV deployment as part of its broader power sector decarbonization
strategy. FPV systems have emerged as an attractive alternative to land-based PV systems because the
government has faced some public opposition to using forest and agricultural land for solar
developments. This focus on FPV systems has made South Korea a leader in FPV deployment (with at
least 120 MW of FPV installed); the country recently announced a $3.96 billion (€3.79 billion), or 2,100-
MW of offshore FPV projects (PV Magazine 2019).
Overall, South Korea offers lessons on encouraging FPV deployment:
1. Encouraging FPV adoption can create a local, job-creating FPV industry as well as help avoid land-
energy conflicts caused by land-based PV systems competing with other land use needs; and
2. Encouraging FPV technology adoption requires multiple approaches including R&D and deployment
support.
Taiwan

Taiwan has a goal of developing at least 20 GW of solar generation by 2025 and it is one of the only
jurisdictions that has a specific FIT for FPV projects. It currently has ~300 MW of FPV installed. Most FPV
systems in Taiwan are installed on water retention reservoirs and irrigation
Overall, Taiwan offers lessons on encouraging FPV deployment:
 Incentives for FPV systems must be carefully designed to not over-incentivize participation;
and
 Enabling policies for FPV deployment must be coordinated with grid integration studies and
proactive transmission planning to ensure that the grid is well-positioned to integrate large
shares of solar generation. This is especially true for FPV systems and other emerging energy
technologies, where the profitability of early projects is a key signal to developers.

7 EUROPEAN UNION BEST PRACTICES IN FLOATING SOLAR
7.1.1 Overview of FPV in Europe

In the past few years, growing interest has been emerging in Europe for the development of floating PV
technology in the region, given its positive economic, environmental and social benefits. The EU´s “Fit
for 55”9 ,with a target of reducing net greenhouse gas emissions by at least 55% by 2030 and the
necessity to achieve higher energy independence and security are major leading factors that greatly
help boost the growth of FPV technology in the region.
As of 2018, in Europe the top 30 European solar plants cumulatively held 16.1 MW capacity, with the UK 10
having a share of 65 % ,has seen in the following figure.
Figure 1: Main floating PV solar plants in Europe 11 in 2018
These projects have been commissioned in recent years, with the size and number of solar FPV projects
in the region growing at a fast rate.
One of the first large scale FPV plants in Europe was Queen Elizabeth II reservoir solar project. This
project was completed in March 2016 and was connected into the Thames Water´s private network.
Developed by Lightsource bp, the project has 6.3 MWp capacity and the 23,046 solar panels were
installed in a platform composed of 61,000 floats. The floating PV currently supplies 20% of the water
plant needs and is part of the main goal of Thames Water´s private network to self-generate a third of its
energy.
9https://www.europarl.europa.eu/thinktank/en/document/EPRS_BRI(2021)698781
10At this time, the UK was still part of EU, thus it is considered here. A s of 31 January of 2020, the UK left the European
Union .
11https://www.solarplaza.com/resource/11954/top-30-floating-solar-pv-plants-europe/
Figure 1 – 6.3 MWp Queen Elizabeth II reservoir solar project in operation since 2016 12
Currently, the largest and 2nd largest floating solar plant in Europe are located in the Netherlands. The 2
facilities have capacities of 41.1 MWp and 29.8 MWp, with a total combined capacity of 70.9 MWp. They
were built by Dutch developer Groenleven, a unit of German RE company BayWa re, one of the main
renewable energy companies in Europe.
Figure 1 – A sight of Sellingen solar plant with 41 MW DC. The 72,000 solar modules have a west-
east orientation. The plant is located in a former sand extraction lake.
The Netherlands are one of the countries in Europe with the highest floating PV potential given its
52,000 ha of shallow inland water.
12 https://www.lightsourcebp.com/uk/projects/queen-elizabeth-ii-reservoir-solar-project/
In a near future, however, the biggest FPV plant is set to be located in Portugal. The country is one of
the leaders in the EU, in terms of renewable energy integration in the mix, representing 66 % 13 of total
electricity capacity. Portugal, located south-west of Europe has one of the highest levels of solar
irradiance in the region and the government´s energy policies towards higher RE intake have led,
recently, to realize solar FPV auctions in the biggest dams of the country. The government awarded the
rights to develop 263 MW of floating PV capacity, with 7 lots being auctioned. EDP renewables, secured
the highest lot with 70 MW capacity in the biggest dam in Portugal, Alqueva. To secure the right for grid
connection, however, the company will pay 4 euros per MWh, for the period of 15 years, to the
Portuguese electrical system, a negative value for the company 14. The water reservoir concession lasts
for 30 years, and the business model is based on the opportunity to increase the FPV solar capacity
through repowering and the incorporation of a wind park in hybrid mode, selling the added capacity at
the spot market price.
Figure 1 – Alqueva dam in Portugal, where 70 MW of Floating PV are set to become the largest FPV
plant in EU
7.2 FPV EU standards

Despite the current expansion of the floating PV parks worldwide, specific international standards and
regulations for the floating PV technology are lacking. To ensure reliability and safety of the projects,
there is an agreement among the stakeholders in the industry that joint guidelines and practices are to
be followed. The so-called RP- Recommended Practices. These guidelines are usually an incorporation of
pre-existing standards for the solar PV equipment such as IEC standards and ISO norms with other
relevant quality requirements for the floating structures, and the environmental aspects of the FPV
sites.
13 https://www.irena.org/IRENADocuments/Statistical_Profiles/Europe/Portugal_Europe_RE_SP.pdf
14This is not a mistake. It is indeed a negative value taken into consideration the possibilities under the Portuguese
legislation, namely hybridization and repowering (both in solar and wind).
In Europe one of the first entities providing a RP for the floating PV sector is DNV, being an international
accredited registrar and classification society based in Norway. It has provided a RP called “DNV GL RP –
Design, development and operation of floating solar PV systems”, where it outlines the major
requirements and recommendations for the several stages of the development and equipment of a FPV
park, thus including:
Example of a RP -Recommended Practice guideline used by the stakeholders in the FPV

sector in Europe
Environmental and site Wind;

conditions
Waves;
Current;
Snow and ice accretion;
Fouling;
Ecology;
Other environmental conditions;
Water depth;
Waterbed movement and scour;
Waterproofing system;
Ground conditions;
Earthquakes
Energy yield analysis Meteorological resource data;
Energy production estimate;
Optical losses;
PV module losses;
Inverter losses;
Electrical losses;
Other losses and uncertainty analysis
Floats General and system definitions;
Functional requirements;
Design considerations;
Performance criteria;
Material and test requirements;
Anchoring and mooring General requirements;
Mooring system design and anchors
Permitting and environmental General recommendations;

Example of a RP -Recommended Practice guideline used by the stakeholders in the FPV
sector in Europe
impact
Permits and environmental permit
Electrical layout and General recommendations;

components
Electrical layout;
PV modules;
Balance of system components
Installation and O&M General recommendations
Decommissioning General recommendations
Health and Safety HSE risk assessment
LCOE General recommendations and calculation
The DNV RP is mainly focused on FPV systems located in sheltered, in-land water bodies and also near-
shore waterbodies. Off-shore locations or locations with harsher conditions are not included.
Apart from this RP, floating PV developers are also contributing to ensure that safety and quality
requirements are in place and adopted internationally. French-based Ciel&Terre floating structure
manufacturing is a good example of this. Founded in 2006, and with more than 120 projects worldwide
to this date, it has patented a water-based PV concept named” Hydrelio”, that is certified for harsher
environmental conditions and is a good example of specific compiled standards into a FPV technology.
Example of safe, quality and environmental requirements and specific standards for a Floating PV
plant – “Hydrelio” technology designed by Ciel&Terre15
Strong winds Withstand up to 210 km/h;
70 instrumented wind tunnels runs at ONERA validated the water-based

PV design;
Real-scale mechanical tests;
Instrument plant (several sensors’ places).
Snow resistance Design compliant with UL273 -tests performed up to 10000 N/m2 snow
load;
Wave resistance Hydrodynamic calculation in accordance with Bureau Veritas Standard

for Off-shore mooring: 493-NP-2015 12;
Track record up to 30 cm of snow;
Low temperature testing up to -20ºC
15 https://www.ciel-et-terre.net/hydrelio-technology/our-hydrelio-solutions/
Example of safe, quality and environmental requirements and specific standards for a Floating PV
plant – “Hydrelio” technology designed by Ciel&Terre
Sea Water Salt spray test in accordance with JIS H 8502:1999;
Adopted to seawater for areas classified as C5, in accordance with ISO

9223
Sensitivity water Preservation of the quality of water:
BS 6920:2000 drinking water compliant;
Japanese Law “Food Sanitation Act”
High irradiation 40,000 h cumulative UV testing according to ASTM G154 and ISO 4892-2;
On-site test measurements for several years;
Full-scale mechanical validation test performed up to 50ºC
The International Electro-Technical (IEC) Commission, however, has not yet developed fully robust
international standards for the floating PV technology. For the time being, the abovementioned RP and
the most experienced developers in the FPV sector are the main guides for other FPV stakeholders to
follow in terms of technical, environmental and social requirements.
7.3 FPV EU supporting policies

In Europe, floating PV plants have been increasing, with one of the main reasons being the conducive
renewable energy policies, influenced by the European Union directives on the climate and energy
transition. The growth and strengthening of the renewable energy sector require actions from the
public and private sector.
For the floating PV technology, the private sector is becoming very dynamic, competitive and creative,
with more diversified floating PV technologies appearing in the market. It is also becoming more
affordable given the increase in scalability at the production level and proven benefits in relation to
other RE technologies for specific environments.
Several challenges are presented, however, for the FPV technology to be more competitive and relevant
in relation to other renewables. Being most commonly located in waterbodies near shore and inland,
permissions and environmental/social constraints can represent a major setback, along with the
availability of grid injection points, grid requirements and the financial agreement for the sale of the
generated electricity. The public sector is, therefore, vital in providing the necessary conditions and
opportunities for the FPV development.
In the EU, several countries have implemented innovative forms to attract major private FPV
stakeholders and foster the RE intake coming from floating solar.

7.3.1 Study cases: Portugal
Following the goal of achieving carbon neutrality by 2050, the Portuguese government developed a
2030 National Plan for Climate and Energy - PNEC16 with the goal of achieving 80% of electricity
consumption from renewable energies, also increasing resilience from international energy markets and
reducing the need for energy import. To achieve the renewable energy target, solar energy has been
one of the main vectors, with the government´s goal of achieving an installed capacity for 2030 of
8,1GW-9,9 GW, having a share of ¼ of the RE generation. To achieve this solar energy generation
capacity goals, one of the major approaches done by the Portuguese government has been through
implementation and development of solar auctions.
In 2019, the Portuguese Government changed the legal framework of the electricity sector, reforming
the methodology for allocating power generation licenses. The present licensing process requires the
producer to request the granting of a grid capacity title (“RESP Title” 17) before applying for a power
plant production license. This title can be obtained in three ways18:
1. Directly requesting to the Portuguese Energy Directorate (“DGEG”);

2. Achieving a capacity agreement with the grid operator in case there is no network capacity
availability.
3. Awarded through an auction organized by the Portuguese Energy Directorate, being
granted after the development of a tender process for the attribution of the reserved ca-
pacity.
Granting the grid capacity title through solar auctions in Portugal has been a success, accelerating the
implementation of PV installations in Portugal, with solar tenders in recent years managing to attract a
fair number of bidders, leading to world record-low bids of €14,76 per MWh in 2019 and €11,14 per MWh
in 2020.
These public solar tenders are a way to provide an answer to one of the main issues that the country
faces: the low availability of network capacity along with the growing interest by the private sector to
invest in the renewable energy sector 19. These tenders function through a system of auctioning grid-
connection points where there is availability or is projected grid expansion, fostering solar market
competition and achieving the lowest tariff rates for the national grid, that consequently lowers the
price in the energy market and for the end-consumer. The Portuguese government goal is to carry out
two tenders per year,20 awarding a total capacity of 1 GW per annum.
16 PNEC- Plano Nacional Energia-Clima PNEC 2030
17 RESP : The Portuguese Public Grid and stands for: Rede Eléctrica de Serviço Público
18 Source: https://www.macedovitorino.com/xms/files/20210323-At_a_Glance_Portugal_and_Spain_Solar_Auctions.pdf
19 Source :APREN ( Portuguese Association of the Renewable Energies) | website: https://www.apren.pt/pt/tudo-sobre-os-leiloes-de-energia-solar-

fotovoltaica/
20Source: https://www.energy-storage.news/news/portugals-record-low-bid-solar-auction-will-result-in-at-least-100mwh-of-en
Figure 1 – Relation of Solar Tenders and Energy Policy Goals in Portugal
In 2021, the country launched an auction for 263 MW floating PV, for 7 pre-identified water reservoirs,
located in major dams. All the reservoirs are public waterbodies, with the beds and banks being private.
Under the defined mechanism, the selected developers will be allowed by the government to have the
right to use the water for 30 years. The tender for floating PV plants in Portugal included these main
features:21
 Right of private use of a portion of the Public Water Domain, intended for the installation of a float -
ing solar plant, for electricity production, in public water reservoirs.
 The installation, operation and conservation of the structures of the FPV and the required grid con-
nection needs.
 The use of public water domain land allocated to the Concession.
 In cases where the installation of the floating solar power plant implies the occupation of lands that
are not part of the Public Water Domain affected by the Concession, the Concessionaire will be re -
sponsible to obtain the rights, bearing all the expenses of your hiring, service contract and/or indem-
nities.
21 https://apambiente.pt/sites/default/files/_SNIAMB_Agua/DLPC/Fotovoltaicos/Anexos/leil%C3%A3o-solar-flutuante-
caderno-de-encargos_dph.pdf
7.3.2 Case study: Netherlands
The country has one of the highest renewable energy capacities coming from floating PV parks,
accounting for 12.9 % of total EU FPV parks in 2018, being also one with the highest floating PV potential
given its 52,000 ha of shallow inland water. One of the reasons for this growth is the lack of land
availability, therefore, FPV represents one of the main vehicles to increase Netherlands share of
renewables with the country planning to add 2 GWp floating PV capacity by 2023 22.This target has been
set by the National Consortium Sun on Water 23, a platform comprising 35 parties, including local
governments, science institutions and companies working on specific projects.
Following these objectives and with the aim to reduce CO2 emissions by 49% until 2030, compared to
1990 the Dutch government has introduced a scheme called SDE++ 24, that stands for Stimulation of
Sustainable Energy Transition and Climate Transition. The scheme facilitates the production of
sustainable energy supply such as the FPV and the application of CO2 emissions reduction techniques in
the country.
Within this scheme floating solar has 2 categories, namely:
 ≥ 1 MWp floating;
 ≥ 1 MWp floating, sun-tracking;
And shall meet the following requirements:
a) The FPV system must be completed within 4 years;
b) Feasibility study with technical drawings;
c) Permits:
a. Environmental permit;
b. Public Works and Water Management Act permit. If conducting activities on or around
public works or water management structures, such as roads, motorways, viaducts, tunnels,
bridges or dykes;
c. Water permit. If your solar PV facility requires a permit under the Water Decree according to
the Dutch legislation;
d. Large-scale energy connection: “The Solar PV category applies solely to systems connected
to a large-scale grid connection.
22 https://solaredition.com/the-netherlands-plans-to-add-2-gw-floating-solar-power-plant-by-2023/
23 https://zonopwater.nl/home
24 https://debreed.nl/en/financing-form/sde/
Figure 1 – SDE ++ scheme for floating PV in 2020: Ranking and phases by maximum category base
amount25
Due to this scheme, floating solar PV developers in the Netherlands were able to acquire support for 500
MW capacity.26
7.3.3 Study case: France

Large floating solar plants have also been installed in France and the country is the birthplace of one of
the biggest FPV solar developers and floating structure suppliers: Ciel&Terre, having over 245 projects
installed, +620 MWp connected and floating PV technology patents.
In France as in other places in the world, the financial costs for the FPV systems are lowering. As shown
in the following figure, a 17 MW proposed bid for a tendered FPV project in France shows that FPV
systems at a larger scale are becoming more competitive to other RE sources in Europe.
Figure 1 – Overview of proposed bids for several FPV tenders 27

France schemes for fostering RE growth include the CRE4 PV tender scheme. Starting in 2016 and until
2021 it has enabled the increase solar PV capacity by 7.2 GW through the use of a subsidized tariff (fee-
in tariff or feed-in premium, known in France as “Complément de Rémunération”). Looking back over
the past four years, large-scale ground-mounted projects went from €62.5/MWh in March 2017 to
€53.4/MWh in February 2021, i.e., an around 15% drop over four years, or 3.9% per year (and notably
-5.1%/year for the “large rooftops” category).”
25 https://english.rvo.nl/sites/default/files/2020/11/Brochure%20SDE%20plus%20plus%202020.pdf
26https://www.spglobal.com/marketintelligence/en/news-insights/latest-news-headlines/with-ambitions-offshore-
floating-solar-makes-its-first-splashes-in-europe-59512639
27 https://www.pv-magazine.com/2020/09/22/floating-solar-pv-gains-global-momentum/
One of the biggest floating solar plants in France was developed through this scheme and is called O
´MEGA 1 project. It was the winner of the CRE4 tender in 2017 and the first Akuo Energy´s Project
based on floating solar technology, using the Hydrelio water-based PV system by Ciel et Terre floats.
Located on the commune of Piolenc, in the department of Vaucluse, the FPV site is situated in a old
quarry site, an artificial lake that was restored for the solar floating project and will be in operation for
a period of at least 20 years.
Figure 1 - O'MEGA1 was one of the first large solar PV plant in Europe based on floating solar
technology (Hydrelio@ from Ciel y Terre) 28 Source: Akuo
Other FPV projects are emerging fast in the country. A 14.7 MWp FPV is soon to be implemented in
southern France by Canadian RE developer Boralex. It will consist of 43,000 PV panels assembled in a 12-
hectare island, formerly a gravel pit and will produce around 22 GWh per year. EDF Renewables has also
kicked off the construction of a 20-MW floating solar photovoltaic (PV) plant on a hydropower reservoir
in France’s Hautes-Alpes department. The PV array will be installed on a reservoir powering of the Lazer
hydroelectric plant in the municipality with the same name.
7.3.4 Case study: Italy

Italy was one of the first countries along with France to develop floating solar projects at a small scale.
The country has been having difficulties in developing larger scale FPV technology though. Despite being
home of several solar floating PV developers such as Eni New Energy and NRG which has implemented
the NRG System, a modular system replicable horizontally and vertically and used in many FPV systems 29,
Italian legislation regarding agricultural land makes it harder for the FPV growth. One of the law decrees,
the Fer1decree banns ground-based PV systems from being installed on agricultural land. Because many
reservoirs fall under this category, it becomes very challenging to implement FPV plants 30. This is a good
example of how even if gathered the right geographical and technical conditions, the legislation and
28 https://www.euractiv.com/section/energy/news/europes-largest-floating-solar-plant-opens-in-france/
29 https://www.nrgisland.com/data_n_layout.html
30 https://interestingengineering.com/floating-photovoltaic-systems-banned-on-reservoirs-in-italy
land issues can condition the growth of floating PV. In the near future, the government might solve this
issue, given its climate and energy goals. Recently, a subsidiary of the Italian oil group Eni New Energy
has been developing the first utility scale floating solar plant in Italy, with 14 MW capacity. It will be
located on an artificial water basin in Brindisi, located in the southern region of Apulia, Italy.
7.4 FPV EU developers

Several major FPV project developers are based in the EU. Bellow we give a few examples.
 Ciel&Terre – A French company founded in 2006, Ciel &Terre is one of the leaders of the field and
with the highest expertise in the floating solar market. In the first years it was specialized in roof
mounted solar PV systems, and a decade ago decided to shift to the water-based PV systems by
inventing one of the first FPV patents: Hydrelio®. Currently, the Ciel&Terre has participated in the
construction of 230 projects, representing approximately 575 MWp31. Laketricity, a part of Ciel&Terre
Group is the main entity responsible for developing projects and conceiving solutions to develop
more reliable and secure floating solar PV parks. Since 2015, it has developed more than 90 projects
from 100 kWp to 20 MWp.
Figure 1 –Innovative water-based PV structure designed by Ciel e Terre 32

 Baywa re33 – This German company is one of the market leaders in the FPV systems field and has
developed floating PV installations with a total capacity of around 100 MW in Europe. In 2021, this
company has commissioned two of the largest FPV parks outside of Asia, in the Netherlands. It
offers services in several areas such as project development, turnkey construction and O&M. In a
FPV project located in Bomhofplas with 24.7 MWp, the company has developed a VDE certified
floating-PV solution, working in partnership with Zimmermann PV-Stahlbau GmbH, for the design of
the substructure. The FPV sites are normally done with east-west configuration.
 Akuo – Created in 2007 and based in Paris, this company has expertise in solar, hydro and wind
renewable energies. A developer and an operator of its own assets, has an installed capacity in
operation until 2021 of 1,4 GW. One of its subsidiaries, Akuo Industries manufactures and distributes
the HYDRELIO® floating structure solution developed by the french company Ciel & Terre
International.
 Lightsource BP – Considered one of the largest solar developer in the world, Lightsource BP is a
British company with headquarters in London. Founded in 2010, it launched the largest FPV park in
Europe in 2016 with 6.3 MWp, at the Queen Elizabeth II reservoir for the Private Thames Water
31 https://laketricity-fpv.com/about-us/
32 https://www.akuoenergy.com/var/fichiers/one-page-hydrelio-nov2019-en.pdf
33 https://www.baywa-re.com/en/cases/emea/making-waves-in-solar-energy
Network. Until 2018, the solar developer has commissioned 1,3 GW of solar capacity and manages
around 2 GW of solar capacity.
 ENI – An energy company based in Rome, Italy, has assets in the natural gas & LNG, refining and
chemical industry and in renewable energy, among others. With a target set of 15 GW of installed
renewable capacity by 2030 and 60 GW by 2050, the company is focused on solar and wind. Floating
PV with its many advantages and promising growth, has become one of the RE investments of the
company. A subsidiary of the Italian oil group Eni New Energy has been developing the first utility
scale floating solar plant in Italy, with 14 MW capacity.
 EDP renewables (EDPR) – majority owned by the Portuguese company EDP, this Madrid based
company manages a global portfolio of 12.2 GW of installed capacity, has added 1,580 MW in 2020
and has 6 GW already secured for 2021-2026 period the coming years, as of December 2020. It has
now secured the rights to develop 70 MW of FPV in Alqueva, Portugal.
Figure 1 – Overview of key stakeholders in the FPV industry including in the EU
7.5 Research and innovation

The FPV technology is present in several R&I (Research and Innovation) programs engaging the public
and private sector. The main ones, where several EU countries are major partners, include:
The Green Powered Future Mission: 34 Defined as a joint roadmap of global innovation priorities, it was
developed by several public-private stakeholders worldwide in November 2021, with the core members
being China, Italy and the United Kingdom. The main focus of the roadmap has been to define a
pathway to guide large scale R&I investment, energy policy and boost international cooperation
towards a more sustainable future and a shift to clean energy, such as the floating PV.
The joint roadmap identifies the top 100 global innovation priorities necessary for a faster energy system
reform and modernisation and solutions/challenges for the decarbonisation of the society. It addresses
3 key pillars:
i) “Affordable and reliable VRE: reduce cost and increase efficiency, resilience and reliability of VRE
technologies in various climates and system configurations.
ii) System flexibility and market design: develop the much-needed flexible solutions to meet
network infrastructure needs, to be supported by regulation and innovative markets design.
34 http://mission-innovation.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Power-Mission-Joint-Roadmap-of-Global-Innovation-
Priorities.pdf
accelerate the digitalisation of energy systems through development of interoperable data
exchange and effective system integration to unlock the full value of VRE.
iii) Data and digitalisation for system integration: accelerate the digitalisation of energy systems
through development of interoperable data exchange and effective system integration to
unlock the full value of VRE.”
Following this, the mission has identified key Tipping Points (TP) against each pillar which need to be
met to achieve its goal:
Figure 1 – Identified tipping points
The floating PV technology is presented in Pillar 1: Affordable and Reliable VRE. The
challenges of the design of FPV, such as reaching efficient operation and a lack of
mooring specialists in the field are identified as one of the barriers to achieve the tipping
point, being rated as a mid-priority, in the field of innovative PV solutions included in
the top 100 global innovation priorities.
Figure 1 – Challenges in the floating PV technology are defined as one of the barriers to meet the
goals of Pillar 1: Affordable and Reliable VRE

EU-SCORES (European SCalable Offshore Renewable Energy Sources): Floating PV is also one of the
main technologies used in a 45 million marine energy project that aims to pave the way for bankable
hybrid offshore parks in Europe by 2025.
The EU-SCORES is led by the Dutch Marine Energy Centre and will demonstrate the combination of
offshore wind-wave, and offshore wind - offshore floating solar PV, by the development of two
demonstrations composed of the hybrid RE systems.
Several advantages are presented by these hybrid systems, such as increased power system stability and
resiliency, increased capacity factor and an expected lower total cost per MWh. These demonstrations
will prove how the increased power output and capacity installed per km2 will help to reduce the
amount of marine space needed and will provide knowledge on how to effectively scale-up offshore
hybrid systems in Europe, contributing to the clean energy transition and the EU targets of reaching 230-
440GW and 40GW installed capacity of offshore wind and ocean energy by 2050, respectively. 35
The offshore FPV + Wind demonstration will be a 3 MW grid-connected offshore solar PV system
developed by Oceans of Energy (a dutch-company specialized on offshore floating PV systems). This
company is at the forefront of offshore floating PV technnology, after the development of one of the
first solar offshore FPV systems (“North Sea 1”) in the world in the Dutch North Sea and a further scale-
up for a 1 MW offshore FPV system (“North Sea 2”).
Figure 1 – Dutch Offshore FPV specialized company “Oceans of Energy” projects: EU-SCORES Offshore
Wind+FPV project on the left side and 1 MW “North Sea 2” project on the right side ,being the world´s first
offshore FPV system to be connected to the grid ,and enduring extreme sea conditions, including 6
consecutive storms in February 2022
35 https://oceansofenergy.blue/2021/09/01/eu-scores-project-aims-to-deliver-world-first-bankable-hybrid-offshore-
marine-energy-parks/
The demonstration will be installed 2 km off the Belgian coast at the Blue Accelerator test site and will
focus on:
 Complementary production profile to wind parks;
 Electrical integration in existing infrastructure;
 Survivability of the large offshore floating structure.
The project is divided into 3 stages: 36
Phase Main Objective Details
i) Preparatory Front-end engineering Assessments:

phase (2021- design study (FEED).
(1) the environmental impact,
2022):
(2) detailed cost analysis and
(3) technical design to install a 3 MW

offshore solar PV system.
During the preparatory study all permits to

build the offshore grid connection and
deploy the floaters will be obtained
ii) Deployment & Deployment of the The construction of the offshore solar PV
Testing (2022- offshore solar PV system will be finalized and deployed.
2024) system;
The floaters will be designed and built in the
Design of the floating Netherlands. Subsequently, the floaters will
structure; be transported to the Port van Oostende in
Belgium, where local contractors will be
2 years deployment and hired to deploy the system early 2023.
testing in Belgium
The new export cable and the needed
floating electrical infrastructure will be put
in place. The deployment is planned to last
for approximately two years. It will
continuously deliver electricity to the local
Belgium grid.
iii) Scale-up Development of large- After the previous phase, a scale-up phase
(2024-2025) scale hybrid offshore shall follow where multiple large-scale
Wind+FPV systems. projects will be developed by the relevant
offshore hybrid RE stakeholders.
Horizon Europe Framework Programme (HORIZON): The FPV is also one of the
technologies presented in the EU funding programme for research and innovation called
HORIZON. It is focused on tackling climate change, fostering the UN´s sustainability
goals and increasing overall EU´s competitiveness.
Floating PV is addressed in the area of sustainable, secure and competitive energy

supply with main focus on innovative foundations, floating substructures and
connection systems for floating PV and ocean energy devices. Several outcomes and
actions were defined:
36 https://euscores.eu/#solar-wind
Floating PV Research & Innovation – Main Outcomes and Actions defined in the EU key funding R&I program- HORI -
ZON
Outcomes:37 Actions:
 Improved overall lifetime, reliability, operability  Test and validate the potential benefits of new circular
and maintainability of marine substructures, me- materials in offshore floating PV and/or ocean energy sub-
chanical joints and energy connection systems for structures, foundations and if relevant mooring and an-
ocean energy devices and/or offshore floating PV choring systems whilst ensuring structural integrity and
to reduce degradation and failure rates and thus durability considering very high wind (speed >25 m/s), cur-
investment risk. rent (>1.2 m/s) and wave (height >14 m) loads and corro-
sion and biofouling on all elements of the ocean energy

 Better understanding of the device’s real-life per-
systems.
formance allowing a safe reduction in the over-en-
gineering of devices’ specifications.  Test and validate new prototype components and materi-
als used in offshore floating PV and/or ocean energy de-

 Reduction of LCOE
vices and verify that they are compatible with and resis-
 Contribution to the objectives one of the 5 main tant to the marine environment.
missions defined in the HORIZON: Healthy oceans,

 Research material properties and behaviour in combina-
seas, coastal and inland waters.
tion with the use of improved predictive computational
modeling tools.
 Research, develop and validate improved predictive com-
putational modeling tools for material properties.
37 https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/horizon-cl5-2021-
d3-03-10
8 BARRIERS TO FLOATING PV DEVELOPMENT AND HOW TO
ADDRESS THEM
The following table summarizes the barriers and their impacts on FSPV deployment and proposes the
best practices to consider when addressing those barriers.
Table 1 Barriers and Best Practices (Source - Enabling floating solar photovoltaic (FPV) deployment, USAID-NREL June 2021)
Type of Impacts of Best Practices to Consider Additional Benefits

Barrier Barriers on Addressing Barriers and Trade-Offs
FPV
Deployment
Subsidizing fossil
fuels can create an
uneven playing
field making it
difficult for FPV
systems to
compete in the
market.
Phasing out Creating clear, complementary,
incentives for transparent, and consistent
Economic
emerging RE may incentives for energy

stall the development can reduce
development of uncertainty for FPV projects and
FPV systems. reduce project development cost.
Economic policy Consistent and targeted
uncertainty may government support to FPV
stall private sector systems in the form of rebates,
interest in FPV tax incentives and competitive
systems. RE auctions could help de-risk
FPV systems and attract private
sector financing.

Trained workforce Developing an FPV workforce Workforce
shortages raise FPV through increased education and development is a
deployment costs. training for students and long- term effort
professionals can empower the that may require
local community, equip significant
professionals to support the financial
growing FPV industry, and help investment.
reduce FPV project development Efforts that involve
costs. gender
Workforce development efforts mainstreaming
could also involve gender efforts could help
mainstreaming to help provide provide women
women with the equal with the equal
opportunity to pursue careers in opportunity to
the FPV industry and other RE pursue careers in
technology industries. the FPV industry
and other RE
Conducting a national skills industries.
assessment to:
(1) determine the current state
of the FPV workforce,
(2) identify the potential
transferability of skills from the
offshore, hydropower, water
production and land-based solar
industries, and
(3) identify the types of skills or
certifications needed in the FPV
industry that could strengthen
and grow the FPV workforce.
Uncertainty about Government support for Environmental
FPV ecological additional research and research may
impacts may development (R&D), new uncover positive
increase public management techniques, long- or negative
opposition to term monitoring and secure but impacts of FPV,
Environmental
projects and collaborative data sharing which will reduce

lengthen the processes can increase knowledge uncertainty and
environmental about environmental impacts of potentially
review process. FPV systems, which could shorten increase adopter
the environmental review process, confidence.
thereby reducing project
development costs.

Lack of public buy- Prioritizing obtaining public buy- Stakeholder
in of FPV in and support through public engagement can
technology due to outreach and engagement can be complex,
visual impacts and avoid delays during the FPV lengthy, and
competing uses of project development process. expensive.
water bodies could Early and well-
stall project done community
development. engagement
Previous negative Developing educational centering
experiences with RE programs to inform the public community
projects may lead to about the benefits of FPV
Cultural
needs could help

an unfavourable systems and intentional analysis ensure many
public opinion of and tracking of public acceptance multiple
FPV systems. for floating solar to monitor stakeholders
progress can help obtain public reap the benefits
support and buy-in. of FPV
deployment.
FPV
development can
lead to job
creation and
economic growth
for the local
community.
Uncertainty Clear policies around water rights
about water for FPV projects could reduce
rights may delay uncertainty during the project
FPV project development process, helping to
development de- risk the industry and attract
Regulatory
and increase more private sector investment.

costs.
Lack of interagency Interagency
cooperation and cooperation is
coordination may often a complex,
stall FPV long-term effort,
deployment. but can ultimately
yield a more
efficient
administrative
process.
Lengthy, expensive, Reforming FPV-permitting Standards are a
and unclear guidelines reduces permit fees direct way to
environmental and minimizes inconsistencies, ensure all
approval processes which can make project installers meet
for FPV systems development more accessible. required
can make projects Engaging with policymakers and standards.
less financially financial institutions to increase Licensing and
appealing.
awareness of FPV systems can certification
lead to increased support for requirements may
investing in R&D and exclude smaller
deployment projects. companies if there
Policymakers lacking sufficient are steep financial
background knowledge of RE, in and administrative
general, and FPV, in particular, costs involved.
and its benefits cannot design
effective and targeted policies
and regulations.
Unclear and, in some Developing appropriate and
cases, non-existent consistent standards and
FPV installation, reliable certifications can
operation, and reduce policy uncertainty, create
maintenance (O&M) guidelines for O&M of FPV
and equipment systems, and ensure the
standards may lead installation of high-quality FPV
to poor- quality FPV systems.
products and
installation
practices.
Uncertainty about Supporting R&D on the resilience An R&D
climate change of FPV installations to natural ecosystem creates
impacts on the disasters may increase confidence jobs and develops
occurrence and in FPV system performance local expertise on
intensity of extreme during extreme weather events. FPV deployment
weather events may that is tailored to
lead to uncertainty address unique
about the suitability, challenges facing
Technical
reliability, and a given local

resilience of FPV context.
installations to
natural disasters.
Poor transmission Enhanced grid integration Proactive
planning may stall planning approaches can transmission
grid integration of streamline the integration of planning helps
utility-scale FPV FPV systems onto the grid. maximize
systems, making benefits from
them less profitable. FPV (and
broader RE)
deployment.

Difficulty in
quantifying FPV
system
performance may
impede efforts to
conduct cost-
benefit analysis of
FPV systems.
Non-existent or Clear regulatory processes on the
unclear rules on the ownership and market
Additional Considerations for Hybrid
ownership, market participation models and

participation, and valuation methods for FPV
operation of hybrid hydropower hybrid systems could
hydropower-FPV provide useful clarity to all
Systems
plants may stakeholders and support an

complicate and stall informed decision-making
project process.
development. Development of operational and
engineering best practices and
training of hydropower power
plant operators could help
ensure smooth operation of
these hybrid systems.

9 PV MARKET OVERVIEW
According to IRENA at the end of 2021, global renewable generation capacity amounted to 3 064 GW.
Hydropower accounted for the largest share of the global total, with a capacity of 1 230 GW (excluding
pure pumped storage). Solar and wind energy accounted for equal shares of the remainder, with
capacities of 849 GW and 825 GW respectively. Other renewables included 143 GW of bioenergy and 16
GW of geothermal, plus 524 MW of marine energy.
Asia accounted for 60% of new capacity in 2021, increasing its renewable capacity by 154.7 GW to reach
1.46 TW (48% of the global total). A huge part of this increase occurred in China (+121 GW). Capacity in
Europe and North America expanded by 39 GW (+6.4%) and 38 GW (+9.0%) respectively, with a notably
large expansion in the USA (+32 GW). Africa continued to expand steadily with an increase of 2.1 GW
(+3.9%), slightly less than in 2020. Oceania is no longer the fastest growing region (+5.2%), although its
share of global capacity is small and almost all of this expansion occurred in Australia.
Solar and wind energy continued to dominate renewable capacity expansion, jointly accounting for 88%
of all net renewable additions in 2021. Along with the higher growth of geothermal, this growth in wind
and solar led to a high annual increase in renewable generating capacity.
Figure 1- Annual installed capacity of Renewables, including solar PV, according to

IRENA in 2022.
Solar energy: With an increase in new capacity in all major world regions in previous years, total global
solar capacity has now outgrown wind energy capacity. Expansion in Asia was 76 GW in 2021 (compared
to +77 GW in 2020), with major capacity increases in China (+53.0 GW) and India (+10.3 GW). Japan also
added 4.4 GW and Republic of Korea expanded solar capacity by almost 3.6 GW.
Outside Asia, the United States added 19.6 GW of solar capacity in 2021, Brazil and Germany respectively
added 5.2 GW and 4.7 GW and the Netherlands and Spain added more than 3 GW.
Figure 1- Solar PV deployment by country in GW in 2030, according to IRENA.
The different types and applications of PV systems is shown below, where floating PV has joined the PV
applications recently and is currently being buzzed across the world.
2 axis tracking 1-axis tracking

Fixed mounting Utility scale PV projects
Rooftop PV systems Floating PV systems
Figure 1- Different types and applications of PV systems
9.1 Global floating PV market

Based on a statistics report from the Solar Energy Research Institute of Singapore (SERIS), the global
cumulative installed floating PV capacity surpassed 2GW in September 2020. More than 500 projects
worldwide have been already built, mostly in Asia. Indeed, Asia is the dominant market leading
continent as it hosts over 90% of the globally installed floating capacity. However, in recent years,
Europe started to pick up speed and gain some market share. Some graphs are presented below:

Figure 1- Installed capacity of floating PV worldwide according to SERIS
Figure 1- Installed capacity share by continent
A rapid grow of floating solar projects has been seen worldwide. Thanks to FPV technological
enhancements and an increase in FPV capabilities, new capacity records continue to be broken. Indeed,
South Korea is developing the world’s biggest floating solar power plant with a capacity of 2.1 GW while
in India, a 600 MW FPV project is to be constructed at Omkareshwar dam in Khandwa district. Many of
the largest planned installations are facing delays with tenders, site challenges, and financing, but
expectations are high for record-breaking floating PV systems to begin construction shortly. The
following figure shows the top ten floating PV markets from 2020 to 2024.

Figure 1- Top ten floating PV markets from 2020-2024 (Source: IHS Markit)
An overview of the top 50 operating floating PV systems in the world have been mapped in the table
below. As it can be seen, Sungrow Floating and Ciel & Terre are the two dominant floating system
providers in the market, with more than 50% market share together.
Name of plant/region Size Country Operational Floating System Contine

(MW) Year Provider nt
Guqiao Huainan/
China coal 150.00 China 2018 Sungrow Asia
subsidence
Anhui province 150.00 China 2018 Mixed Chinese Asia
Yingshang coal
mining subsidence 130.00 China 2018 Mixed Chinese Asia
area
Xinji Huanian/ China
102.00 China 2017 Sungrow Asia
coal subsidence
Weishan Jining/
China large-scale 100.00 China 2018 Sungrow Asia
waters
Hunan River 100.00 China 2019 Sungrow Asia
Anhui Cecep,
Lianghuai mining 70.00 China 2019 Ciel & Terre Asia
subsidence area
Huancheng Jining / 50.00 China 2018 Sungrow Asia

China coal
subsidence
Da Mi hydropower
47.50 Vietnam 2019 Narime-Qihua Asia
reservoir
Coal mining
subsidence area of 40.00 China 2016 Sungrow Asia
Huainan City
Gia Hoet 1 35.00 Vietnam 2020 NA Asia
Tam Bo 35.00 Vietnam 2020 NA Asia
Coal mining
subsidence area of 32.69 China 2017 Ciel & Terre Asia
Huainan City
Weishan Jining/
China coal 31.00 China 2018 Sungrow Asia
subsidence
PV-Floating /
Bomhofsplas 27.40 Netherlands 2020 Europe
Zimmermann
Reservoir in Goheung
county (Jeollanam
25.00 South Korea 2020 Scotra Asia
province)
Xinyi/Anhui Province/
20.00 China 2016 Sungrow Asia
Coal subsidence
O'mega1 17.00 France 2019 Ciel & Terre Europe
PV-Floating /
Kloosterhaar 15.70 Netherlands 2020 Europe
Zimmermann
PV-Floating /
Sekdoorn 14.50 Netherlands 2019 Europe
Zimmermann
Yamakura solar
13.74 Japan 2018 Ciel & Terre Asia
power plant
PV-Floating /
Nij Beets 13.50 Netherlands 2020 Europe
Zimmermann
Mining subsidence in
13.00 Malaysia 2020 Sungrow Asia
Dengkil
Industrial reservoir 12.50 Thailand 2020 NA Asia
Pei County 9.98 China 2017 Ciel & Terre Asia
Tynaarlo 8.40 Netherlands 2019 PV-Floating / Europe

Zimmermann
Agongdian Extension 7.67 Taiwan 2018 Ciel & Terre Asia
Umenoki 7.55 Japan 2015 Ciel & Terre Asia
PV-Floating /
Dessel 7.00 Belgium 2020 Europe
Zimmermann
Hirotani Ike Floating Takiron
6.80 Japan 2018 Asia
Solar Plant Engineering
Jining GCL 6.78 China 2017 Ciel & Terre Asia
Queen Elizabeth II
6.34 UK 2016 Ciel & Terre Europe
Reservoir
Bui hydropower
5.00 Ghana 2020 NA Africa
reservior
Sayreville, New North
4.40 USA 2019 Ciel & Terre
Jersey America
Sugu #1 4.02 Taiwan 2018 Ciel & Terre Asia
Jipyeong Province 3.00 South Korea 2015 LG CNS Asia
Otae Province 3.00 South Korea 2015 LG CNS Asia
Cheongpung Lake 3.00 South Korea 2017 LG CNS Asia
Sujang Reservoir
3.00 South Korea 2017 Seaflex Asia
Solar Park
Godley Reservoir
2.99 UK 2016 Ciel & Terre Europe
Floating Solar PV
Oda ike 2.90 Japan 2018 Ciel & Terre Asia
Kato Shi (2 plants in

total)
Narasu Ike 2.80 Japan 2018 Ciel & Terre Asia
Chip Mong Insee

2.80 Cambodia 2019 Ciel & Terre Asia
Cement (CMIC)
Hyoshiga Ike 2.70 Japan 2019 Ciel & Terre Asia
Flooded quarry in
Saint-Maurice-la- 2.70 France 2020 Akuo Industries Europe
Clouère
Deoku Reservoir,
Myeoku Reservoir (3 2.70 South Korea 2016 NA Asia
plants in total)
Katakami Oike 2.60 Japan 2019 Ciel & Terre Asia
Hiragio Ike Floating Sumitomo Mitsui

2.60 Japan 2017 Asia
Solar Plant Construction
Ichigo Kasaoka Iwano

Ike ECO Plant
Table 1- Overview of the Top 50 FPV projects worldwide
In terms of systems providers, the charts below give an overview of the wide disparity in the market
currently and the lack of serious competitors. The market is dominated by two companies, and one
clearly has a more diversified commercial reach.
Figure 1- Capacity share of floating system providers in the top 50 FPV projects
The ranking of the system providers is presented below.
Table 1- Ranking of system providers of floating structures for PV as of 2020.
System Provider Total Size (MWp) Total Plants

Sungrow 1100 32
Ciel et Terre 649 225
PV-Floating Zimmermann 150 12
The lack of a substantial number of floating PV system providers limits the development of the market,
the choice for sponsors/developers and EPC contractors as well as lenders’ confidence on the
technology. In terms of integrators and EPC contractors, the table presented below, is based on the
World Bank/SERIS report.
Table 1- List of FPV system suppliers with EPC services offered (based on SERIS report, 2018)

Total
Country of
Company name Services Offered FPV Technology Capacity
Origin
(MWp)
Floating system
Ciel & Terre Specialized pure
France design and 649
International HDPE floats
procurement
Floating system
design and
procurement,
Specialized pure
Sungrow China specialized 1100
HDPE floats
platform for
central inverters.
Full turnkey
Floating system
Jintech New Specialized pure
China design and 230
Energy HDPE floats
procurement
Floating system
design and Specialized pure
Kyoraku Co. Japan 51
procurement, HDPE floats
tracking
Floating system
Floating island +
LG CNS Korea design and 86
racks
procurement
Floating system
LS Industrial Floating island +
Korea design and 280
Systems Co. racks
procurement
NorthMan Floating system
Specialized pure
Energy China design and 230
HDPE floats
Technology procurement
Floating system
SCG Specialized pure
Thailand design and 5
Chemicals HDPE floats
procurement
Floating system
Floating island +
Scotra Co. Korea design and 59.6
racks
procurement
Sumitomo
Floating system
Mitsui Specialized pure
Japan design and 109.7
Construction HDPE floats
procurement
Co.
Xiamen Mibet China Floating system Specialized pure 150
New Energy design and HDPE floats
procurement, float

Total
Country of
Company name Services Offered FPV Technology Capacity
Origin
(MWp)
Co. supplier, tracking
Floating system HDPE with UV
PV Floating
Netherlands design and protection 150
Zimmermann
procurement additive
Floating system
Takiron Floating island +
Japan design and 10
Engineering racks
procurement
Floating system
Akuo Industries France design and Pure HDPE floats 17
procurement
The landscape of experienced EPC contractors is again limited, but there are more options and
companies with experience in the MW for floating PV systems. Thus, the recommendation at this stage
of the market development is to have an EPC contractor with capacity in PV and desirably in floating PV
using floating PV structures with track record. The following table includes for all top 50 FPV projects,
the respective EPC contractors.
Table 1- Overview of top 50 FPV projects with EPC contractors
Name of Operational
Size (MW) Country EPC Contractor
plant/region Year
Guqiao Huainan/
China coal 150.00 China 2018 Sungrow
subsidence
Three Gorges New
Anhui province 150.00 China 2018
Energy CO
Yingshang coal
mining subsidence 130.00 China 2018 Trina Solar
area
Xinji Huanian/ China
102.00 China 2017 Sungrow
coal subsidence
Weishan Jining/
China large-scale 100.00 China 2018 Sungrow
waters
Hunan River 100.00 China 2019 NA
Anhui Cecep,
CCECST -
Lianghuai mining 70.00 China 2019
CEEGSEPDI
subsidence area

Name of Operational
plant/region Year
Huancheng Jining /
subsidence
Da Mi hydropower
47.50 Vietnam 2019 DHD
reservoir
Coal mining
subsidence area of 40.00 China 2016 Sungrow
Huainan City
Gia Hoet 1 35.00 Vietnam 2020 Toji Group
Tam Bo 35.00 Vietnam 2020 Toji Group
Coal mining
subsidence area of 32.69 China 2017 NA
Huainan City
Weishan Jining/
subsidence
Bomhofsplas 27.40 Netherlands 2020 BayWa R.E.
Reservoir in
Goheung county
25.00 South Korea 2020 Scotra
(Jeollanam province)
Xinyi/Anhui
Province/ Coal 20.00 China 2016 NA
subsidence
Akuo/ Bouygues
O'mega1 17.00 France 2019
Energies Services
Kloosterhaar 15.70 Netherlands 2020 BayWa r.e.
Sekdoorn 14.50 Netherlands 2019 BayWa r.e.
Yamakura solar
13.74 Japan 2018 Kyocera
power plant
Nij Beets 13.50 Netherlands 2020 BayWa r.e.
Mining subsidence in Solarvest

13.00 Malaysia 2020
Dengkil Holdings Berhad
Industrial reservoir 12.50 Thailand 2020 NA

Name of Operational
plant/region Year
Pei County 9.98 China 2017 NA
Tynaarlo 8.40 Netherlands 2019 BayWa r.e.
Agongdian
7.67 Taiwan 2018 NA
Extension
Umenoki 7.55 Japan 2015 NA
Dessel 7.00 Belgium 2020 LRM
Hirotani Ike Floating

6.80 Japan 2018 NA
Solar Plant
Jining GCL 6.78 China 2017 NA
Queen Elizabeth II Biosar Energy

6.34 UK 2016
Reservoir Holdings
Bui hydropower Sinohydro
5.00 Ghana 2020
reservoir Corporation
J&J Solar LLC-
Sayreville, New
4.40 USA 2019 Solar Renewable
Jersey
Energy LLC
Sugu #1 4.02 Taiwan 2018 Ciel & Terre
Jipyeong Province 3.00 South Korea 2015 LG CNS
Otae Province 3.00 South Korea 2015 LG CNS
Cheongpung Lake 3.00 South Korea 2017 LSIS
Sujang Reservoir
3.00 South Koreai 2017 Seaflex
Solar Park
Godley Reservoir
2.99 UK 2016 Forrest
Floating Solar PV
Oda ike 2.90 Japan 2018 NA
Kato Shi (2 plants in

2.87 Japan 2015 NA
total)
Narasu Ike 2.80 Japan 2018 NA
Chip Mong Insee

2.80 Cambodia 2019 Cleantech - MEP
Cement (CMIC)

Name of Operational
plant/region Year
JFE Plant
Hyoshiga Ike 2.70 Japan 2019 Engineering
Corporation
Flooded quarry in
Akuo Industries/
Saint-Maurice-la-
2.70 France 2020 GSM
Clouère
Deoku Reservoir,
Myeoku Reservoir (3 Solkiss
2.70 South Korea 2016
plants in total)
Katakami Oike 2.60 Japan 2019 Ciel & Terre
Hiragio Ike Floating Sumitomo Mitsui

2.60 Japan 2017
Solar Plant Construction
Ichigo Kasaoka JFE Plant

2.60 Japan 2018
Iwano Ike ECO Plant Engineering
Sungrow, Trina lead in size while Ciel et Terre has also developed some of the FPV plants.
9.2 Solar floating PV market in India

India’s largest floating solar power project is expected to be commissioned in May 2021 in Telangana.
Several other states, Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, and West Bengal recently are also
developing floating solar projects. Floating solar photovoltaic is a new business opportunity to meet
India’s renewable energy targets and create jobs, as analysed in a new case study. Floating solar
photovoltaic is an emerging segment in which solar photovoltaic (PV) modules are installed (floated) on
a water body. Asia leads in global floating solar photovoltaic (FPV) deployment. Floating solar accounts
for 2.6 gigawatts (GW) of installed capacity in August 2020 and it is expected to grow 20% annually to
2025.
Sr. Capacity
Owner Project name Water body Status
No (MW)
Raw Water Reservoir of
1 NTPC Kawas 1 In operation July 2019
thermal project
Raw Water Reservoir of In operation since March
2 NTPC Kayamkulam 0.1
thermal project 2017
3 NTPC Simhadri 25 Under execution
thermal project
4 NTPC Ramagundam 100 Under execution
thermal project

Sr. Capacity
Owner Project name Water body Status
No (MW)
Under execution Oct 202
5 NTPC Kayamkulam 92 Lagoon (saltwater body)
1
Under execution
6 NTPC Auraiya 20 Raw water reservoir
Jan 2022
Under execution
7 NTPC Kawas 25 Raw water dead reservoir
Feb 2022
8 NTPC Ujjani 140 Ujjani Dam Reservoir Under planning
9 NHPC Kerala floating 50 West Kallada lake Under execution
10 NHPC Odisha floating 500 Rengali reservoir Under planning
Telangana floati
11 NHPC 500 Midmanair reservoir Under planning
ng
DPR prepared,
12 SECI Getalsud 150 Getalsud Reservoir
under NIT.
SECI / BB
13 BBMB Reservoir 15 Reservoir Under tendering
MB
SECI/
14 5 Locations 54 5 Reservoirs Under planning
DVC
Pinnavaram PSP both
15 Greenko Pinnavaram 160 Under planning
Reservoir
India had about 2.7 MW of installed FPV capacity by the middle of 2019, and projects with a combined
capacity of 1.5 GW capacity under development. The Indian government has set a target to achieve 10
GW of FPV capacity by 2022. Investment costs and bid prices for FPV tenders have also been rapidly
declining. As a result, India achieved the lowest cost for FPV projects at ₹35 ($0.5)/watt during the bid
for 70 MW FPV capacity in Kerala.
India is a leader in clean energy—the country aims to install 175 GW of renewable energy by 2022 and
450 GW by 2030. Interest in FPV is growing in India with several water bodies across the country. FPV
taps the country’s large water reservoirs to overcome some of the persisting issues of ground-mounted
solar, such as the lack of levelled land, evacuation infrastructure and performance degradation due to
high operating temperatures. India could potentially build 280 GW of FPV capacity by utilizing about 30%
(nearly 1,800 kms2) of its medium and large water reservoirs.
9.2.1 Recent Developments

NHPC, GEDCOL JV to set up India's largest floating solar power project in Odisha
State-owned hydropower giant NHPC has signed a pact with Green Energy Development Corporation of
Odisha to form a joint venture to set up 500-megawatt floating solar power projects in Odisha. The joint
venture (JV) will make an initial investment of over Rs 2,000 crore to set up 300 MW floating solar
projects, which would generate 600 million units (MU) per annum.

With the signing of the Promoters Agreement, NHPC and GEDCOL agree to jointly establish a company
for implementation of 500 MW floating solar power projects in Odisha. The equity shareholding of NHPC
and GEDCOL in the proposed joint venture company will be in the proportion of 74:26.
In the first stage, 300 MW floating solar capacity will be installed in the reservoir of the Rengali HE
project. The project will be implemented under Ultra Mega Renewable Energy Power Park (UMREPP),
Mode 8 of Solar Park Scheme.
Damodar Valley Plans 1.7 GW of Floating Solar Projects in West Bengal and Jharkhand
The hydel power generator would execute the floating solar projects in four dams
DVC has already proposed 1,776 MW of floating solar projects in four of its dams in West Bengal and
Jharkhand. These two states jointly own the corporation along with the Union government.
DVC would execute the floating solar projects in the four dams of Maithon, Tilaya, Konar, and Panchet. It
would complete these projects in three phases, and the first will be a 50 MW project.
DVC had already floated the tender for a 50 MW solar project at Panchet (Jharkhand).
Indian companies have also started to get interested in floating solar PV and its development. Within
recent years many companies working on the floating system industry started to shift their interest on
floating solar systems and started manufacturing them locally. Among those companies we can find:
 VARI PONTOON PVT LTD: an Indian origin company formed in 2017 who manufactures floating solar
panel systems in India using HDPE. They offer a wide range of services namely design and
development, manufacturing, installation and commission and turnkey project.
 WAAREE ENERGIES LTD: is an EPC and PV module manufacturer in India. They also offer floating PV
systems made in India.
 JAIN IRRIGATION SYSTEMS LTD: the company has manufacturing plants of plastic pipes, precision-
irrigation products and PV panels. The company has also developed floating HDPE structure for
floating PV solar power plants where they manufacture in house.
 ADTECH SYSTEMS LTD: an Indian company focusing on Integrated Electronic Security Systems and
Non-Conventional Energy Solutions. The company offers services related to the design and
engineering of FPV, supply and sale of floating structures (Ferrocement and HDPE) and integration
of FPV projects.
 SUNIBOAT LTD: the company offers services related to the development of FPV projects, EPC for
floating solar plants and the O&M of the floating arrays.
 YELLOW TROPUS PVT LTD: the Indian based company focuses on the development of FPV power
plants offering three technologies namely, Seahorse technology, Stingray technology and dual axis
technology. The services offered by the company ranges from feasibility studies to Operation and
Maintenance. They offer also the manufacture and supply of the components as well as the
installation and commissioning,

10 COSTS OF FLOATING PV
Prices of floating PV are equivalent to normal PV with some additional costs and also different
components. As it can be seen in the following figure, just like ground mounted solar PV plants, the cost
breakup is similar except for the floating platform and the anchoring and mooring costs. The modules
have the biggest share in overall cost breakup namely 35 to 40 %. The floating platform, anchoring and
mooring account for 30 to 37% of the total cost.
Figure 1- Cost break up for floating solar PV plants (Source: TERI)
PV modules prices in 2020 were around 0,22 eur/Wp from 0,33 eur/Wp in 2017 and have since then
maintained its value. EPC prices are believed to be actually around 550 eur /kWp in Europe. Inverter
prices in the other hand are negotiated at a regional level. Their prices follow the same decline as the
panel prices. The estimated average price of central inverters for a solar PV system of about 50 MWp is
about $0.06/Wp (€0.057/Wp). Recent cost estimates of pure HDPE floating structures (including
anchoring and mooring) range between $0.14/Wp (€0.13/Wp) and $0.22/Wp (€0.21/Wp).
Figure 33 gives an overview of proposed bids for various tendered FPV projects worldwide. India is very
competitive regarding CAPEX than other countries. Aggressive bidding by developers is considered to
be the main reason for the low bids.
Figure 1- Overview of proposed bids for various tendered FPV projects

Under the Indian context, the largest floating PV project is expected to be commissioned in May 2021 in
Telangana. The installed FPV capacity reached 2.7 MW by the middle of 2019 and 1721 MW capacity is
under development. Investment costs are also declining achieving the lowest cost for FPV projects at 35
INR/Wp in 2018 for the 70MW Kayamkulam phase 2. The following table shows FPV projects in India with
their respective cost.
Project Capacity Year Price

Rajiv Gandhi CCPP
Kayamkulam in 22 MW August 2018 39 INR/Wp
Kerala
Rajiv Gandhi CCPP
Kayamkulam in 70 MW December 2018 35 INR/Wp
Kerala
NTPC Ramagundam
100 MW December 2020 42 INR/W
in Telangana
NTPC Simhadri in
25 MW January 2019 42 INR/Wp
Andhra Pradesh
Dhurwa Dam in
150 MW May 2019 38 INR/W
Ranchi, Jharkhand
NTPC Auraiya Gas
Power Plant in Uttar 20 MW September 2019 76 INR/W
Pradesh
Table 1- FPV projects in India with their respective investment costs.
As figure 37 shows, prices in India are declining with approximately a 45% decrease in cost from 2016 to
2018. The lowest cost of floating solar power was indeed achieved for the 70 MW Kayamkulam project.
The Indian FPV market is considered to be one of the most competitive in the world.
Figure 1- Investment cost for floating solar PV projects in India (Source: TERI)

11 SITE LOCATION
The Indravati dam is located in the district of Nabarangapur in the state of Odisha. The Indravati dam is a
gravity dam about 90 km from Bhawanipatna. Currently it is among the largest power producing dam in
eastern India with a capacity of 600 MW. The dam was completed in 1996 and its main purpose was
irrigation and production of electricity. The dam is also located in a Zone -II seismic zone.
The site has as reference GPS coordinates: 19.2761° N, 82.8297° E
Figure 1- Location of the site
The Indravati River is a stream of the river Godavari. Its starting point, found to be the Ghats of
Dandakaranya, range from a hilltop village Mardiguda of Thuamula Rampur Block in the Kalahandi
district of the state of Odisha. Due to the amalgamation of three streams, The River follows a westerly
path and enters Jagadalpur in the state of Chhattisgarh. The river moves from here in a southern route,
before eventually uniting with the Godavari at the borders of three states. They are the state of
Chhattisgarh, Maharashtra and Telangana. The river at a variety of stages of its course forms the
boundary between Chhattisgarh and Maharashtra. The river Indravati is also known as the oxygen of the
Bastar district of state of Chhattisgarh. This district is one of the greenest and eco-friendly districts,
found in the whole of India. A total number of five hydroelectric projects were planned on the river
Indravati. They were namely the Kutru I, the Kutro II, the Nugru I, Nugru II and the Bhopalpatnam.
However, the plan misfired and did not see the light of the day due to ecological reasons. The Indravati

is sometimes known as the "lifeline" of the Kalahandi, Nabarangapur, of Odisha & Bastar district of
Chhattisgarh, one of the greenest districts in India. Most of the river course is through dense forests of
Nabarangapur & Bastar. The river flows for 535 kilometres (332 mi) and has a drainage area of 41,665
square kilometres (16,087 sq mi).
The Indravati rise on the western slopes of Easter Ghats. The highest Elevation is 3125. This river flows
from the height of 914 m in the district of Kalahandi district of the state of Odisha, located on the slopes
of the Eastern Ghats. It covers a length of 164 km, while flowing past the districts of Koraput, Kalandi
and Nabarangapur after creating a boundary, between the states of Odisha and Chhattisgarh. A total of
length added up to 9.5 km, entering the district of Bastar district of the state of Chhattisgarh. Here, the
river covers a distance of 233 km inside Chhattisgarh.
From there, the river Indravati swings towards the south and moves to the boundaries of the states of
Chhattisgarh and Maharashtra. Then, after flowing for 129km, joins the Godavari, at the boundaries of
Maharashtra, Chhattisgarh and Andhra Pradesh.
The sub basin of the river Indravati is spread over an area of about 40625 sq km. Its catchment area is
about 7535 sq km in the state of Odisha. The length of the river is about535.80 km. It originates in the
hills of Kalahandi and joins the river Godavari at Bhadrakali, a village in the Bijapur district of the state of
Chhattisgarh. The journey from the start to the finish is a well-defined course.
The river begins in a South-East direction as a small rivulet, in the state of Odisha. Lat-er it takes a
westerly direction through Bastar district of the state of Chhattisgarh. From here the river then takes a

Northwest turn. Then it again takes a Southwest di-rection. During its entire journey of 535.80 km, the
river drops by about 832.10 m.
The river’s bed level at its union with the Godavari River is R.L. 82.3 m as compared to the level in
Kalahandi. It takes off at 914.4 m. The Indravati and the Sabari rivers are it is also interconnected in the
state of Odisha. The waters of the Indravati overflow into the Sarbari, via the Jaura Nallah.
The salient features of the Indravati Dam are given below.
Table 1- Salient features, reservoir capacity and water spread of Indravati Dam
Official name Upper Indravati Power Station
Location 120 km from Bhawanipatna , Odisha
19°16′34.8″N 082°49′42.4″E
Coordinates
19°16′34.8″N 082°49′42.4″E
Construction began 1978
Opening date 2001

Dam and spillways
Type of dam Gravity, masonry
Impounds Indravati River
Height 45 m (148 ft)

Length 539 m (1,768 ft)
Reservoir
Creates Upper Indravati
Total capacity 2,300,000,000 m3 (1,900,000 acre⋅ft)[1]
Catchment area 2,630 km2 (1,020 sq mi)
Surface area 110 km2 (42 sq mi)

Upper Indravati Power Station
Coordinates 19°25′37.2″N 082°51′22.7″E
Operator(s) OHPC
Commission date 1999
Turbines 4 x 150 Francis-type

Installed capacity 600 MW
11.1 Kalahandi District

Kalahandi (locally pronounced Kalahani) is a district of Odisha in India. Archaeological evidence of Stone
Age and Iron Age human settlement has been recovered from the region. Asurgarh offered an
advanced, well civilised, cultured and urban human settlement about 2000 years ago in the region. In
South Asia it is believed that the lands of Kalahandi district and Koraput district were the ancient places
where people started cultivation of paddy. In ancient time it was known as Mahakantara (meaning great
forest) and Karunda Mandal, which means treasure of precious stones like karandam
(corundum/manik), garnet (red stone), beruz, neelam (sapphire/blue stone), and alexandrite, etc.
Manikeswari (the goddess of Manikya or Karandam) is the clan deity of Kalahandi may also signify its
historical name.
11.2 Connectivity
Air
Utkela Airstrip (VEUK) is present near the city (22 km, 14 mi) which is scheduled to be operational with
daily flights to state capital Bhubaneshwar and Raipur in this year by private air service provider Air
Odisha under UDAN scheme by Ministry of Civil Aviation, Govt. of India. Another one, Lanjigarh Airstrip
(FR44733) (58 km, 36 mi) is private airstrip conducting VIP and chartered planes. Swami Vivekananda
Airport at Raipur, Chhattisgarh is 262 km (163 mi) away. Biju Patnaik International Airport in the state
capital, Bhubaneswar is 427 km away by road and 631 km by rail.

Roads
Old Bus Stand, Bhawanipatna
Highways connecting Bhawanipatna to various cities:
• NH-26 - Bargarh - Bolangir - Bhawanipatna - Nabarangpur - Koraput - Vizianagram - Natavalsa
• SH-16 - Bhawanipatna - Khariar - Raipur
• SH-6 - Bhawanipatna - Chhatiguda - Ambodala - Muniguda
• SH-6A - M.Rampur - Narla - Chhatiguda
• SH-44 - Bhawanipatna - Gunupur - Thuamul Rampur - Kashipur - Tikri
Bhawanipatna Bus Stand is one of the biggest bus stands in Odisha present on NH-26. Both Private and
Govt. buses are available from here. Bhawanipatna is one of the divisions of Odisha State Road
Transport Corporation (O.S.R.T.C.) that runs Govt. Buses from Bhawanipatna to Bhubaneshwar,
Vishakhapatnam, Sambalpur, Berhampur, Cuttack, Jeypore. Private Buses (A/C Sleeper Coaches) provide
transportation facility to different cities in Odisha and Raipur, Durg etc. in Chhattisgarh. Newly added
taxi facility and auto facility including Biju Gaon Gadi throughout Bhawanipatna and villages nearer to it,
is adding an advantage to the transport facility.
Rail
Bhawanipatna railway station was inaugurated on 12 August 2012. It is situated on Lanjigarh-Junagarh

rail line. Currently there are 3 trains (1 express and 2 passengers) running from Bhawanipatna to
Bhubaneswar, Raipur and Sambalpur.

12 SOLAR IRRADIATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL DATA
This chapter presents the main weather data including solar irradiation. India receives solar energy
equivalent to nearly 5,000 trillion kWh/year. This is far more than the total energy consumption of the
country today. India receives solar radiation of 4.5 to 6 kWh/m2 for 300 to 330 days in a year and the
power generation potential using solar PV technology is estimated to be around 20 MW/km2. The
following figure shows the Global Horizontal Irradiation (GHI) in India, mapped by SolarGIS. This
component of the solar irradiation is the relevant one for photovoltaic systems. The average GHI for the
site, based on SolarGIS is 1870 kWh/m2.
Figure 1- Global horizontal irradiation of India (SolarGIS)

The GHI for the state of Odisha is shown below:
Figure 1- Global horizontal irradiation of the state of Odisha (Source: Solargis)
It can be seen that the western part of the state receives more GHI than the eastern part. Also, the
Indravati dam is located in a site with good GHI potential, making it prone to a good yield from solar PV
projects. To determine the GHI for the Indravati site, data obtained from NREL, NIWE, NASA, SolarGIS
and Meteonorm were analyzed and compared.
19.28 N, 82.83 E NREL NIWE NASA SolarGIS Meteonorm

GHI (kWh/m2) 1920 1796 1800 1881 1848
Table 1- Comparison of GHI of the Indravati site based on different sources

The other environmental data for the site is displayed below from Meteonorm 7.3.
Table 1- Environmental data of the Indravati site (Meteonorm 7.3)
Month Gh Gk Dh Bn Ta Td FF
Global
Global tilt Diffuse Beam Dew point Wind
horizontal Temperature
irradiation radiation radiation temperature speed
irradiation
[kWh/m²] [kWh/m²] [kWh/m²] [kWh/m²] [°C] [°C] [m/s]
Jan 154 165 41 202 20.1 12.3 0.3
Feb 159 167 45 179 23.2 13.3 0.5
Mar 181 186 73 160 26.6 15.2 0.5
Apr 191 193 73 168 29.4 18 0.7
May 199 198 89 151 30.6 19.7 0.7
Jun 146 144 85 82 27.7 22 0.7
Jul 122 121 81 58 25.3 22.7 0.6
Aug 127 127 86 58 24.9 22.6 0.6
Sep 130 132 69 90 25.6 22.4 0.5
Oct 153 159 63 141 24.7 20.1 0.4
Nov 145 154 49 165 21.7 15.8 0.3
Dec 132 142 47 158 20.7 12.2 0.4

As a comparison for the data form Meteonorm, the data from NASA is shown in the table below.
PARAMETER JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC ANN
0.58 0.66 0.6 0.56 0.55 0.36 0.37 0.4 0.39 0.54 0.52 0.52 0.49
All Sky Insolation Clearness Index
(dimensionless)
24.97 19.72 28.17 49.69 62.48 84.96 89.98 91.33 91.66 57.6 57.74 42.18 58.55
Cloud Amount (%)
0.61 0.67 0.63 0.64 0.66 0.6 0.63 0.62 0.65 0.63 0.62 0.6 0.63
Clear Sky Insolation Clearness Index
(dimensionless)
7.58 8.6 9.72 10.52 10.86 10.91 10.83 10.56 9.92 8.9 7.8 7.22 9.46
Top-Of-Atmosphere Shortwave
Downward Irradiance (kW-hr/m^2/day)
9.39 12.58 12.7 13.71 15.07 10.15 10.65 11 10.6 11.67 9.48 8.19 11.26
All Sky Surface UVA Irradiance (kW-
hr/m^2/day
0.23 0.31 0.34 0.38 0.44 0.3 0.32 0.33 0.31 0.3 0.23 0.2 0.3
All Sky Surface UVB Irradiance (kW-
hr/m^2/day)
0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.13 0.13 0.16 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.13
All Sky Surface Albedo (dimensionless)
4.37 6.29 4.99 4.12 4.42 2.02 1.82 1.82 1.99 3.54 3.1 3.53 3.49
All Sky Surface Shortwave Downward
Direct Normal Irradiance

(kW-hr/m^2/day)
4.36 5.63 5.86 5.9 5.98 3.94 3.96 4.2 3.9 4.82 4.03 3.74 4.69
All Sky Surface Shortwave Downward
Irradiance (kW-hr/m^2/day)
4.6 5.77 6.13 6.75 7.25 6.55 6.88 6.58 6.45 5.6 4.83 4.36 5.98
Clear Sky Surface Shortwave Downward
78.34 101.8 105.33 109.96 115.67 77.69 78.3 82.56 77.07 91.32 75.04 67.41 88.3
All Sky Surface PAR Total
(kW-hr/m^2/day)
1.76 1.6 2.33 2.72 2.58 2.36 2.54 2.8 2.43 2.4 2.14 1.72 2.28
All Sky Surface Shortwave Diffuse
83.09 104.43 109.76 123.87 137.39 124.28 131.94 125.7 124.65 105.88 90.24 79.09 111.7
Clear Sky Surface PAR Total
(kW-hr/m^2/day)
Surface Pressure (kPa)
19.3 21.36 28.82 32.18 31.51 28.12 25.8 25.39 24.93 23.65 21 17.33 24.96
Earth Skin Temperature (C)
19.7 21.37 27.68 30.02 29.95 27.25 25.46 25.22 24.83 23.6 21.01 17.71 24.49
Temperature at 2 Meters (C)
8.48 6.53 6.65 10.01 14.22 16.97 18.31 18.68 18.62 16.78 14.4 10.5 13.37
Specific Humidity at 2 Meters (g/kg)

58.88 42.38 29.75 40.25 53.44 72.19 84.75 87.75 89.19 86.75 87.12 78.12 67.69
Relative Humidity at 2 Meters (%)
1.91 2.31 2.51 2.62 3.35 3.83 3.77 3.04 2.89 2.05 2.3 2.2 2.73
Wind Speed at 10 Meters (m/s)
2.77 3.27 3.6 3.88 4.66 5.3 5.32 4.51 4.32 3.16 3.52 3.28 3.97
Wind Speed at 50 Meters (m/s)
10.41 6.15 6.4 12.41 18.14 21.32 22.51 22.91 22.82 21.13 18.62 13.39 16.4
Dew/Frost Point at 2 Meters (C)
15.06 13.76 17.04 21.22 24.05 24.28 23.99 24.07 23.82 22.37 19.81 15.55 20.45
Wet Bulb Temperature at 2 Meters (C)
29.75 34.24 40.52 39.87 39.03 37.01 31.53 30.07 29.98 30.08 28.19 25.69 40.52
Temperature at 2 Meters Maximum (C)
11.44 11.24 15.9 19.88 21.08 21.96 21.63 21.45 21.3 15.37 11.57 6.8 6.8
Temperature at 2 Meters Minimum (C)
19.7 21.37 27.68 30.02 29.95 27.25 25.46 25.22 24.83 23.6 21.01 17.71 24.49
Temperature at 2 Meters Range (C)
4.73 4.81 6.15 6.6 10.37 9.73 8.82 7.35 9.23 5.66 5.75 6.47 10.37
Wind Speed at 10 Meters Maximum
(m/s)
0.05 0.08 0.04 0.05 0.23 0.16 0.63 0.71 0.16 0.05 0.22 0.22 0.04
Wind Speed at 10 Meters Minimum
(m/s)
6.98 7.02 8.22 8.73 13 12.08 11.19 8.95 12.4 6.89 7.3 8.07 13
Wind Speed at 50 Meters Maximum
(m/s)

0.08 0.11 0.08 0.16 0.12 0.2 0.99 1.35 0.12 0.1 0.23 0.3 0.08
Wind Speed at 50 Meters Minimum
(m/s)
4.67 4.73 6.11 6.55 10.14 9.58 8.19 6.64 9.06 5.61 5.53 6.25 10.33
Wind Speed at 10 Meters Range (m/s)
6.9 6.91 8.14 8.57 12.88 11.88 10.2 7.59 12.27 6.79 7.06 7.77 12.92
Wind Speed at 50 Meters Range (m/s)
343.75 335.2 374.61 406.27 416.6 419.96 417.93 417.89 413.94 396.95 375.61 348.91 389.25
All Sky Surface Longwave Downward
Irradiance (W/m^2)

13 SITE ASSESSMENT
This chapter details the conditions of the site and also validates the location of the proposed floating PV
plant.
13.1 Bathymetry analysis

The most important information needed to be collected regarding the water body is as follows:
 Shape of the boundaries
 Average depth and depth distribution
 Structure of the waterbed, including properties of subsoil at different strata
 Sedimentation and sedimentation load rate (in case of dams)
 Structure of the water body banks
 Hydrology and water level variations
Figure 1- Water level change
Bathymetry survey is important for choosing a position for the floating island and designing the
mooring and anchoring systems. Bathymetry is the mapping of the water body bed, with depth
contours providing the size, shape, and distribution of underwater features. A bathymetry report
should include the topographic map, boring logs, and detailed relief of the waterbed. To make it cost-
effective, bathymetry could be conducted with a large grid size while identifying a suitable area within
the water body. Once a suitable area is identified, then a study with a smaller grid size is conducted.
We were not able to conduct the bathymetry studies and also not able to gather data from the local
water basin management office, despite the official requests and efforts conducted. Thus, our analysis is

based on the best available desktop assessment with the data provided by OHPCL in terms of the water
levels.
13.2 Hydrodynamic analysis

We were not able to gather any specific data, but through desktop analysis, it is possible to conclude
that the proposed area for development has a low hydrodynamics with very low waves, mainly due to
wind and is even partially sheltered.
Figure 1- Location of the area to be developed.

13.3 Seismic analysis
The site falls in Seismic Zone III of the seismic zone map of India – IS 1893-2002. The zone is liable to MSK
VII and is classified as the Moderate Damage Risk Zone. The IS code assigns a zone factor of 0.16 to this
zone.
Figure 1- Seismological graph of Odisha
13.4 Flooding analysis

The River Godavari is the largest peninsular rivers and third largest in India draining about 10% of the
Geographical area of the country. The Godavari basin lies in the Deccan Plateau and is situated between
latitude 16° 16’ N and 22° 43’ N and longitude 73° 26’ E and 83° 07’ E and is roughly triangular in shape and
the main river itself runs practically along the base of the triangle. The catchment area of the river is
312,812 sq. km and is spread in the States of Maharashtra (48.6%), Telangana (19.4%), Madhya Pradesh
(10%), Chhattisgarh (10.9%), Odisha (5.7%), Andhra Pradesh (4.0%),and Karnataka (1.4%). Indravati
elevation of source is 914 m and the length of tributary is 535 km
During the monsoon, the Godavari river spills its banks in the lower reaches downstream of confluence
of river Indravati with Godavari causing floods. In Maharashtra, the problem is confined to the Nanded
Town situated on the banks of the river as also to the agricultural lands on the banks of the river in
Nanded and Parbhani districts and those on the banks of the Wardha and Wainganga in the Vidharbha
region. The parts of the basin lying in Madhya Pradesh, Odisha and Karnataka generally have no serious
flood problem. The flooding of deltaic areas has been prevented by construction of embankments.
Analysis of Peak Levels in the upper reaches of river Godavari

Jagdalpur on river Indravati is one of the flood forecasting station in this reach of Godavari Basin. Major
project such as the Upper Indravathi Project affects this station. The natural diversion of flow into
Jourunala stream is also one of the salient features of the river Indravathi upto Jagdalpur.
The lower reaches of river Godavari also have significant free catchment areas and two major left bank
tributary namely, Taliperu and Sabari and one right bank tributary Kinnersani confluences river Godavari
in this reach. The flood forecasting stations this reach are Eturunagaram, Dummagudem, Bhadrachalam,
Kunavaram, Rajahmundry Railway Bridge and Dowlaiswaram Barrage. The back water effect into river
Sabari in case of high flood in Godavari and the constriction in the river near Papi Hills are the significant
features of the river in the lower reaches.
The flooding analysis shows a very low impact to the project development.
13.5 Water quality analysis

The Indravati dam receives water mainly from the Indravati River. The water quality seems to be potable
or at least not polluted as the dam is used for the irrigation of land. We present below the analysis made
in July of 2021.

Sl. Sampling Water Temperature
Name of Station Code Sampling Time pH DO, mg/L
No. date (0C)
Indravati at
1 3948 08.7.2021 2:10 PM 25 7.6 7.2
Nwarangpur
FS,
Sl. BOD,
Name of Station COD, mg/L TC, MPN/100 mL FC, MPN/100 mL MPN/ WQI
No. mg/L
100 mL
Indravati at Satisfac-
2 1.2 7.7 3500 1400 NA
Nwarangpur tory

13.6 Calculation Of Surface Area for Installation Of FPV
The surface area required for developing FPV plant will be derived using the best desktop data available.
Points to be considered for deriving the capacity of FPV to be installed are:
 The water levels keep changing and we need to consider catchment area at DSL (Dead Storage
Level).
 Surface area of water body to be considered at DSL.
 Approximately 1.1-hectare Water body surface area is required for installation of 1 MWp Floating
Solar Plant.
 Drag force acting on each island (reducing that value by using a low tilt).
 Installation of floating islands should be far away from dam gates, so as to avoid high water
current will not affect the floating islands during opening of discharge gates.
13.7 Estimating Area Available for Setting FPV Park

Reference for analysis: Assessment of Live Storage Capacity of Indravati Dam Dist. Nabarangapur data
provided by office of Chief Engineer and Basin Manager, Mahanadi basin. The data provided is table of
minimum reservoir level (RL) of Indravati Reservoir from the year 2000 to 2020. In this data year wise
minimum RL level is provided with date of occurrence. Also, table of RL in feet and reservoir water
surface level is provided in the same letter.
Dam dead storage is the volume of water which is below the level of the spillway or other outlet. In
other words, the volume of water that cannot be released from a dam (unless the dam wall bursts). The
capacity, volume or storage of a Dam is usually divided into distinguishable areas.
Dead or inactive storage refers to water in a Dam that cannot be drained by gravity through a dam’s
outlet works, spillway or power plant intake and can only be pumped out. Most dams have multiple
options for discharge. The Dead Storage Level of Indravati dam is RL (625’) from MSL.
The levels of the dam are provided in the table below.
Table: reservoir water level data for Indravati
Particulars Elevation(m) Capacity (Mm3)
FRL 642.0 2300.0
Live storage 631.5 1456.0
DSL 625.0 814.50
Data provided by the Basin manager and the chief engineer of the dam:

Status Year Date RWL Live storage
beginning of
the day
Highest RWL 2022 07-01-22 632.15 502.04
Lowest RWL 31-03-22 630.59 379.06
Highest RWL 2021 05-01-21 637.91 1020.54
Lowest RWL 28-07-21 629.56 301.97
Highest RWL 2020 01-01-20 640.15 1249.96
Lowest RWL 24-07-20 631.03 412.99
Highest RWL 2019 14-09-19 641.11 1356.75
Lowest RWL 21-06-19 628.30 212.11
Highest RWL 2018 26-09-18 641.22 1368.99
Lowest RWL 01-07-18 627.00 133.80
Highest RWL 2017 21-10-17 636.47 889.28
Lowest RWL 15-07-17 628.29 220.10
Table 1 - Water data provided by Basin manager of Odisha
As per above data, the lowest water level occurrence in Indravati dam happened in year 2018 with the
level RL 627m and the date of occurrence was 01-07-2018. With the help of google Earth using the
timeline, the water surface area of the Indravati dam was superimposed and water surface area of that
particular patch was measured and reproduced as below.
Figure 1- Water Spread Area at the lowest water level – using Google earth
From the analysis of the data provided by the Indravati basin manager, the proposed catchment area
selected for the floating solar plant is adequate for installation of 160 MW Floating Solar Plant based on
available water spread area at the RL level of 627 m which is very close to the Dead storage level
(625.00) of the dam. Hence, the portion of water body selected above can be used for the development
of the floating solar plant.

14 REQUIRED INFRASTRUCTURE.
The logistics needs for a floating PV plant are far greater than for ground mounted PV, since the site of
the plant is a body of water and the assembly as well as reception of the equipment occurs onshore.
Thus, it is important to define:
• Assembly point: The access to the water is required not only for construction, but also for operation
and maintenance. Each island is assembled on land and then pushed into the water and tugged by
boat. Thus, a sufficiently large access to the water is required to reduce time and costs and also to
provide a secured water access point, which can be used to perform O&M activities. This aspect is
key for floating PV projects. For very large utility scale floating solar PV plants the option to have
inverters floating is the only feasible option. It was considered thus assembly areas with at least
300m to allow for 2 islands to be assembled in parallel. It was also envisaged that this assembly
point would have at least 2 hoists and slides into the water that will be moored,
• Pooling area: this point does not need to be the same as the assembly point but needs to be located
in the vicinity of the body of water to allow for the AC cables to be pooled in a switching gear and
stepped up to the adequate level of transmission to connect to the nearest grid substation. These
areas pose some challenges to be found near to the body of water as they need to be flat and dry all
year.
• Floating PV site: this site is selected near to the pooling area and not really dependent on the
assembly point, as boats will tug the islands to the desired place. The biggest concern is to have
contiguous areas of water that will not get islanded during dry season, avoiding high depths and is
possible not far from the margins of the water body.
14.1 ASSEMBLY point

This area will serve as assembly region wherein the floaters and modules will be assembled and
connected together. Module to module cable connection will also be taken into consideration here.
Each part of the island of 6 MWp will require an area of approximately 266 x 68 m (~4,5 acres). Each
island is assembled on land and then pushed into the water and tugged by boat. Thus, a sufficiently large
access to the water is required to reduce time and costs and to provide a secured water access point,
which can be used to perform O&M activities. It was considered thus assembly areas with at least 150 m
wide (to allow for two islands in parallel to be assembled). Assembly point will have at least 3 hoists and
slides into the water that will be moored allowing for water levels to be managed throughout the year.
Potentially a pontoon road access will have to be constructed to take into consideration the water levels
between dry and wet season.
There were 3 assembly points analyzed, which are included in the table below along with their
coordinates.

Particulars Co-ordinates
Their locations are shown in the image below. The recommendation is for assembly point 2 as it is nearer to
the site (marked as proposed assembly below) and with a reasonable logistic access. However, the other
assembly points are validated technically and from the environmental and social perspective and may be
used.
Figure 1- Locations of the assembly areas.
A peer type is planned to provide support the assembly area and to make it convenient to the operation
and maintenance of the FPV plants. It is provided below a drawing with the proposed infrastructure.

Figure 1- Indicative layout of the infra-structured peer for floating PV assembly

14.2 Pooling station
Pooling area will be utilized for development of the switchyard where all the transformers required for
the project will be placed. In this pooling area FPV plant control room will be developed for the SCADA
and storage of the spare components of the plant.
Pooling area includes:
• Control room
• 33/132 kV transformers.
Pooling area will require an area of about 1 – 2 hectares.
The location of the recommended pooling area is shown in the image below and is located at around
900 m from the floating PV site.
Figure 1- location of the pooling areas
14.3 Grid substation

A meeting with Odisha Power Transmission company (OPTCL) was held to identify the existing
substations (132 kV and above) that could evacuate power from the Indravati site. After identification of
the substations, the Tentulikhunti 132kV substation has been selected as it is far 18.5 km from the site
and has space for expansion.

The Tentulikhunti substation as well as the alignment of the transmission lines can be seen in the
following figure.
Figure 1- Indicative alignment of the transmission lines
Figure 1- Scheme of the proposed project

14.4 Water Infrastructure
Water requirement for floating solar PV projects is lesser as compared to ground mounted and solar
conventional power projects viz. thermal power projects and nuclear power projects etc. The consumption
of water in case of floating solar PV projects is mainly used for cleaning modules but there is ample water
available, which may be used. Moreover, the environment is wet and not dry, so the needs for cleaning are
also reduced. Water required for this floating solar plant is not significant.

15 SELECTED EQUIPMENT
Project Configuration refers to selection of FPV components that satisfy the project
requirements. As per the market trends, economic considerations and project area allocation,
selection of FPV components varies. This section will discuss about main components namely
FPV Island, Modules, Inverters, Transformers and pooling area. Each of the systems have been
described for the functionality and operation modes. The physical construction of the system
follows a modular approach, which is field-tested and is used for appropriate delivery of power
systems. The FPV plant is considered as 188 MWp of DC capacity and 160 MW of AC capacity.
15.1 MODULES
The following model was used for energy yield estimation and project design. It is one of the TIER-1
manufacturers of PV modules. However, it is not meant to recommend this, or any model and the
project developers may choose the technology/ supplier/ manufacturer etc. using their own techno-
commercial approach at the project implementation stage.
• JAM72S30-550/MR (mono crystalline) manufactured by JA Solar
Total 28 Modules in series will be attached to every string. Such strings will further form in 4 rows
making an array of 4 x 28 modules. These arrays will then join to form a 6 MWp island. Module capacity
considered for configuration is 550 Wp. Total number of PV modules that will be used for the plant is
341824 modules.
Table 1 – PV module data
Sr. PV Module Parameters Monocrystalline PERC

No.
1 Model JAM72S30-550/MR
2 Technology Monocrystalline
3 Module peak power W 550
4 Open Circuit voltage, Voc,V 49.9
5 Short Circuit current, Isc, A 14
6 Maximum voltage, Vmp, V 41.96
7 Maximum current, Imp, A 13.11
8 Module Efficiency,% 21.3
9 Temperature coefficient of Voc (%/ oC) -0.275
10 Temperature coefficient of Isc (%/ oC) 0.045
11 Temperature coefficient of Pmax (%/ oC) -0.35
12 Number of modules in plant (Units) 341824
13 Plant Capacity (kWp) 188003

15.2 INVERTERS
Several branches of the array are connected together in parallel. The complete output of the array is
converted to AC through a single central solar power inverter and then fed to the grid. The inverter
capacity selection is done considering the size of islands and inverter DC load ratio (ILR). In order to
carry out the energy yield estimation, 5 MW rating of Siemens outdoor central inverters have been
selected. These inverters will be installed within each 5.88 MWp floating PV island. As the total number
of islands are 32, the total AC capacity of plant will be 160 MWac. However, project developers can take
the decision of inverter selection and rate at the implementation stage.
The inverter details are provided below:
Table 1 – Inverter data
S. Inverter Technical Parameters Data/ Values

No
1 Inverter Sinacon PV5000
2 Inverter Rating 5 MW
3 Maximum DC voltage, V 1500
4 Maximum Input DC current short Circuit, A 1200 A
5 AC grid frequency, Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz (±10%)
6 Harmonic Distortion < 3%
7 Maximum efficiency, % 99
8 European Efficiency % 98.80%
9 Normal Ambient temperature range, ⁰C -40 °C … +60 °C
10 Degree of Protection IEC 60529
11 Type of Cooling Temperature controlled forced air
cooling
15.3 TRANSFORMERS
The description of the transformer used is provided below.
1. MVA: 50, kV: 132/33 Cooling: ONAN
No. of Unit: 04
2. Reference Standard IS: 2026 /IEC: 60076
3. Power Rating: (MVA) HV/IV/LV 50/-/50

No. of Unit: 04
4. Rated voltage: (kV) HV/IV/LV 132/-/33
5. Rated Frequency, Hz & No.of Phases 50Hz & 3-Phase
6. Connections & Vector group: HV - Star
LV - Star & YNyn0
7. Tappings range & Voltage Variation -10% to +10% of HV

insteps of 1.25% each &
Neutral end of HV winding
for HV variation
8. Impedance voltage at rated current for the principal tapping:
a) HV – IV, percent Not Applicable
b) HV – LV, percent 12.50% ± IS Tolerance ( ±

7.5% )
c) IV – LV, percent Not Applicable
9. Type of Tap Changer (On load/Off-Circuit) On Load Tap Changer

(OLTC)
10. Cooler Details (Radiators, Unit Coolers , Water Coolers) Radiators (ONAN)
11. Temperature-rise
a) Top oil, 0 C 50K
b) Windings, 0 C 55K
12. Total loss at rated voltage at principal tapping

and rated frequency, kW
175kW (Max.)
13. Component losses:
a) No load loss at rated voltage on principal

No. of Unit: 04
tapping and at rated frequency, kW 40kW (Max.)
b) Load loss at rated current at principal 135kW (Max.)

tapping at 75 0 C, kW
c) Auxiliary Losses, kW Not Applicable

16 INDICATIVE LAYOUT AND SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
This chapter presents indicative layouts and a single line diagram.
Figure 15: indicative layout of the proposed floating PV plant

Figure 15: detail of the floating islands including the location of the inverters

Figure 1- indicative layout of the proposed infra-structured peer for assembly of floating PV plants

Figure 15: indicative single line diagram (SLD)

17 ANNUAL ENERGY YIELD ANALYSIS
17.1 SIMULATION USING PVSYST

Annual Energy Yield for the proposed FSPV Power Plant is defined as the amount of energy fed into the
grid after due consideration of all kinds of losses. The present floating solar PV power project of 160MW
capacity comprises favorable climatic conditions due to lower temperature of the reservoir and high
solar irradiance, which will minimize the most dominating temperature driven losses in case of solar PV
Modules. The software PVSYST has been used for detailed simulation and estimation of annual yield at
the project location.
It is well established that the energy generation through solar PV module is essentially govern by the
amount of incident solar irradiance over its surface. In order to augment the incident irradiance over the
solar PV modules; the solar PV modules are arranged in inclined, seasonal adjustment, single or double
axis tracking mode specially to reduce the angle of incidence of solar irradiance over the surface of the
module and increase in the incident solar irradiance. Hence the benefit of the tilt angle or tracking
depends upon the geography (latitude and longitude) of any location, solar irradiation and wind speeds.
In fact, the wind load plays a vital role in deciding the quantum of drag force being induced on the
mounting structure. In case of FSPV plants, this is even of much importance, as a high angle of tilt can
induce high drag forces potentially causing severe damage to the entire plant structure. In order to
reduce the cost of anchoring, floating structures, the operation and maintenance activities and auxiliary
energy consumption the fixed axis (without tracking and any seasonal adjustment) is mostly preferred.
In this project the fixed axis and fixed tilt angle has been adopted for entire solar PV power project of
160 MW capacity with a tilt angle of 5°, to reduce the drag force.
The following table shows the PVsyst simulation for the 188 MWp/160 MWac Indravati FPV plant.
Table : Results of the PVsyst report
Capacity 160 MWac
Azimuth Angle (Degree’s) 0
Tilt (Degree’s) 5
Solar Panels JAM72S30-550/MR
Module Capacity 550 Wp
No of modules 341824
Inverter Siemens Sinacon

Inverter Capacity 5 MW
No of Inverter 32
Pnom Total (kWp) 188003 kWp
Specific prod. (kWh/kWp/Year) 1549
Produced Energy (MWh/Year) 291000
Performance Ratio (%) 82.81
The losses in the Solar PV System depends on the Solar PV Module and Inverter technology
used, efficiency and quality of PV Modules, Inverter, Junction Boxes and cables, workmanship
of installation and scheduled maintenance and cleaning. The models of Solar PV Module as
well as the Inverter selected for the simulation process comply with relevant international
standards. The simulation results for different associated losses in the solar PV power project
under the conditions of fixed tilt at the proposed location are given in table below.
Table: losses considered by the software PVsyst
Sr. No. Technical Losses Solar PV Model (Mono

PERC)
1 IAM Losses -0.24%
2 Soiling losses -3.00%
3 Module quality losses 0.75%
4 Module mismatch losses -2.10 %
5 DC Ohmic wiring losses -0.98 %
6 Inverter losses -1.17 %
7 Auxiliary Consumption -0.29%
8 First year degradation (LID+loss) 2.23%
The CUF was also calculated below.

Table: Yield per month and CUF calculation.
Months GlobHor DiffHor T_Amb GlobInc GlobEff EArray E_Grid PR CUF
kWh/m² kWh/m² °C kWh/m² kWh/m² GWh GWh %

January 152,3 39,89 19,81 163,4 158,2 27,68 24,52 79,80% 20,60%
February 156 43,93 23,17 164 158,9 27,35 26,17 84,90% 24,34%
March 185,8 66,67 27,04 191,1 185 31,36 30,02 83,60% 25,22%
April 194,7 68,61 29,04 196,2 189,9 31,83 28,09 76,20% 24,38%
May 194 92,57 30,56 192,5 186,3 31,35 30,06 83,10% 25,25%
June 137,8 84,19 27,45 136,1 131,6 22,57 21,68 84,70% 18,82%
July 116,7 83,71 25,65 115,6 111,7 19,41 18,66 85,80% 15,68%
August 119,9 77,52 25,1 119,7 115,7 20,06 19,26 85,60% 16,18%
September 140,8 69,49 25,35 142,8 138,1 23,8 22,82 85,00% 19,81%
October 145,1 65,42 24,84 150,4 145,5 25,14 21,43 75,80% 18,00%
November 140,4 47,99 21,62 149,2 144,5 25,17 24,12 86,00% 20,94%
December 139,1 43,03 19,38 150 145,2 25,49 24,45 86,70% 20,54%
Total/Average 1822,6 783,01 24,92 1871 1810,8 311,19 291,29 82,80%
Average First Year CUF (%) 20.81%

The Capacity Utilization Factor (CUF) is defined as the ratio of net electrical generation for the
time considered to the energy that could have been generated if the system were generating
at continuous full power during the same period. As Solar PV Modules converts solar radiation
into electricity only during the time when sun is available, the CUF is rather low in comparison
to conventional power plants.
Taking into account all technical losses the annual CUF is above the benchmark value of 19%
considered by Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (CERC), Government of India for
annual tariff determination for grid connected solar PV power projects. CUF for the 160MW
Floating Solar Plant is 20.81%.
The estimated life of PV modules is considered as 25 years. Performance of solar PV modules

degrades over its specified lifetime. Normally, PV module manufacturers provide a
performance guarantee and indicate the rate of degradation over the module lifetime.
Essentially the solar PV modules used in grid connected solar power plants are warranted for
output wattage which should not be less than 90% at the end of 10 years and 80% at the end of
25 years. In the present exercise, the annual degradation has been considered as 0.55%; linear
for entire project life of 25 years as per the specific PV module warranty.

18 AUTHORIZATIONS AND PERMITS
A list of the permits and authorizations to be obtained is detailed in the table below.
Table 1- List of permits and authorizations required
The following is required to be obtained:
Chief Electrical Inspector of Government (CEIG): approval of the PV plant and power evacuation
Transmission company: permission for construction of the transmission line between the pooling
area and the grid substation
Electricity Regulator Commission: registration and payment of transmission fees
State Pollution Control Board: consent to Establish (CtE) for all sites, based on the Air (Prevention
and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Water Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974.
Archaeological Dept. GoI: seek approval and modify project siting as necessary, based on the
Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958
Forest and Environment Department: seek approval before felling any trees, pay for compensatory
tree plantation.
State pollution control board: Consent to Operate for emissions to the air and discharging treated
effluent from labour camps and construction activities, based on the Air (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act, 1981 and Water Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974
State Pollution Control Board: authorization and carry out Waste Segregation and Disposal, based
on the Solid Waste (Handling and Management) Rules, 2016
The following is required to be assured during construction:
State Pollution Control Board: conduct monitoring and ensure that noise generation is within
threshold The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000
District Labour Commissioner and Buildings Inspector: ensure all contractors have BOCW
Registration as applicable and are following requirements, based on the Building and Other
Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996
Approval for usage of waterfront and construction of Jetty
The following is required to be conducted yearly and during the lifetime of the project:
The communication of a Qualified Control Agency (QCA) for the PV plant, based on the CERC -
Procedure for implementation of framework on forecasting, scheduling and imbalance handling,
2017

State pollution control board: submission of Annual Environmental Statement, based on
Environment Protection Act - 1986
State pollution control board: maintain records of electronic and electrical waste generation and
disposal and file annual returns, based on E-waste (Management) Rules, 2016
Motor Vehicle Dept. / RTO: follow requirements of CMV Rules such as PUC, based on Construction
and Other Vehicles Central Motor Vehicle Act, 1988
District Labour Commissioner: provide for payment of compensation by employers to their

Workmen employees for injury by accident i.e., personal injury or occupational disease, based on
the Compensation Act, 1923
District Labour Commissioner: prohibit employment of children in certain specified hazardous

occupations and processes and regulates the working conditions in others, based on the Child
Labour (Prohibition & Regulation) Amendment Act, 2016
Odisha Inland Fisheries Act

19 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE
An indicative implementation schedule is provided in the table below.
Table 1- Indicative schedule
Sr. Description Start Completion

No. Week Week
1 Survey and technical investigations 0 4
2 Submission of Drawings and Design 2 8
3 Finalizations of Plant layout (including Modules, 6 12

cable routes, inverter Control Room)
4 Mobilization at site 6 8
5 Preparatory works 8 10
6 Procurement and finalizing orders 8 16
7 Civil Works 10 40
8 Inspection of material 16 30
9 Transformers, Inverter. HT panel and cables 22 40
10 Supply of Floaters & Modules 24 36
11 Inverter & Control Room 12 38
12 Transmission line, Bays and metering works 16 40
13 Erection of Floaters 26 36
14 Erection of Modules 32 40
15 Cabling work 36 42
16 Erection of Electrical Equipment 36 42
17 Interconnection and terminations 38 44
18 Earthing and protection works 40 46
19 Testing and commissioning 48 51
20 Documentation and Handover of plant 50 52

20 PROJECT FINANCIALS
The LCOE has been calculated by taking the sum of all CAPEX and OPEX and dividing it by the sum of the
annual power generation over its lifetime. The total costs include the cost of modules and inverters, the
cost of the floating structures as well as the mechanical and electrical works. The cost of mooring and
balance of plant are also included.
20.1 Cost estimates

The cost estimates for the whole project are included in the table below 38.
Table 1- Cost estimates of the Indravati FPV

(USD) USD EUR
1 SPV Modules Lot 280 188 52640 50363 4053
2 Floating Structures for mod- Lot 165 188 31020 29678 2389
ules and inverters
3 Inverters Lot 26 160 4160 3980 320
4 DC Balance of plant (Cables, Lot 40 188 7520 7195 579
SCB and Accessories)
5 AC LV cables (1 km) KM 25974 2 52 50 4
6 Illumination System, Earthing Lot 8 188 1504 1439 116
7 Erection works Lot 4 188 752 719 58
8 Electrical works (DC, AC) Lot 8 188 1504 1439 116
9 Marine Civil Works Lot 60 188 11280 10792 869
10 Surveys, Studies, design and Lot 3 188 564 540 43
engineering (for all compon-
ents)
Assembly point
1 Land Development and As- Lot 0.5 188 94 90 7
sembly works
2 Peer construction with hoists Lot 3896104 1 3896 3727 300
and other machinery for load-
ing and unloading
Pooling station
1 Transformers - Inverter & Lot 3896 360 1403 1342 108
Step up
2 Switchgear and Panels Lot 3247 360 1169 1118 90
3 SCADA, Surveillance, Fire Lot 10 188 1880 1799 145
Fighting, Safety, Monitoring
38 The whole project was priced jointly, but it is recommended that multiples of 100 MW are considered, as per the
suggested technical design.
(USD) USD EUR
4 Buildings Lot 324675 1 325 311 25
5 Drains, Road, fencing and Lot 64935 1 65 62 5
gates
Grid connection
1 132 kV Double Circuit over- KM 51948 17 883 845 68
head line (21 km)
2 132 kV bays at Tentulikhunti Lot 77922 2 156 149 12
substation (with switches and
protections)
TOTAL 120866 115639 9307
Add
Contingencies 3.00% 3626 3469 279
Local Area Development 1299 1243 100
Pre- Project development ex- 1299 1243 100
penses (permits and authoriz-
ations)
GRAND TOTAL 127089 121592 9786
Profit margin 10% 12709 12159 979
139798 133752 10764
Price per MW in Million Rs. 67.27
20.2 LCOE
Based on the International Energy Agency definition of LCOE and with a 1,5% of the total installation
CAPEX as the OPEX and a loss of efficiency of the modules per year of 0,5%, the following results were
obtained for the LCOE; which are in line with the current tariffs for floating PV projects in India.

Figure 15: Variation of the LCOE with the discount factor.
Figure 15: Variation of the LCOE with the CAPEX considering 8% of discount factor.

20.3 Project level assumptions & financial viability analysis
Project level assumptions related to cost have been done on the basis of basic design
engineering. There can be some changes in project cost during EPC stage during detailed
design engineering and system optimization as EPC player deems fit. This section
provides the sources of the main assumptions taken for financial analysis.
20.3.1 Capital cost

The detailed break-up of hard cost of the project is provided in the section above. A summary of the total
project cost is provided below:
Capital Cost Components Unit Cost

SPV modules Rs Mn/MW 25.33
Floating structures for modules & inverters Rs Mn/MW 14.93
Balance of plant Rs Mn/MW 17.91
Total Hard Cost Rs Mn/MW 58.17
Preliminary expenses, contingency, local area development Rs Mn/MW 3.00
charges
Interest during construction (IDC) Rs Mn/MW 2.02
Financing charges Rs Mn/MW 0.24
Total Soft Cost Rs Mn/MW 5.25
Total Project Cost Rs Mn/MW 63.42
The hard cost of the FPV system comes out to be Rs 58.17 Mn/MW and the soft costs are Rs 5.25 Mn/MW for
a total project cost of Rs 63.42 Mn/MW. The project cost is assumed to be funded by a mix of debt and
equity with DER of 3:1.
20.3.2 Project and financial parameters

The key assumptions for project and financial parameters utilized for undertaking the financial feasibility of
the proposed project have been summarized in the table below.
Assumption Head Sub-Head Unit Value

Power generation capacity Project capacity MW 160
Generation Capacity utilization factor % 20.81%
Deration factor % 0.55%
Time-lines Life of the project Years 25
Construction period Months 12
Project cost Total project cost Rs Mn/MW 63.42
Total hard costs Rs Mn/MW 58.17
Total soft costs Rs Mn/MW 5.25
Financing assumptions Debt % 75%
Equity % 25%
Upfront equity % 25%
Rate of Interest on debt % 8.50%
Repayment period Years 18
Cost of equity and capital Return on equity % p.a 12%

Assumption Head Sub-Head Unit Value
WACC %
8.28%
Taxes and depreciation Income Tax %

17.16%
MAT Rate %
Nil
Depreciation Rate – Company’s %

3.80% (SLM)
Act
Depreciation Rate – IT Act %
15% (WDV)
Operation & Maintenance O&M charges (first year) Rs Mn/MW 0.65

O & M Expenses Escalation p.a. % 4%
Working Capital O&M Charges Months 1
Receivables Months 1
Interest on WC Loan % 9.50%
20.3.3 Profitability and financial feasibility analysis

On the basis of above-mentioned capital cost, project and financial parameters, the financial analysis has
been carried out to assess the financial feasibility of the proposed project. For a target Equity IRR of 12%, the
project tariff and other financial results derived are mentioned below.
Equity IRR Project IRR Tariff (INR/ kWh) Avg. DSCR Payback period
11.98% 9.70% 4.56 1.50 8.7 years
20.3.4 Sensitivity analysis of the proposed floating solar project

Sensitivities have been run on the proposed 160 MW floating solar PV project by changing project cost, CUF,
rate of interest and O&M expenses to determine the impact on the tariff, with the target equity IRR of 12%.
The following table shows the base case and the results of the sensitivity analysis:
Sensitivity Scenario Equity IRR Tariff (INR/kWh)

Base Case 12% 4.56
Increase in Project Cost by 5% 12% 4.76
Increase in Project Cost by 10% 12% 4.95
Increase in CUF to 23% 12% 4.13
Increase in ROI by 0.25% 12% 4.61
Increase in O&M Cost by 10% 12% 4.61
Increase in O&M Cost by 20% 12% 4.66

21 PLANT DESIGN CHECKLISTS
The following section provides a detailed checklist for the FPV plant design.
Floating and mounting structure checklist

Suitability for project site, size, and objectives
Suitability for local site condition with relevant factors properly surveyed
Supplier track record, bankability and financial strength
Proper scheme and method for deployment
Ease of O&M
Detailed part replacement procedure
Part warranty and durability
Designed against extreme weather conditions
Additional designs to improve wind and wave resistance if necessary
Relevant test results and certifications
Anchoring and mooring systems checklist

Proper method for anchoring selected based on water and soil condition together
with cost considerations
Compatibility with floating platform (expected drag forces, proper mooring
points, etc.)
Suitable for local water depth and water level variations
Long term reliability and durability
Designed against extreme events
Deployment method suitable for project site
Inspection and maintenance schedule, method, and associated cost
Key component selection checklist (including PV modules, inverters, transformers,

connectors)
Suppliers’ track record and experience in FPV
Customized design or advanced technology options if necessary
Compatibility with floating structures (weight, dimension, mounting method,
string cable length for connecting PV modules, etc.)
Product and power warranty for FPV application scenario
Additional test results or certifications if required
Proper IP protection for on water environment
Avoid mixing of brands and models for PV connectors
Enhanced safety features if required
Compatible with environmental requirements

General engineering design checklist
Proper tilt, orientation, and inter-row spacing in line with floating platform
design and location
Proper energy yield assessment taking into account local site conditions
Study of potential shading from far horizon and soiling from bird activities
Connection points need to be properly designed and be of good quality to survive
constant movement
Proper cable selection and cable management to avoid mechanical stress and
water/moisture exposure
Inverter properly sized to accommodate potential increase of string power
from enhanced cooling (slightly lower DC/AC ratio)
Proper location to place inverters and transformers (on float or land)
System design and construction plans compatible with environmental
requirements

22 BUSINESS MODEL
Two business models are proposed, all based in the private sector participation:
 floating PV plant developed on the basis of the single IPP plants, which could even be done as
captive plants also. All the costs would be under the responsibility of the developers as well as
the potential interest of an off taker, which could be in the state, outside the state or a
private(s) customer.
 floating PV park development with FPV plants being developed in the normal roll-out of PV
projects in solar parks as per the relevant Indian regulation 39. Not being the aim of this DPR to
detail the solar park scheme, the scheme could be used to avail up to 20 lakh/MW for the
external infrastructure of the solar park, while the rest could be charged from the IPPs as well
as the facilities for the assembly and O&M. Under the estimated cost of the project this could
mean 100 Cr of reduced cost, which is the cost of the grid connection part.
Under each scheme, the following is assumed:
 An IPP develops a floating PV plant on a reservoir and sells power to the discom or through
open access to a customer in the Indian grid (captive power). This requires for securing the
license to install the FPV plant in a water body, the development of the FPV plant, obtain the
connection to the grid, sign a PPA and apply for a license to generate solar power.
 The IPP develops a floating PV plant in a floating solar park. To be able to access the floating
park, the IPP would have to compete in tariffs to get in. The obligations in terms of licensing
would remain, but the PPA would be secured.
Table 1- Summary of the business models for the implementation of the project
Value proposition Stakeholders Revenue Model
Phase development IPP, state entities for Generated kWh or

of 40 MW multiples licenses, permits and electricity unit-based
per each phase authorizations, the payment regulated
Sell power through a off taker (entity who by a power purchase
PPA to the state signs the PPA), the agreement (PPA)
IPP mode discom, other state regulator, the with the selected off-
discom, national concerned grid taker and based on a
purchaser of power operator(s) water rights license.
(Eg. NVVN) or to a
private entity as a
captive plant
Solar Park scheme Phase development Solar power park Generated kWh or
of 40 MW multiples developer (SPPD), electricity unit-based
per each phase as the solar power payment regulated
39 https://mnre.gov.in/solar/schemes
Value proposition Stakeholders Revenue Model
solar park parcels for developer (SPD), by a power purchase

bidding. state entities for agreement (PPA)
Sell power through a licenses, permits and with the selected off-
PPA to Solar Energy authorizations, the taker and based on a
Corporation of India off taker (entity who water rights license
(SECI), to the state signs the PPA), the and other
discom, other state regulator, the agreements with the
discom, or to a concerned grid SPPD.
national purchaser of operator(s). The main difference
power (Eg. NVVN). The main difference to the IPP option is
to the IPP option, is that the agreements
that the SPD will and contracts are
enter the park signed with the SPPD,
through tariff bidding which has in turn
availing the rights to secured the
use the necessary rights for
infrastructures, which the floating solar
was put in place by park development,
the SPPD rather by including eventually
the SPD, as above. its infrastructures.

23 RISK ASSESSMENT
The following risk table was prepared
Table 1- Risk assessment for the Indravati FPV project
Risk Severity Likelihood Mitigation
Technical
Yield is lower than expected due to High High Keep the CAPEX as low as possible to avoid
water temperature lower productions than expected and utilize
floating structures as open as possible to
improve the natural convection.
The floating islands are too close to High Low The clearances considered seems sufficient,
each other but a larger footprint may be considered or
reduce the DC/AC ratio.
Logistics to access the water are not High Medium The peer concept to enable infra-structured
sufficient access to the water at all times during
construction and O&M seems sufficient, but
the peer may need to be larger, or more than
one peer may be required due to space
constraints. Several other sites for the
assembly points were assessed to allow that.
The pooling station is not big enough High Low The proposed power evacuation concept is
sound, but in alternative floating
transformer can be used to reduce the
number of cables and transformers at the
pooling station.
Alignment of the 132 kV line is not High Low The recommended alignment follows
technically viable existing infrastructures, which allow for
effective ROW, but in alternative other
routes more inland are possible and may be
explored if needed along the corridor to
Tentulikhunti substation.
Safety
Danger while working in the water High Medium When working near, in or on water, workers
reservoir. shall never work alone. Life vests shall be
always worn. In case of operations by divers
are expected, divers shall be properly trained
and certified professionals. Other personnel

who are trained swimmers should be

strategically positioned throughout the FPV
array. It is recommended to wear wetsuits
only when diving.
The risk of drowning and injury shall be
mitigated by sufficiently present supervision
by trained personnel, at least licensed for
first aid, mouth-to-mouth and
cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR).
Drowning risk due to material or High High Risk of crushing or drowning due to
equipment used (defective) boats or accidents shall be
mitigated by periodic controls of the status
of the boats after placing them into the
water. Boats shall be manoeuvred at safe
speed. Risk of injury due to sharp edges and
rough surfaces can be limited by having
adequate first aid equipment and first aid-
trained personnel shall be always present on-
site during work, in order to promptly react
to mitigate injuries due to sharp edges and
rough surfaces.
Lack of communication Medium High Communication systems within the floating

platform and from the floating platform to
shore (assembly point) shall always be
available.
Fire risk Medium Medium A fire risk assessment shall account for the
presence of flammable system components,
moving parts, varying mechanical loads and
changing weather conditions that affect
both the risk of fire and the effectivity of
extinguishing operations. Risk of fire caused
by electrical failures shall be inherently
minimized by complying to the electrical
requirements
Environmental
The FPV plants harm the ecosystem in High Low Indravati is a very large reservoir and we are
the reservoir using a very small portion of it, which is
unlikely to have such effects. However, more
spaced islands may be considered to

mitigate this problem.
Social
Local fishermen cooperatives have High Low It is unlikely that fishing will be impacted due
reduced income from fishing due to to the large area of Indravati. However,
the FPV opportunities to do O&M of the FPV plants
may supplement fishing activities. Possibility
to develop cages to trap the fish in case they
reside below the floating islands.
Financial
Cost of floating systems increases Medium Low Development of a local industry on floaters
may solve the price and also encourage
industry development
Cost of PV components increases due Medium low India has already a well-developed supply
to the international situation chain in India in the PV sector, which may
limit the impact of external shocks.
Regulation
Permits to use the reservoir are not High Medium Indravati is a restricted area and though
granted authorities have been open to the idea of
granting the development, this remains a
risk. This DPR and the workshop to present
the results and the inherent benefits is an
active mitigation to this issue.

24 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
A Preliminary Environmental and Social Assessment (PESA) Report was prepared to cover Potential
Environmental and Social impact envisaged to be associated with the development of proposed Floating
Solar Photovoltaic Plant at Hirakud Reservoir and associated facilities. The Preliminary Environmental
and Social Assessment has been undertaken with the following objectives:
 To ascertain the applicability of relevant national, state level legislations and IFC Performance
Standards from environmental and social safeguard point of view;
 To understand the existing/baseline environmental and social elements of the proposed project
site and project influence area;
 To map relevant stakeholders involved in the project and carryout primary consultation with
these identified stakeholders;
 To identify the environmental and social impacts that may result due to the proposed project
and propose measures to avoid, mitigate and reduce these impacts;
 To develop an environmental and social management guideline for implementation and
monitoring of proposed mitigation measures in difference stages of the project;
 To ensure the consideration of budgetary provisions for implementation of proposed mitigation
measures and continuous monitoring of environmental and social safeguard during project
implementation phase.
The following activities have been followed to undertake the preliminary environmental and social
assessment:
Desktop Research: Secondary literature review and review of project related documents/reports to
understand the project elements and current site condition;
Regulatory Review: Study of applicable regulatory norms pertaining to environmental and social
safeguard and establishment of regulatory framework;
Reconnaissance Survey: Preliminary survey by environmental and social specialists to record the
sensitivity of the site, to identify the hotspots (if any) and ground-truthing of secondary data obtained
through literature review;
Baseline Monitoring: To establish baseline condition site specific baseline environmental monitoring
(Ambient Air, Noise, Soil, Ground and Surface Water) has been carried out from suitable locations.
Stakeholders’ Consultation: To ensure inclusion of stakeholders in project planning stage, to make
the project more beneficial and to foresee significant consequence (if any) due to the proposed
project.
Collation and Analysis of Data: The data base generated from various primary and secondary source
has been compared and collated to establish the most authentic baseline scenario.
Assessment of potential Impact and Proposal for Mitigation: The impact due to the proposed
development has been assessed and suitable mitigation measures has been proposed to negate
adverse impact over environment to the maximum extent possible.
Annexure III contains the PESA report.

ANNEXURE I – LAYOUT AND SLD

Floating PV plant in Indravati, State of Odisha, India – Detailed Project Report
ANNEXURE 2 – PVSYST REPORTS
Page 182
Floating PV plant in Indravati, State of Odisha, India – Detailed Project Report
ANNEXURE 3 – ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL

PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
Page 183
This publication has been produced with the assistance of the European Union. The contents of this publication are the sole responsibility of the
author and can in no way be taken to reflect the views of the European Union or the EU Delegation. This publication has been prepared for general
guidance on matters of interest only and does not constitute professional advice. You should not act upon the information contained in this
publication without obtaining specific professional advice. No representation or warranty (express or implied) is given as to the accuracy or
completeness of the information contained in this publication, and, to the extent permitted by law, PwC, its members, employees and agents accept
no liability, and disclaim all responsibility, for the consequences of you or anyone else acting, or refraining to act, in reliance on the information
contained in this publication or for any decision based on it.
This publication contains certain examples extracted from third party documentation and so being out of context from the original third-party
documents; readers should bear this in mind when reading the publication. The copyright in such third-party material remains owned by the third
parties concerned, and PwC expresses its appreciation to these companies for having allowed it to include their information in this publication. For a
more comprehensive view on each company’s communication, please read the entire document from which the extracts have been taken. Please
note that the inclusion of a company in this publication does not imply any endorsement of that company by PwC nor any verification of the accuracy
of the information contained in any of the examples.
Version 7.2.14
PVsyst - Simulation report

Grid-Connected System
PVsyst TRIAL
Project: Indravati new
Variant: New simulation variant
No 3D scene defined, no shadings
System power: 188.0 MWp
Kinchamanda - India
PVsyst TRIAL
PVsyst TRIAL
PVsyst TRIAL Author

PVsyst V7.2.14
VC1, Simulation date:
12/05/22 17:40
with v7.2.14
Project summary
Geographical Site Situation Project settings
Kinchamanda Latitude 19.26 °N Albedo 0.20
India Longitude 82.84 °E
Altitude 631 m
PVsyst TRIAL
Time zone UTC+5.5
Meteo data
Kinchamanda
Meteonorm 8.0 (1996-2015), Sat=100% - Synthetic
System summary
Grid-Connected System No 3D scene defined, no shadings
Simulation for year no 1
PV Field Orientation Near Shadings User's needs

Fixed plane No Shadings Unlimited load (grid)
Tilt/Azimuth 5/0°
System information
PVsyst TRIAL
PV Array Inverters
Nb. of modules 341824 units Nb. of units 32 units
Pnom total 188.0 MWp Pnom total 160.0 MWac
Pnom ratio 1.175
Results summary
Produced Energy 291 GWh/year Specific production 1549 kWh/kWp/year Perf. Ratio PR 82.81 %
Table of contents
Project and results summary 2
General parameters, PV Array Characteristics, System losses 3
Main results 5
Loss diagram 6
PVsyst TRIAL
Special graphs 7
P50 - P90 evaluation 8
CO₂ Emission Balance 9
PVsyst TRIAL
12/05/22 PVsyst Evaluation mode Page 2/9
PVsyst V7.2.14
12/05/22 17:40
with v7.2.14
General parameters
Grid-Connected System No 3D scene defined, no shadings
PV Field Orientation
Orientation Sheds configuration Models used
PVsyst TRIAL
Fixed plane No 3D scene defined Transposition Perez
Tilt/Azimuth 5/0° Diffuse Perez, Meteonorm
Circumsolar separate
Horizon Near Shadings User's needs

Free Horizon No Shadings Unlimited load (grid)
PV Array Characteristics
PV module Inverter
Manufacturer Generic Manufacturer Generic
Model JAM72S30-550/MR Model Sinacon PV5000
(Custom parameters definition) (Original PVsyst database)
Unit Nom. Power 550 Wp Unit Nom. Power 5000 kWac
Number of PV modules 341824 units Number of inverters 32 units
PVsyst TRIAL
Nominal (STC) 188.0 MWp Total power 160000 kWac
Modules 12208 Strings x 28 In series Operating voltage 1006-1500 V
At operating cond. (50°C) Pnom ratio (DC:AC) 1.18
Pmpp 171.9 MWp
U mpp 1053 V
I mpp 163261 A
Total PV power Total inverter power

Nominal (STC) 188003 kWp Total power 160000 kWac
Total 341824 modules Number of inverters 32 units
Module area 883405 m² Pnom ratio 1.18
Cell area 813158 m²
Array losses
PVsyst TRIAL
Array Soiling Losses Thermal Loss factor DC wiring losses
Loss Fraction 3.0 % Module temperature according to irradiance Global array res. 0.11 mΩ
Uc (const) 50.0 W/m²K Loss Fraction 1.5 % at STC
Uv (wind) 0.0 W/m²K/m/s
Serie Diode Loss LID - Light Induced Degradation Module Quality Loss
Voltage drop 0.7 V Loss Fraction 2.0 % Loss Fraction -0.8 %
Loss Fraction 0.1 % at STC
Module mismatch losses Strings Mismatch loss Module average degradation

Loss Fraction 2.0 % at MPP Loss Fraction 0.1 % Year no 1
Loss factor 0.4 %/year
Mismatch due to degradation
Imp RMS dispersion 0.4 %/year
Vmp RMS dispersion 0.4 %/year
PVsyst TRIAL
IAM loss factor
Incidence effect (IAM): User defined profile
0°
1.000
30°
1.000
50°
1.000
60°
1.000
70°
1.000
75°
0.985
80°
0.943
85°
0.840
90°
0.000

PVsyst V7.2.14
12/05/22 17:40
with v7.2.14
System losses
Unavailability of the system Auxiliaries loss
Time fraction 2.0 % Proportionnal to Power 3.0 W/kW
7.3 days, 0.0 kW from Power thresh.
3 periods
PVsyst TRIAL
Inv. output line up to MV transfo
Inverter voltage
Loss Fraction
Inverter: Sinacon PV5000
Wire section (32 Inv.)
690 Vac tri
2.86 % at STC
Copper 32 x 3 x 4000 mm²

AC wiring losses
Average wires length 500 m
MV line up to Injection
MV Voltage 33 kV
Average each inverter
Wires Copper 3 x 300 mm²
Length 100 m
PVsyst TRIAL
AC losses in transformers
MV transfo
Grid voltage 33 kV
Operating losses at STC
Nominal power at STC 185271 kVA
Iron loss (24/24 Connexion) 23.16 kW/Inv.
Coils equivalent resistance 3 x 0.21 mΩ/inv.
PVsyst TRIAL
PVsyst TRIAL
PVsyst V7.2.14
12/05/22 17:40
with v7.2.14
Main results
System Production
Produced Energy 291 GWh/year Specific production 1549 kWh/kWp/year
Performance Ratio PR 82.81 %
PVsyst TRIAL
Normalized productions (per installed kWp) Performance Ratio PR
PVsyst TRIAL
January
GlobHor
kWh/m²
152.3
DiffHor
kWh/m²
39.89
Balances and main results
T_Amb
°C
19.81
GlobInc
kWh/m²
163.4
GlobEff
kWh/m²
158.2
EArray
GWh
27.68
E_Grid
GWh
24.52
PR
ratio
0.798
February 156.0 43.93 23.17 164.0 158.9 27.35 26.17 0.849
March 185.8 66.67 27.04 191.1 185.0 31.36 30.02 0.836
April 194.7 68.61 29.04 196.2 189.9 31.83 28.09 0.762
May 194.0 92.57 30.56 192.5 186.3 31.35 30.06 0.831
June 137.8 84.19 27.45 136.1 131.6 22.57 21.68 0.847
July 116.7 83.71 25.65 115.6 111.7 19.41 18.66 0.858
August 119.9 77.52 25.10 119.7 115.7 20.06 19.26 0.856
PVsyst TRIAL
September 140.8 69.49 25.35 142.8 138.1 23.80 22.82 0.850
October 145.1 65.42 24.84 150.4 145.5 25.14 21.43 0.758
November 140.4 47.99 21.62 149.2 144.5 25.17 24.12 0.860
December 139.1 43.03 19.38 150.0 145.2 25.49 24.45 0.867
Year 1822.6 783.01 24.92 1871.0 1810.8 311.19 291.29 0.828
Legends
GlobHor Global horizontal irradiation EArray Effective energy at the output of the array
DiffHor Horizontal diffuse irradiation E_Grid Energy injected into grid
T_Amb Ambient Temperature PR Performance Ratio
GlobInc Global incident in coll. plane
GlobEff Effective Global, corr. for IAM and shadings
PVsyst TRIAL
PVsyst V7.2.14
12/05/22 17:40
with v7.2.14
Loss diagram
1823 kWh/m² Global horizontal irradiation
+2.7% Global incident in coll. plane
PVsyst TRIAL
-0.23% IAM factor on global
-3.00% Soiling loss factor
1811 kWh/m² * 883405 m² coll. Effective irradiation on collectors
efficiency at STC = 21.33% PV conversion
341.3 GWh Array nominal energy (at STC effic.)

-0.23% Module Degradation Loss ( for year #1)
-0.02% PV loss due to irradiance level
-4.38% PV loss due to temperature
+0.75% Module quality loss
PVsyst TRIAL 311.4 GWh

-2.00%
-2.10%
-1.03%
-1.19%
LID - Light induced degradation
Mismatch loss, modules and strings
Ohmic wiring loss

Array virtual energy at MPP
Inverter Loss during operation (efficiency)
-0.06% Inverter Loss over nominal inv. power

0.00% Inverter Loss due to max. input current
0.00% Inverter Loss over nominal inv. voltage
0.00% Inverter Loss due to power threshold
0.00% Inverter Loss due to voltage threshold
PVsyst TRIAL
-0.01% Night consumption
307.5 GWh Available Energy at Inverter Output
-0.29% Auxiliaries (fans, other)
-1.55% AC ohmic loss
-1.08% Medium voltage transfo loss

-0.01% MV line ohmic loss
-2.42% System unavailability
291.3 GWh Energy injected into grid
PVsyst TRIAL
PVsyst V7.2.14
12/05/22 17:40
with v7.2.14
Special graphs
Daily Input/Output diagram
PVsyst TRIAL
PVsyst TRIAL
System Output Power Distribution
PVsyst TRIAL
PVsyst TRIAL
PVsyst V7.2.14
12/05/22 17:40
with v7.2.14
P50 - P90 evaluation

Meteo data Simulation and parameters uncertainties
Source Meteonorm 8.0 (1996-2015), Sat=100% PV module modelling/parameters 1.0 %
Kind Monthly averages Inverter efficiency uncertainty 0.5 %
Synthetic - Multi-year average Soiling and mismatch uncertainties 1.0 %
PVsyst TRIAL
Year-to-year variability(Variance) 0.5 % Degradation uncertainty 1.0 %
Specified Deviation
Climate change 0.0 %
Global variability (meteo + system) Annual production probability

Variability (Quadratic sum) 1.9 % Variability 5.4 GWh
P50 291.3 GWh
P75 287.6 GWh
P90 284.3 GWh
Probability distribution
PVsyst TRIAL
PVsyst TRIAL
PVsyst TRIAL
PVsyst V7.2.14
12/05/22 17:40
with v7.2.14
CO₂ Emission Balance

Total: 7053236.9 tCO₂
Generated emissions Saved CO₂ Emission vs. Time
Total: 43847.73 tCO₂
Source: Detailed calculation from table below:
PVsyst TRIAL
Replaced Emissions
Total: 8179517.7 tCO₂
System production: 291293.36 MWh/yr
Grid Lifecycle Emissions: 936 gCO₂/kWh
Source: IEA List
Country: India
Lifetime: 30 years
Annual degradation: 1.0 %
PVsyst TRIAL
Item
Modules
Supports
LCE
1713 kgCO2/kWp
6.24 kgCO2/kg
System Lifecycle Emissions Details
Quantity
24009 kWp
436520 kg
Subtotal
[kgCO₂]
41120009
2725247
Inverters 619 kgCO2/ 4.00 2474
PVsyst TRIAL
PVsyst TRIAL
GEDCOL/Odisha
This project is funded by

The European Union
Detailed Project Report

Preliminary Environmental and Social
Assessment Report: Indravati
Support to the India - EU Clean Energy and Climate Partnership (CECP)
Logo of SunBD
Disclaimer: This publication has been produced with the assistance of the European Union. The contents of this
publication are the sole responsibility of the authors (SunBD and PwC) and can in no way be taken to reflect the
views of the European Union or the EU Delegation.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION......................................................................................................................................2
1.1 An Overview.......................................................................................................................................2
1.2 Objective of the Study.......................................................................................................................2
1.3 Adopted Methodology......................................................................................................................2
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION..........................................................................................................................3
2.1 Assembly point...................................................................................................................................3
2.2 Pooling station...................................................................................................................................5
2.3 Grid substation and Transmission Line..............................................................................................5
3 LEGISLATIVE REGULATION AND POLICY CONSIDERATION.................................................................7
3.1 Legal Framework...............................................................................................................................7
3.2 Applicability of Performance Standards (PS)..................................................................................21
4 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL BASELINE CONDITIONS.....................................28
4.1 Introduction.....................................................................................................................................28
4.2 Location and Study Area..................................................................................................................28
4.3 Methodology for Assessment of Baseline Condition.....................................................................29
4.4 Physical Environment.......................................................................................................................30
4.4.1 Topography......................................................................................................................................30
4.4.2 Climatology.......................................................................................................................................31
4.4.3 Natural Hazards................................................................................................................................31
4.4.4 Land use............................................................................................................................................32
4.4.5 Drainage Pattern..............................................................................................................................33
4.4.6 Soil Characteristics...........................................................................................................................34
4.4.7 Ambient Air and Noise Quality........................................................................................................36
4.4.8 Surface Water Environment............................................................................................................37
4.4.9 Ground Water Resources................................................................................................................40
4.5 Biological Environment....................................................................................................................43
4.5.1 Protected Area under Wildlife Act, 1972/Ecologically Important Area...........................................43
4.5.2 Forest...............................................................................................................................................44
4.5.3 Habitat Types, Flora & Fauna..........................................................................................................46
4.6 Social Environment...........................................................................................................................51
4.6.1 Social baseline: District level overview............................................................................................52
4.6.2 Social baseline: Village/s in the Direct Impact Zone of the FSPV....................................................53
4.6.3 Scheduled Tribes in the project Area...............................................................................................57

4.6.4 Cultural heritage.................................................................................................................................2
5 STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION............................................................................................................3
5.1 Introduction.......................................................................................................................................3
5.2 Objective............................................................................................................................................3
5.3 Stakeholders Consulted During Site visit..........................................................................................3
6 ENVIRONMENTAL & SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT & MITIGATION MEASURES..............................6
6.1 Introduction.......................................................................................................................................6
6.2 Land use & Topography.....................................................................................................................6
6.2.1 Pre-Construction and Construction Phase........................................................................................6
6.3 Soil environment................................................................................................................................7
6.3.1 Pre-Construction and Construction Phase........................................................................................7
6.3.2 Operation Phase................................................................................................................................8
6.4 Impact due to Solid /Hazardous Waste Disposal..............................................................................8
6.5 Air Environment.................................................................................................................................9
6.5.1 Pre-construction and Construction phase........................................................................................9
6.5.2 Operation Phase...............................................................................................................................10
6.6 Noise Environment............................................................................................................................11
6.6.1 Preconstruction and Construction Phase.........................................................................................11
6.6.2 Operation Phase...............................................................................................................................12
6.7 Water Environment..........................................................................................................................12
6.7.1 Pre-Construction and Construction Phase.......................................................................................12
6.7.2 Operation Phase...............................................................................................................................14
6.8 Terrestrial Ecology............................................................................................................................15
6.8.1 Pre-Construction and Construction Phase.......................................................................................15
6.8.2 Operation Phase...............................................................................................................................16
6.9 Aquatic Ecology................................................................................................................................17
6.10 Occupational health and safety.......................................................................................................18
6.11 Land and asset.................................................................................................................................20
6.12 Livelihood and economy..................................................................................................................22
6.13 Indigenous people............................................................................................................................23
6.14 Community health and safety..........................................................................................................25
6.15 Culture and heritage:........................................................................................................................27
7 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT ACTION PLAN........................................................28
7.1 Institutional Arrangements.............................................................................................................28
7.2 Environmental and Social Management Action Plan......................................................................28

7.3 Environmental & Social Monitoring Plan.........................................................................................33
7.4 ESMP Review, Amendment, Reporting and Communication.........................................................35
7.5 Documentation & Record Keeping..................................................................................................35
7.6 Budgetary Provision for ESMP........................................................................................................36
8 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION...............................................................................................2
ANNEXURE.....................................................................................................................................................3
Annexure 1: Details of Baseline Monitoring..................................................................................................3
Annexure 2: Checklist for Flora & Fauna.......................................................................................................8
Annexure 3: Phytoplankton, Zooplankton and Benthos Recorded from various location of Indravati
Reservoir near Proposed Project Area........................................................................................................23
Annexure 4: Stakeholder Consultation.......................................................................................................28

LIST OF TABLES
Table 1: Analyzed Assembly Point Locations...................................................................................................4
Table 2: Applicability of Various E&S Regulations...........................................................................................7
Table 3: Administrative Jurisdiction of Proposed Project Location.............................................................29
Table 4: Monthly Arithmetic Average Rainfall statistics (in mm) for Kalahandi district..............................31
Table 5: Soil Quality of the Project Area........................................................................................................34
Table 6: Ambient Air Quality of the Project Area..........................................................................................36
Table 7: Ambient Noise Level of the Project Area.........................................................................................37
Table 8: Surface Water Quality of the Project Area......................................................................................38
Table 9: Ground Water Quality of the Project Area.....................................................................................41
Table 10: Forest Cover in Project Districts & Odisha State...........................................................................44
Table 11: Reserve Forest Area Crossed by the Proposed Transmission Line................................................45
Table 12: Fish Species found in Indravati Reservoir......................................................................................46
Table 13: Mammals Species Recorded from Project Area............................................................................47
Table 14: Commonly found Avifaunal Species in the Project Area...............................................................48
Table 15: Phytoplankton, Zooplankton and Benthos identified from Indravati Reservoir near the Project
Area............................................................................................................................................................50
Table 16: District demography.......................................................................................................................52
Table 17: Environmental and Social Management Action Plan (ESMAP).....................................................29
Table 18: Environmental & Social Monitoring Plan.......................................................................................33
Table 19: Budgetary Provision.......................................................................................................................36

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1: Proposed Assembly Point.................................................................................................................4
Figure 2: Proposed Pooling Station and FSPV Site..........................................................................................5
Figure 3: Indicative alignment of the transmission line..................................................................................6
Figure 4: Scheme of the proposed project.....................................................................................................6
Figure 5: Proposed Project Location.............................................................................................................28
Figure 6: Natural Hazard Maps of Project Districts.......................................................................................32
Figure 7: Land use Map of the Project Area..................................................................................................33
Figure 8: Drainage Map..................................................................................................................................33
Figure 9: Soil Map of Kalahandi District and Th Rampur Block, Kalahandi District......................................34
Figure 10: Wetland Map of Nabarangpur & Kalahandi District.....................................................................38
Figure 11: Ground Water Level in the Floating Solar PV Plan surrounding area............................................41
Figure 12: Protected Areas of Odisha showing Distance of Nearest Protected Area from Proposed Site. 44
Figure 13: Forest Map of Odisha....................................................................................................................45
Figure 14: Forest Land in the Project Area....................................................................................................46
Figure 15: Proposed Location for Pooling Station 1......................................................................................55
Figure 16: Proposed Location for Pooling Station 2......................................................................................56
Figure 17: Proposed Location for Assembly Point 1......................................................................................56
Figure 18: Institutional Arrangement for Safeguard Implementation.........................................................28

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
Acronym Full Form Acronym Full Form
AC Alternating Current ha hectares
ARD Animal Resources Development HHs Households
ASI Archaeological Survey of India HR Human Resource
BAP Biodiversity Action Plan IFC International Finance Corporation
BIS Bureau of Indian Standards IFCPS/IFC
IFC Performance Standards
Building Materials and Technology PS
BMTPC
Promotion Council ILO International Labour Organization
BOCW Building & Other Construction Workers IMD India Meteorological Department
CGWA Central Ground Water Authority IP Indigenous Peoples
CGWB Central Ground Water Board IPP Indigenous Peoples Plan
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board ISMW Inter-state Migrant Workers
CR Critically Endangered ITDA Integrate Tribal Development Agency
CTE Consent to Establish International Union for Conservation
IUCN
CTO Consent to Operate of Nature
dB(A) A-weighted decibels km kilometre
DG Diesel Generator kV kilo volts
DO Dissolved Oxygen m meter
DPR Detailed project Report mm millimeter
E&S Environmental and Social MoEF&CC Ministry of Environment, Forests and
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment /MoEFCC Climate Change
EN Endangered MW Megawatts
ESHS Environment Social Health Safety MWp Megawatts-peak
ESI Employees State Insurance NABL National Accreditation Board
Environmental and Social Impact NBWL National Board for Wildlife
ESIA NOC No Objection Certificate
Assessment
Environment and Social Management NPV Net Present Value
ESMAP
Action Plan NT Near Threatened
Environmental and Social Management O&M Operation and Maintenance
ESMP
Plan Odisha Coastal Zone Management
OCZMA
Environmental and Social Management Authority
ESMS
System OHS Occupational Health and Safety
ESZs/ESZ Ecological Sensitive Zones OPTCL Odisha Power Transmission company
FPIC Free, Prior and Informed Consent PAPs Project Affected People
FPV Floating Photovoltaics PCC Pollution Control Committee
FRA Forest Rights Act Preliminary Environmental and Social
PESA
FSI Forest Survey of India Assessment
FSPV Floating Solar Photovoltaics Petroleum and Explosives Safety
PESO
GBV Gender Based Violence Organisation
Green Energy Development PFCS Primary Fishermen Cooperative society
GEDCOL
Corporation of Odisha Ltd. PIC Project Implementation Consultant
GHG Green House Gas PIU Project Implementation Unit
GIIPs/GIIP Good International Industry Practice PPE Personal Protective Equipment
GoI Government of India PS Performance Standards
GoO Government of Odisha PT Pooling Station
GRM Grievance Redress Mechanism PUC Pollution Under Control

Acronym Full Form
PV Photovoltaics
PVTGs Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups
RAP Resettlement Action Plan
RF Reserved Forest
The Right to Fair Compensation and
RFCTLAR
Transparency in Land Acquisition,
R
Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act
SBWL State Board for Wildlife
SC Schedule Caste
Supervisory Control and Data
SCADA
Acquisition
State Environmental Impact
SEIAA
Assessment Authority
SPCB State Pollution Control Board
ST Schedule Tribes
United Nations Educational, Scientific
UNESCO
and Cultural Organization
VU Vulnerable
World Bank's Environmental Health
WB EHS
and Safety Guidelines
WL Wildlife

1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 An Overview
This report pertains to Preliminary Environmental and Social Assessment (PESA) for the proposed Floating
Solar Photovoltaic Plant at Indravati Reservoir and associated facilities proposed in Kalahandi and
Nabarangpur Districts of Odisha state.
1.2 Objective of the Study

The Preliminary Environmental and Social Assessment has been undertaken with the following objectives:
 To ascertain the applicability of relevant national, state level legislations and IFC Performance
Standards from environmental and social safeguard point of view;
 To understand the existing/baseline environmental and social elements of the proposed project site
and project influence area;
 To map relevant stakeholders involved in the project and carryout primary consultation with these
identified stakeholders;
 To identify the environmental and social impacts that may result due to the proposed project and
propose measures to avoid, mitigate and reduce these impacts;
 To outline an environmental and social management plan for implementation and monitoring of
proposed mitigation measures in difference stages of the project;
 To ensure the consideration of budgetary provisions for implementation of proposed mitigation
measures and continuous monitoring of environmental and social safeguard during project
implementation phase.
1.3 Adopted Methodology

Following activities have been followed to undertake the preliminary environmental and social assessment:
 Desktop Research: Secondary literature review and review of project related documents/reports to
understand the project elements and current site condition;
 Regulatory Review: Study of applicable regulatory norms pertaining to environmental and social
safeguard and establishment of regulatory framework;
 Reconnaissance Survey: Preliminary survey by environmental and social specialists to record the
sensitivity of the site, to identify the hotspots (if any) and ground-truthing of secondary data
obtained through literature review;
 Baseline Monitoring: To establish baseline condition site specific baseline environmental monitoring
(Ambient Air, Noise, Soil, Ground and Surface Water) has been carried out from suitable locations.

 Stakeholders’ Consultation: To ensure inclusion of stakeholders in project planning stage, to make
the project more beneficial and to foresee significant consequence (if any) due to the proposed
project.
 Collation and Analysis of Data: The data base generated from various primary and secondary source
has been compared and collated to establish the most authentic baseline scenario.
 Assessment of potential Impact and Proposal for Mitigation: The impact due to the proposed
development has been assessed and suitable mitigation measures has been proposed to negate
adverse impact over environment to the maximum extent possible.

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The floating PV plant is proposed on a body of water and the assembly as well as reception of the
equipment occurs onshore. The proposed project will have the following components-
• Assembly point: The access to the water is required not only for construction, but also for operation
and maintenance. Each island is assembled on land and then pushed into the water and tugged by
boat. Thus, a sufficiently large access to the water is required to reduce time and costs and also to
provide a secured water access point, which can be used to perform O&M activities. This aspect is
key for floating PV projects. For very large utility scale floating solar PV plants the option to have
inverters floating is the only feasible option. It was considered thus assembly areas with at least
300m to allow for 2 islands to be assembled in parallel. It was also envisaged that this assembly
point would have at least 2 hoists and slides into the water that will be moored,
• Pooling area: this point does not need to be the same as the assembly point but needs to be located
in the vicinity of the body of water to allow for the AC cables to be pooled in a switching gear and
stepped up to the adequate level of transmission to connect to the nearest grid substation. These
areas pose some challenges to be found near to the body of water as they need to be flat and dry all
year.
• Transmission line: transmission line is required to connect to the nearest grid substation
• Floating PV site: this site is selected near to the pooling area and not dependent on the assembly
point, as boats will tug the islands to the desired place. The biggest concern is to have contiguous
areas of water that will not get islanded during dry season, avoiding high depths and is possible not
far from the margins of the water body.
2.1 Assembly point

This area will serve as assembly region wherein the floaters and modules will be assembled and connected
together. Module to module cable connection will also be taken into consideration here. Each part of the
island of 6 MWp will require an area of approximately 266 x 68 m (~4,5 acres). Each island is assembled on
land and then pushed into the water and tugged by boat. Thus, a sufficiently large access to the water is
required to reduce time and costs and to provide a secured water access point, which can be used to
perform O&M activities. It was considered thus assembly areas with at least 150 m wide (to allow for two
islands in parallel to be assembled). Assembly point will have at least 3 hoists and slides into the water that
will be moored allowing for water levels to be managed throughout the year. Potentially a pontoon road
access will have to be constructed to take into consideration the water levels between dry and wet season.
There were 2 assembly points analyzed, which are included in the table below along with their coordinates.

Table 1: Analyzed Assembly Point Locations
Particulars Co-ordinates
Their locations are shown in the image below. The recommendation is for assembly point 2 as it is nearer to
the site (marked as proposed assembly below) and with a reasonable logistic access. However, the other
assembly points are validated technically and from the environmental and social perspective and may be
used.
Figure 1: Proposed Assembly Point
A peer type is planned to provide support the assembly area and to make it convenient to the operation and
maintenance of the FPV plants. It is provided below a drawing with the proposed infrastructure.

2.2 Pooling station
Pooling area will be utilized for development of the switchyard where all the transformers required for the
project will be placed. In this pooling area FPV plant control room will be developed for the SCADA and
storage of the spare components of the plant.
Pooling area includes:
• Control room
• 33/132 kV transformers.
Pooling area will require an area of about 1 – 2 hectares.
The location of the recommended pooling area is shown in the image below and is located at around 900 m
from the floating PV site.
Figure 2: Proposed Pooling Station and FSPV Site
2.3 Grid substation and Transmission Line

A meeting with Odisha Power Transmission company (OPTCL) was held to identify the existing substations
(132 kV and above) that could evacuate power from the Indravati site. After identification of the substations,

the Tentulikhunti 132kV substation has been selected as it is far 18.5 km from the site and has space for
expansion. The Tentulikhunti substation as well as the alignment of the transmission lines can be seen in the
following figure.
Figure 3: Indicative alignment of the transmission line
Figure 4: Scheme of the proposed project

3 LEGISLATIVE REGULATION AND POLICY CONSIDERATION
This chapter reviews the existing institutional and legislative set-up pertaining to the project at the National
and state levels. The chapter also elaborates on the various clearances and permissions required for the
project from Government of Odisha, Government of India as well as potential applicability of IFC
Performance Standards.
3.1 Legal Framework

The Governments of India & Government of Odisha have formulated a host policy guideline; acts and
regulations aiming at protection and enhancement of environmental resources, safeguard social and public
interests. The Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) is the apex administrative
body for (i) regulating and ensuring environmental protection; (ii) formulating the environmental policy
framework in the country; (iii) undertaking conservation & survey of flora, fauna, forests and wildlife; and
(iv) planning, promotion, co-ordination and overseeing the implementation of environmental and forestry
programmes.
The project relevant/applicable national legislation have been identified based on the secondary research
and interactions with the relevant government authorities and stakeholders. The following sections discuss
the various regulatory requirements associated with the project. However, the same needs to be re-
established by Project Proponent prior to implementation of project during detailed Environmental and
Social Impact Assessment.
Table 2: Applicability of Various E&S Regulations1
S. Law / Applicability Reason for Implementing /

Relevance
No Regulation / (Yes/No) Applicability/Non Responsible
Guidelines -Applicability Agency
1.
The The Environment Yes All environmental Ministry of
Environmental (Protection) Act is notifications, Environment
(Protection) Act. also called as the rules and Forest and
1986, and the ‘Umbrella Act’ with schedules are Climate Change
Environmental the objective of issued under the (MOEFCC),
(Protection) providing for ‘the act. State
Rules, 1987-2002 protection and Department of
(various improvement of the Environment &
amendments) environment’. Forest, Central
1 The applicability of various regulation needs to be reassessed prior to the commencement of the project and project
proponent need to secure required permits/clearances as applicable.
Relevance
Protection and
improvement of the
environment.
Establishes the
standards for emission
of noise in the Pollution
atmosphere. Control Board
(CPCB) and
It also set forth the State Pollution
provisions to Control Board
designate an area with (SPCB)
varying degrees of
protection such as
ecologically sensitive
zones/ eco-sensitive
zones.
2.
The EIA The EIA notification No The MoEFCC MoEFCC; State
Notification, 2006 and subsequent Office Environmental
2006 & amendments lists out Memorandum Impact
subsequent type of projects that dated; 13th May Assessment
amendments requires EIA and 2011 exempts Authority
Environmental solar power (SEIAA)
Clearance from project from
MoEF&CC or State EIA obtaining prior
Authority prior to Environmental
commencement of Clearance from
any developmental the regulatory
work or project authorities. But,
expansion. The under the
notification gives provision of
stage-wise guidance MoEF&CC office
for processing of memorandum
Environmental dated 30th June
Clearance. 2011, requisite
permission is
required to be

Relevance
obtained from
competent
authority for
water and land
usage.
Central and State With reference to

Pollution Control the CPCB
Board to establish / modified
The Water
enforce water quality Yes direction No. B-
(Prevention and
and effluent 29012/ESS(CPA)/2
Control of State Pollution
standards, monitor (CTE/CTO 015-16; dated
3. Pollution) Act, Control Board
water quality, not March 07, 2016
1974 & (SPCB)
prosecute offenders, required2 for
subsequent Solar power
and issue licenses for Solar Plant)
amendments project falls in
construction /
operation of certain White category
facilities. and it is
mentioned in the
notification that
there shall be no
Empowers SPCB to set
necessity of
The Air and monitor air quality
Yes obtaining the
(Prevention and standards and to
Consent to
Control of prosecute offenders
(CTE/CTO Operate’’ for
4. Pollution) Act. and issue licenses for SPCB
not White category
1981 & consent of operation
required3 for of industries. An
subsequent and establishment as
Solar Plant) intimation to
amendments per the provisions of
concerned SPCB /
act.
PCC shall suffice.
Guidelines/ The objective of these For use of ground Central Ground

Criteria for guidelines is to water during the Water
5. evaluation of “ensure sustainability Yes project Authority
proposals/reque of ground water both construction and (CGWA)/
sts for ground in terms of quantity & operation phase, Department of
water quality and also focus (if required). Water
2 Same may be applicable during Construction Phase

3 Same may be applicable during Construction Phase
Relevance
on land-based
management of
ground water
resources”.
abstraction
(With effect These guidelines Resources,
from 16.11.2015) specify the provisions Government of
& subsequent to be followed for Odisha (GoO)
amendments obtaining permission
towards abstraction
of ground water in
Notified/Non-Notified
areas.
Noise Pollution Construction

(Regulation and machineries and
Standards for noise
Control) Act, vehicles to
6. emission for various Yes SPCB
1990 & conform to the
land uses
subsequent standards for
amendments construction
Proposed TL is
passing through
Conservation and
the Reserved
Forest definition of forest
Forest (RF).
(Conservation) areas. Diversion of State Forest
Additionally,
7. Act, 1980 & forest land follows the Yes Department,
Revenue Forest
subsequent process as laid by the MoEFCC
land parcels are
amendments Forest conservation
also likely to be
Act.
diverted for the
project.

Relevance
Coastal MoEFCC/
Regulatory Zone The project area Odisha Coastal
Notification, Protect and manage doesn’t fall under Zone
8. No
2019 & coastal areas the designated Management
subsequent coastal zone Authority
amendments (OCZMA)
For the protection of

wetlands and
restriction of certain
activities within
wetlands, provides a
regulatory
Wetland
mechanism. Applies to Odisha Wetland
(Conservation
protected wetlands No acquisition of Authority /
and
notified under the wetland Central
9. Management) No
rules (which include envisaged for this Wetlands
Rules, 2010 &
Ramsar sites; project Regulatory
subsequent
wetlands in ESZs Authority
amendments
/United Nations
Educational, Scientific
and Cultural
Organization
(UNESCO) sites, high
altitudes, etc.).
10.
Notification of ESZs are of significant No The project area Forest
Eco Sensitive ecological importance, does not fall in Department,
Zones (ESZs) and to conserve and declared ESZ GoO and
protect the natural MoEFCC
resources and living
beings, several zones
are declared in the
country as eco
sensitive zones by
notifications.
Besides for specific

reasons, buffer areas

Relevance
around protected
areas (national park,
wildlife sanctuaries
etc.,) are also declared
as ESZ in this
notification.
Any project activity

located in ESZs will
require prior
permission from ESZ
monitoring
committee.
Indian Wildlife
(Protection) Act,
The National
1972 amended
No protected Board for
1993 and Rules Protection of wildlife
area, Eco Wildlife
1995; Wildlife in sanctuaries and
11. No sensitive zone of (NBWL), State
(Protection) National
protected area in Board for
Amendment Park/protected area.
the project area Wildlife
Act, 2002 &
(SBWL), Odisha
subsequent
amendments
12.
The Odisha This Act provides for Yes The project site Directorate of
Cooperative the registration, falls within the Fisheries, GoO
Societies Act, operation and Indravati dam
1962 management of co- reservoir, which
operative societies in is used by
The Odisha Orissa. fishermen under
cooperative registered PFCS
Societies Rules, The registration of (Khambeshwari)
1965 Primary Fishermen for their fishing
Cooperative society activities.
(PFCS) is done as per
the provisions of this These PFCS
act. which are
registered under

Relevance
this Act, pay

royalty (for
leasing per
hectare) to the
Fisheries and
ARD Department
and the Water
Resources
department.
Consultation will
have to be
conducted with
these bodies to
go ahead with
the project.
Tree felling The

permission removal/cutting
Forest
of trees may be
13. Preservation of trees Yes Department,
required for
GoO
establishment of
project.
Ancient
Monuments and
To protect and No notified Archaeological
Archaeological
conserve cultural and archaeological Survey of India,
14. sites & remain No
historical remains site in the vicinity State Dept. of
Act 1958 &
found. of project site Archaeology
subsequent
amendments
15.
The Motor Empowers State Yes All vehicles used State Motor
Vehicle Act. Transport Authority to for construction Vehicles
1988 & enforce standards for will need to Department
subsequent vehicular pollution. comply with the
amendments From August 1997 the provisions of this
"Pollution Under act.
Control Certificate is

Relevance
issued to reduce
vehicular emissions
Sets out the

The Explosives regulations as to Petroleum and
No new
Act (& Rules) regards the use of Explosives
quarrying
16. 1884 (1983) & explosives and No Safety
operation require
subsequent precautionary Organisation
blasting
amendments measures while (PESO)
blasting & quarrying
Public Liability
Protection to the
and Insurance Hazardous
general public from
17. Act,1991 & No materials not SPCB
accidents due to
subsequent likely to be used
hazardous materials
amendments
Protection to the
Hazardous and
general public against The hazardous
other Wastes Yes
improper handling waste generated
(Management &
and disposal of needs to be
Transboundary (Authorizati
18. hazardous wastes. disposed through SPCB
Movement) on under
authorized
Rules, 2016 & this act not
Authorization under vendor as per the
subsequent required)
the provisions of this CPCB guidelines
amendments
act.
Chemical
Accidents Handling of
(Emergency Protection against hazardous District & Local
Planning, chemical accident (flammable, toxic Crisis Group
19. Preparedness while handling any Yes and explosive) headed by the
and Response) hazardous chemicals chemicals during District
Rules, 1996 & resulting construction and Magistrate
subsequent operation
amendments

Relevance
Mines &Minerals No mining of

(Regulation & sand or
Permission of Mining
Development) aggregates. State
of aggregates and
20. Act, 1957 as No These materials Department of
sand from riverbed &
amended in 1972 shall be procured Mining
aggregates
& subsequent from approved
amendments agencies
Employing Labour /
workers
Employment of
The Building & The provisions in this labours
Other act are to ensure
Construction The provision of
safety, health and
Workers this act will be
welfare of Ministry of
(Regulation of applicable during
construction workers. Labour and
Employment & the construction
These acts specify the Employment
21. Conditions of Yes and operation
requirement of
Service) BOCW phase and are to
provisions such as District Labour
Act, 1996 & be followed by
wage payments, basic Commissioner
subsequent contractor &
sanitation, drinking
amendments developer of the
water, first aid,
project.
canteens and
temporary living
quarters within or
near the work site.
A rule to regulate the

Applicable during
employment and
Orissa Building construction
conditions of service
& Other work - Applicable
of building and other Labour and
Construction to any building or
construction workers Employment
22. Workers'(RE&CS Yes other
and to provide for Department,
) Rules 2002 & construction
their safety, health GoO
subsequent work employing
and welfare measures
amendments 10 or more
and for other matters
workers.
connected.

Relevance
This will be
applicable if
there is
requirement of
land acquisition
or for
compensation
towards
acquisition of
property/livelihoo
d loss for any of
Sets the procedure for the project
The Right to Fair components.
acquiring land and for
Compensation
the calculation and
and As per Section
disbursement of
Transparency in 41(3), in case of
compensation and
Land acquisition or
provides schedules for Government of
Acquisition, alternation of any
23. the proper Yes India (GoI) and
Rehabilitation land in Scheduled
resettlement and Govt. of Odisha
and Areas, the prior
rehabilitation
Resettlement Ac consent of the
requirements of such
t, 2013 & concerned Gram
displaced groups
subsequent Sabha or the
whose land has been
amendments Panchayats or
acquired.
the autonomous
District Councils,
at the
appropriate level
in Scheduled
Areas under the
Fifth Schedule to
the Constitution,
as the case may
be, shall be
4
obtained .
24.
The Scheduled The Act grants legal Yes The FSPV location Ministry of
Tribes and Other recognition to the falls within Tribal Affairs
Traditional rights of traditional Thuamul Rampur Tribal Welfare
Forest Dwellers forest dwelling block of the
4 https://pib.gov.in/Pressreleaseshare.aspx?PRID=1579747
Relevance
communities, partially Kalahandi Department

correcting the district. The
injustice caused by the entire of the Schedule Tribes
forest laws. Makes a block falls under (ST) and
beginning towards designated Schedule Caste
giving communities Schedule V area. (SC)
and the public a voice Development,
in forest and wildlife These Acts Minorities and
(Recognition of
conservation. prohibit the Backward
Forest Rights)
transfer of lands Classes Welfare
Act 2006 &
The definitions of that are accorded Department
Rules, 2008 and
forest dwelling to tribes under
Amendment Integrate Tribal
Schedule Tribes, FRA or the
Rules, 2012 & Development
forest land, forest transfer of lands
subsequent Agency (ITDA)
rights, forest villages, falling within
amendments
etc. have been Schedule V areas
included in Section 2 to non tribals and
of the Act. The Union private parties.
Ministry of Tribal That is, these
Affairs is the nodal lands are non-
agency for transferable and
implementation of the only inheritable.
Act.
The project
development will
25. need
Orissa The objective of this Yes
Scheduled Areas act is to control and concurrence
Transfer of check transfers of from village level
Immovable Immovable property administration
Property (by in the Scheduled (Gram
Scheduled Areas of the State of Sabha/Panchayat
Tribes) Orissa by Scheduled ) as they are
Regulation, 1956 Tribes. empowered to
(Regulation 2 of ensure the
1956) & decision taken in
subsequent Gram Sabha to
amendments regulate access
to community
forest resources
and stop any
activity which

Relevance
adversely affects
the wild animals,
forest and the
biodiversity are
complied with.
The act gives powers
to the Panchayats in
case there is any
grievance arises by
the project. There is Gram Sabha/
Provision for The proposed Panchayat/Loca
The Panchayati application of consent project falls l administration
26. Raj Act 1994 and from the respective Yes under (Tahasil
its amendments. panchayat village/panchayat Office/District
body/village jurisdiction. Administrative
administrative officer office)
etc., for project
development and
during the project
lifecycle
27.
Panchayats Under section 4(d) of Yes The proposed Gram Sabha/
(Extension to Panchayats (Extension project locations Panchayat/Loca
the Scheduled to the Scheduled have significant l administration
Areas) Act, 1996 Areas) Act, 1996. scheduled tribe (Tahasil
& subsequent "every Gram Sabha population. Office/District
amendments shall be competent to Administrative
safeguard and office)
preserve the
traditions and
customs of the
people, their cultural
identity, community
resources and the
customary mode of

Relevance
dispute resolution.
This act legally

recognizes the right of
tribal communities to
govern themselves
through their own
systems of self-
government and also
acknowledges their
traditional rights over
natural resources.
To be read in
conjunction with the
above S. No.23 – 26
acts.
The Act requires if The provision of

personal injury is this act will be
caused to a workman applicable during
Workmen’s
by accident arising out the construction
Compensation
of and in the course of and operation
Act, 1923 & Labour Welfare
28. his employment, his Yes phase and are to
Rules 1924 & Board, GoO
employer should be be followed by
subsequent
liable to pay contractor /
amendments
compensation in developer/projec
accordance with the t proponent of
provisions of this Act. the project.
29.
The Contract The Act provides for Yes Applicable to all Labour Welfare
Labour certain welfare construction Board, GoO
(Regulation and measures to be works.
Abolition) Rules, provided by the Chief Labour
1971 Contractor to contract The act Commissioner,
labour and in case the mandated the GoO
Contract Labour Contractor fails to requirement to
(Regulation and provide, the same are obtain a
Abolition), 1973 required to be Certificate of
Registration as

Relevance
provided by the
Principal Employer by
Law. The principal
employer is required
to take Certificate of
Registration and the
Contractor is required the principal
& subsequent to take a License from employer.
amendments the designated
Officer. The Act is
applicable to the
establishments or
Contractor of principal
employer if they
employ 20 or more
contract labour
30.
Minimum Wages This Act provide for Yes The provision of Labour Welfare
Act, 1948 fixing minimum rates this act will be Board, GoO
of wages in certain applicable during
& subsequent employments and the construction
amendments requires the employer and operation
to provide to every phase and are to
worker engaged in a be followed by
scheduled contractor &
employment to be developer of the
paid wages at a rate project.
not less than the
minimum rate of
wages fixed by such
notification for that
class of employees in
that employment
without any
deductions except as
may be authorized
within such time and
subject to such
conditions as may be

Relevance
prescribed.
The Act prohibits

employment of
The Child Labour
children in certain To prevent
(Prohibition and
occupation and employment of
Regulation) Act, Labour Welfare
31. processes. The Act Yes children during
1986 & Board, GoO
also specifies construction
subsequent
conditions of work for phase of project.
amendments
children, if permitted
to work.
32.
Inter-state The objective of the Yes The ISMW is Labour
Migrant act is to regulate the applicable if the Department,
Workers (ISMW) employment of inter- project deploys GoO
Act, 1979 & State migrant labours from
subsequent workmen and to outside of Odisha
amendments provide for their state during
conditions of service construction
and for matters phase.
connected therewith.
Every establishment
that is recruiting
interstate migrant
workmen will be
required to be
registered with
registering officers
and every contractor
who employ interstate
migrant workmen
need to obtain a
licence from the
specified authority
both of the State i.e.
home state (from
where belongs) and
the host state (where

Relevance
to be employed).
The ESI Act provides

for certain benefits to
employees in case of
sickness, maternity
ESI Act, 1948
and employment
(Employees Applicable during
injury. Ministry of
State Insurance the project
33. Yes Labour, Labour
Act, 1948) & construction and
Applicable to Department
subsequent operation stage.
employees with less
amendments
than or equal to a
maximum of basic
salary as per the
provisions in the act.
3.2 Applicability of Performance Standards (PS)

The International Finance Corporation (IFC) has laid down a set of eight Performance Standards (PS) to
provide guidance on identification of environmental and social (E&S) risks, impacts associated with the
project during the project planning stage and ensure the inclusion of specific design measures and
safeguard measures to avoid, mitigate, and manage the possible E&S risks/impacts.
To ensure that the project design and implementation take the IFC Performance Standards (IFCPS) (2012) as
a benchmark, the relevant performance standards that are potentially applicable for development of the
proposed project are discussed below:
Performance Safeguard
Objective Likely Applicability
Standard (PS) Documents/Compliances
PS 1: PS1 emphasizes on the The proposed FSPV project (a) Conducting environmental
Assessment importance of will have environmental and and social assessment
and managing social risks/impacts
Management environmental and associated with the project (b) Establish and maintain an
of social performance such as impact on livelihood ESMS. The ESMS should
Environmental throughout the life of of fishermen, noise include policy statement,
and Social a project. It also instils generation during identification of risks and
Risks and the need for a robust impacts, management and

mitigation programs,
organizational capacity and
competency, and emergency
construction activities etc. management plants and
ESMS establishment procedure.
Impacts
for the client. Thus, PS 1 is applicable to the
project. (c) E&S Audit/Due Diligence
Including development of
corrective action plan, costs,
and schedule.
(a) Labour assessment

(assessing the existing HR
PS2 recognizes the policies and grievance
necessity of protecting This PS is applicable for
mechanism for workers, their
fundamental rights of engaging direct workers,
adequacy in conjugation with
workers (safe and workers engaged through
labour Laws and PS; and
health working third parties, contracted
capacity assessment to
environment) and workers, as well as workers
implement it.
focuses on the aspects engaged by primary supplier
PS 2: Labour (supply chain workers.)
related to fair (b) Imparting documented
and Working
treatment, non- awareness to workers’
Conditions The proposed FSPV project
discrimination, and regarding legal rights (wages,
will involve employment of
equal opportunity of compensation, working hours
workers during construction
workers in compliance etc.).
and operation phase.
with the national
employment, national (c) Documentation and/or
Thus, PS 2 is applicable to the
labour laws and ILO contract describes the
project.
labour Conventions. employment relationship with
the workers (company or a
third party).
PS 3: PS3 outlines a project- This PS is applicable to (a) assessment of direct and

Resource level approach to projects resulting in indirect emissions and
Efficiency and avoid or minimize increased pollution levels and pollutants (air quality, waste
Pollution pollution from project requiring to avoid, minimize, generation and disposal,
Prevention activities by promoting or reduce adverse impacts on hazardous material use,
use of sustainable human health and pesticide use etc.) linked with
resources and environment by adopting the project during the design
reducing the project pollution preventive and phase.
related GHG emissions. control technologies

throughout the Project life

(b) monitoring of ambient
cycle.
environment, sensitive
During the construction receptor at the time of site
phase some level of pollution selection.
generation is envisaged such
(c) Emission monitoring in
as wastewater from
conjugation of national
construction/labor camps,
regulations and international
waste oil from machineries in
standards.
use, construction waste
generation etc. Further, in
(d) Evaluation and selection of
operation phase minor
financially feasible resource
amount of used transformer
efficiency and pollution
oil generation may require
prevention and
adequate disposal and
management. Disposal of control techniques for
Solar PVs will also have to be improving efficiency in
considered for their waste consumption of energy, water,
generating potential. as well as other resources and
material inputs during project
life cycle.
project.
PS 4: PS4 addresses the This PS addresses potential (a) Evaluate and assess the
Community client’s responsibility risks and impacts to the risks and impacts to the health
Health, Safety to avoid or minimize affected communities, and safety of the affected
and Security the risks and impacts properties, and structures communities during the
to community health, throughout the project life project life cycle.
safety, and security cycle.
that may arise from (b) Proposing mitigation
project related The proposed FSPV project measures in line with
activities, with requires transportation of preventive and control
particular attention to material to the assembly measures, GIIPs, WB EHS
vulnerable groups. points and also involves Guidelines and national
movement of construction regulatory norms.
machinery which may pose
safety and security risks to (c) Developing an Action Plan
the nearby residents/ for disclosure to project
communities. affected communities via
community consultations.
The project also envisages
labor influx during the

construction stages. The

existing area is inhabited by
Scheduled tribes (majorly)
and labor influx may have
adverse impacts on the
existing inhabitants, their
resources, surroundings,
health (STDs and
communicable diseases) and
could potentially have
gender concerns (regarding
safety and security of the
tribal women).
The issue related to glare or

reflection may result in
health issues to the
communities.

project.
PS 5: Land PS 5 emphasize on This Performance Standard (a) Analysis of project

Acquisition avoiding the applies to any physical and/or alternative at design stage to
and involuntary economic displacement avoid or minimize physical
Involuntary resettlement and including any impacts on and/or economic
Resettlement further stresses on land, assets, or access to displacement.
minimizing the impacts assets, land acquisition, land
on displaced persons use restriction due to project (b) Cost assessment for
and on host related activities. mitigation and compensation
communities receiving against the economic and
displaced persons by The proposed FSPV project is physical displacement in the
taking appropriate planned within the Indravati project design phase.
measures in case Reservoir of Odisha, which
belongs to the Government (c) Development of project
involuntary
authorities. The proposed specific resettlement action
resettlement is
project will not result in any plan and livelihood restoration
unavoidable.
land acquisition or plan as per the national law
resettlement, whereas an and PS 5 requirements.
impact on livelihood of local
(d) Consultation and
fishermen due to land use
Information disclosure
restriction during
construction and operation

phase of project and related
activities is anticipated. It is
uncertain whether the
project will require
acquisition of land for the
associated infrastructure –
(including entitlement matrix
pooling stations and
and disclosure eligibility) to
assembly points.
affected communities and
persons during project life
The construction of the
cycle.
assembly point and the
pooling station may have
(e) Monitoring and evaluation
some adverse impact on the
of compensation payments,
cultivation and farming
resettlement, and livelihood
activities being carried on the
restoration activities.
land parcels by the tribal
population residing in the
vicinity. This would hamper
their livelihood options.

project.
PS 6: PS 6 recognizes that The proposed project is (a) Development of mitigation

Biodiversity protecting and located away from any hierarchy and implementation
Conservation conserving protected (under wildlife strategy to minimize impacts
and biodiversity, protection Act, 1972). (identified in ESIA) and restore
Sustainable maintaining ecosystem However, the proposed biodiversity and ecosystem
Management services, and project may require diversion services.
of Living sustainably managing of forest land (including
Natural living natural resources reserve forest land). Some (b) Development of
Resources are fundamental to schedule 1 species are also Biodiversity Action Plan (BAP)
sustainable recorded in the project for projects located in critical
development. It surrounding area. habitat and high-risk projects
addresses how project in natural habitats.
authorities can Thus, applicability of PS 6
may get triggered. (c) In case of legally protected
sustainably manage
areas, development and/or
and mitigate impacts
Implementation of
on biodiversity and
management plans as per
ecosystem services
regulatory norms and in

consultation with affected

throughout the communities, indigenous
project’s lifecycle. people and other
stakeholders.
PS 7: PS7 recognizes that The Performance Standard is (a) Ensure the timely and
Indigenous Indigenous Peoples, as applicable to groups and/or equitable delivery of agreed
Peoples social groups with communities of Indigenous measures to the Affected
identities that are Peoples who, by virtue of Communities of Indigenous
distinct from their economic, social, and Peoples as per the mitigation
mainstream groups in legal status and/or their hierarchy in ESMS
national societies, are institutions, custom, culture
often among the most and/or language may be (b) Preparation of community
marginalized and characterized as distinct development plan with
vulnerable segments from mainstream society and separate components for
of the population. PS7 who may be disadvantaged Indigenous Peoples.
requires avoidance of in the development process
(c) Preparation of an
adverse impacts of as a result of their identity.
Indigenous Peoples Plan (IPP)
projects on Indigenous
The proposed FSPV is located outlining the actions to
Peoples, or when
adjacent to the villages of minimize and/or compensate
avoidance is not
Talnagi and Murka – falling for adverse impacts in a
possible, to minimize,
within the administrative culturally appropriate manner
mitigate and/or
jurisdiction of Thuamul and as per the requirements of
compensate for such
Rampur block of the IFC PS and national legal
impacts
Kalahandi district. This entire requirements.
block falls under Schedule V
(d) Ensuring participation of IP
area.
in consultation process,
The immediate vicinity of the information disclosure, and
project (Talnagi and Murka providing sufficient time for
villages) and the villages Indigenous People decision-
through which the making processes.
transmission line passes are
(e) Obtain the FPIC from the
predominantly tribal
affected communities of
(Schedule Tribes) in
indigenous peoples during
population.
project design, and
Any negative or positive implementation phase.
impact of the project will be
felt by these tribal
communities; thus, PS 7 is
applicable to the project.
PS8 recognizes the

importance of cultural
heritage for current
and future (a) Development of a chance
The requirements of this
generations. find procedure.
Performance Standard apply
Consistent with the to cultural heritage
Convention (b) Complying with applicable
regardless of whether or not
Concerning the law on the protection of
it has been legally protected
Protection of the cultural heritage and
or previously disturbed
World Cultural and convention
(except the cultural heritage
Natural Heritage, this of indigenous peoples). Concerning the Protection of
Performance Standard
PS 8: Cultural the World Cultural and Natural
aims to ensure that No archaeological site or site
Heritage Heritage and management of
clients protect cultural with culturally important falls
documentation.
heritage in the course in project footfall area.
of their project (c) Obtaining formal permits
activities. In addition, Thus, PS 8 is not applicable to
from regulatory authorities as
the requirements of the project.
per applicability.
this Performance
Standard on a project’s However, the project should
(d) Development of cultural
use of cultural heritage be having a chance find
heritage action plan (as per
are based in part on procedure.
applicability).
standards set by the
Convention on
Biological Diversity.

4 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL BASELINE
CONDITIONS
4.1 Introduction
This chapter describes the existing environmental and social settings of the project area and its immediate
surroundings. This includes physical environment (comprising air, water and noise components etc.),
biological environment and socio-economic environment.
4.2 Location and Study Area

The proposed project is located towards South-Western side of District Kalahandi and South-Eastern side of
District Nabarangpur in the state of Odisha. The proposed project area is located between 19.268346° N
82.854752° E and 19.291266° N 82.712664° E. The proposed project site can be accessed through Mukhiguda-
Khatiguda Road. Nearest census town from the proposed site is Khatiguda which is located in Nabarangpur
district. For carrying out preliminary environmental and social assessment, the area in surrounding of the
proposed site boundary has been considered as study area. District level secondary information was also
collected for various environmental and social components irrespective of any demarcated limit and primary
baseline information was collected by conducting stakeholder consultation with the concerned government
departments/local community as well as Environmental Monitoring. The study period was April/May-2022.

Figure 5: Proposed Project Location
Table 3: Administrative Jurisdiction of Proposed Project Location
Proposed Features Revenue Village/Settlement District

Floating Floating Solar Photovoltaic Plant Indravati Reservoir Near Kalahandi
Talnagi (Nagi)
Pooling Area Talnagi (Nagi) Kalahandi
Assembly Points Talnagi (Nagi) Kalahandi
Transmission Line Talnagi (Nagi) Kalahandi
Gaurdevpali Nabarangpur
Devpali
Barangipadar
Jhaliagurha
Khatigurha
Aunliguma
Phatagurha
Lambtagurha
Bhejugurha
Lokkhigurha
Kanhelimunda
Gaduagurha
Cheramula
Gaurgurha
Ichhapur
Udaypur
Pujarigurha
Source: Site Reconnaissance, Stakeholder Consultation, Survey of India Toposheet
4.3 Methodology for Assessment of Baseline Condition

The environmental and social baseline profile of the area is established using primary and secondary
research and analysis. The primary environmental monitoring is conducted to collect the information with
respect to attributes of the physical environment such as air quality, water quality, noise level and soil
quality of the project area. Whereas. The information on other physical components and natural hazards
such as floods, and earthquakes were collected from literature reviews and stakeholders’ consultations.
Further, the filed visit was carried out by the environmental and social specialist to understand the baseline
profile of the proposed site locations and ascertain the secondary data. The socioeconomic environment has
been studied through consultations with various stakeholders within the site, the socio-economic data of
the project area is obtained from the Census of India, 2011 report. The sources of various baseline
information are presented in below table:

S. No Component Source
Project proposal, details of proposed

1 Input from Design Team
development
Reconnaissance survey, Survey of India Toposheets,

2 Site features
Google Earth, IBAT
Climatic Condition & Meteorological

3 IMD, CGWB, Irrigation Dept., District website
data, Record of natural calamity
4 Seismicity, Soil and Topography Primary data collection, District Website
Bhuvan Portal, Reconnaissance survey, Survey of

5 Land Use / Land Cover
India Toposheets, Google Earth
Field observation, National Information Centre,

6 Drainage Pattern
Irrigation Department
7 Forest, Protected Areas, Ecology Department of Forest, Odisha
8 Air, Noise, Soil and Water Quality Onsite monitoring and analysis of field samples
Official websites maintained by state Govt., Census

9 Socioeconomic Environment of India 2011, stakeholder consultation, revenue
department
4.4 Physical Environment

This section of the report provides information pertaining to Physical Environmental conditions like
Topography, climatological conditions, natural hazards, land use, soil conditions, ambient environmental
quality, water resources.

4.4.1 Topography
The district Kalahandi comprises diverse landforms consisting of rugged hill ranges, plateaus, undulating
plains dotted with residual hills and mounds and fertile erosional plains and valleys. A gently undulating
terrain with a vast stretch of cultivable land characterizes the major parts west of Bhawanipatna in the
district. The elevation of the hills located in the southeastern and southern parts ranges from 953 to 1229 m
above mean sea level. In Arupani – Koksara – Junagarh tract the elevation of land surface varies from 220 m
to 325 m above MSL. In Bhawanipatna – Utkela – Kesinga tract the elevation of land surface ranges from 186
m to 350 m above MSL. In the undulating plains the general topographic slope is towards northeast. The
proposed project is located towards South-Western side of Kalahandi District where the elevation is ~700m
above mean sea level. Whereas, in case of Nabarangpur, the proposed project area lies in the plain of
Indravati basin.
4.4.2 Climatology
The climate of the Kalahandi District is of extreme type. It is dry except during monsoon. The maximum
temperature of the District is 45+ degree Celsius, whereas the minimum temperature recorded is 4 degree
Celsius. The District experiences the average annual rainfall as 1378.20 mm 5. The summer season extends
from March to middle of June followed by the rainy season from June to September. The winter season
extends from November till the end of February. Humidity is high during middle of June and it’s less in post-
monsoon period. The average relative humidity in the district varies from 27% to 80% throughout the year.
The mean monthly potential evapo-transpiration value ranges from 45mm in December to 470 mm in May.
Wind is generally light to moderate. During summer and Southwest monsoon months wind velocity
increases. The mean annual wind speed is 3.0 km/hr. record of Last 5 years rainfall furnished in the below
table.
Table 4: Monthly Arithmetic Average Rainfall statistics (in mm) for Kalahandi district 6
Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
2016 0 0.9 14 1 21.8 119.2 361.8 299 324.7 132 0 0
2017 0 0 22 2.1 21.2 191.4 466.7 349.6 184.3 119.6 1 0
2018 0 0 0 13.9 32.1 91.7 612.9 782.9 199.4 63.9 0 84.2
2019 1.1 6.5 9.7 7.2 28.4 129.5 372.4 589.6 274.2 99 4.3 0
2020 7.6 24.5 65.8 38 45.3 290.3 258.5 350.4 195.6 133.2 0.3 0
4.4.3 Natural Hazards
As per the district wise multi-hazard mapping done by Odisha State Disaster Management Authority
(OSDMA), proposed project area (in Nabarangpur and Kalahandi districts) fall under Wind and Cyclone
Moderate Damage Risk Zone B (39m/s). The project area falls under No Flood Zone. Further, the district falls
under Earthquake Low Damage Risk Zone II.
5 Kalahandi District Portal

6 Customized Rainfall Information System (CRIS) Hydromet Division India Meteorological Department, Ministry Of
Earth Sciences
Source: Odisha State Disaster Management Authority
Figure 6: Natural Hazard Maps of Project Districts
4.4.4 Land use7
The proposed Floating Solar Photovoltaic Plant is proposed on waterbody i.e. Indravati reservoir. The land
use type for the associated facilities like Pooling Station and Assembly Area is
Barren/unculturable/Wasteland, Scrubland in nature. However, in the proposed pooling station area some
agricultural activities (mainly monsoon dependent) are noticed. The proposed transmission line passes
through Barren/unculturable/Wasteland, Scrubland, Agriculture-Cropland, Rural Built-up areas. The line
crosses Reserve Forest at 2 locations.
7 Bhuvan-NRSC
Source: Bhuvan
Figure 7: Land use Map of the Project Area
4.4.5 Drainage Pattern
The Indravati River is the most important river system and source of water in the project area. The Indravati
emerges from the mountain range of Thuamul Rampur of the Kalahandi district. It consists of three
perennial water streams and flows down from north to south ward covering Kalahandi, Nabarangpur and
Chattishgarh and merges in the Godavari River. Due to the construction of Indravati Dam, the flow of water
quantity through the Indravati is substantially decreased 8.
Source: NIC
Figure 8: Drainage Map
8 District Disaster Management Plan, Nabarangpur, 2018

4.4.6 Soil Characteristics
Soil types of the Kalahandi district may be classified into 5 groups namely Inceptisols, Alfisols, Vertisols,
Histosols and Entisols. Inceptisols are the Red soils are the most predominant soil type in Kalahandi district
covering about 45 % of the total area. These soils occur in foothills terrain and as capping over the hillocks.
These soils are poor in nitrogen, phosphate, potassium and organic matters. These soils are light textured
and the pH ranges from 4.5 to 6.0. The soil type of proposed project area is of this kind.
Source: Department of Agriculture, Kalahandi

Figure 9: Soil Map of Kalahandi District and Th Rampur Block, Kalahandi District
Soil samples were collected by NABL accredited laboratory in the month of April/May-2022 to assess the
existing soil conditions of the project area. 4 soil samples were drawn from the project surrounding area
towards conducting the assessment of soil quality. The samples were collected from a depth of 6-12 inches.
The sealed samples were sent to laboratory for further analysis. The method of analysis and characteristic of
the soil samples collected from 4 different locations are furnished in Table below, whereas the sampling
location map and photographs are provided in Annexure 1.
Table 5: Soil Quality of the Project Area
Results
Location-3 Location-4
Sl. Location-1 Location-2
Parameter Method of Analysis (Paraja (Gaura
No. (Nagi): (Khatiguda):
Deopali): Deopali):
19°16'12.67"N, 19°14'15.86"N,
19°16'44.77"N, 19°15'56.95"N,
82°50'9.06"E 82°47'9.98"E
82°49'4.23"E 82°48'43.96"E
IS 2720 (Part 26):
1. pH at 25 °C 6.75 7.48 7.31 7.08
1987(RA 2011)
Electrical
IS 14767 :2000, RA
2. Conductivity, 3160 3040 4260 3340
2016
µS / cm at 25 °C
Moisture IS: 2720 (Part 2)
3. 1.1 3.4 2.8 3.1
Content, % 1973 RA 2015

Results
Location-3 Location-4
Sl. Location-1 Location-2
Parameter Method of Analysis (Paraja (Gaura
No. (Nagi): (Khatiguda):
Deopali): Deopali):
19°16'12.67"N, 19°14'15.86"N,
19°16'44.77"N, 19°15'56.95"N,
82°50'9.06"E 82°47'9.98"E
82°49'4.23"E 82°48'43.96"E
Texture SOP No. Silty Clay Loam Loam Silty Loam
a) Sand, % TPM/QLS/E/S/MA 10 20 30 10
4. b) Silt, % Soil & Plant 50 45 40 60
c) Clay, % Analysis, C.S.Piper 40 35 30 30
SOP No.
Potassium (as TPM/QLS/E/S/K
5. 107 152 168 134
K), mg/kg (Issue no.:01 &
date: 01.09.2015)
SOP No.
TPM/QLS/E/S/Na
based on Methods
Sodium (as of Soil Analysis
6. 98 128 117 92
Na), mg/kg (Soil Science
society for
America) Part II, pg
1033
Methods of Soil
Calcium as Ca Analysis (Soil
7. 1500 1500 1800 2100
in mg/kg Science society for
America) Part II
Methods of Soil
Magnesium (as Analysis (Soil
8. 300 60 400 500
Mg) in mg/kg Science society for
America) Part II
Water Holding Soil & Plant
9. 44 36 32 34
Capacity, % Analysis, C.S.Piper
Cation
IS 2720 (Part 24)
Exchange
10. 1976 Reaffirmed 54.2 50.7 51.2 53.8
Capacity,
2005
meq/100gm
SOP No.
TPM/QLS/E/S/SAR
Sodium based on
11. Adsorption DIAGONISIS AND 0.6 0.88 0.65 0.47
Ratio IMPROVEMENT OF
SALINE AND
ALKALINE SOIL
Soil Analysis (Soil
12. Porosity, % Science society for 18 24 28 12
America) Part I
Particle Size IS 2720 (Part 4)
13. Distribution in 1985 Reaffirmed 0.16 0.22 0.20 0.17
mm 2006
IS 2720 (Part-17):
Permeability in
14. 1986 (Reaffirmed- 0.11 0.17 0.15 0.14
cm/hour
2016)
Source: Primary Monitoring

4.4.7 Ambient Air and Noise Quality
The proposed FSPV site, ancillary facilities as well as Transmission line is proposed in very sparsely populated
area. No such industrial activity or pollution generating source identified from the project area. As per the
stakeholder consultation, the ambient air and noise quality is quite satisfactory. To assess Ambient Air
Quality and Nosie Level, primary study was also carried out. The details are provided in the subsequent
sections.
Ambient Air Quality
To assess Ambient air quality of the project area, baseline samples were collected by NABL accredited
laboratory in the month of April/May-2022 from 2 different locations of the project surrounding area. From
each location, 2 samples were drawn. Monitoring was conducted for the parameters like Particulate Matters
(PM10 & PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) and Carbon monoxide (CO). During the
sampling it was ensured that the equipment was placed at a height of at least 3 to 4m above the ground
level at each monitoring station, for negating the effects of windblown ground dust. The equipment was
placed at open space free from trees and vegetation which would otherwise act as a sink for pollutants
resulting in lower levels in monitoring results. The monitoring was carried out as per the latest CPCB and
MoEF&CC guidelines. The analysis technique adopted for the study of various parameters and results are
furnished in following table, whereas the sampling location map and photographs are provided in Annexure
1.
Table 6: Ambient Air Quality of the Project Area
Results
Location- Nagi (19° 16' Location-Khatiguda (19° 14'

8.3568" N,82° 50' 18.3258" N,82° 47' 24.7128"E)
20.1438"E) National
Ambient Air - Method of Test
Pollutants
quality Reference
Land-use: Residential Land-use: Residential Standard
Date:30/04 Date: Date: 30/04/22 Date 01/05/22

/22 to 01/05/22 to to 01/05/22 to 02/05/22
01/05/22 02/05/22
IS: 5182 (Part-23):

PM10 (µg/m3) 78 73 70 68 100
RA-2017
USEPA CFR-40,
PM2.5(µg/m3) 41 46 38 33 60 Part-50, Appendix-
L
IS: 5182 (Part-2)-

SO2 (µg/m3) 5.4 5.6 6.8 6.6 80
2001, RA-2017
IS: 5182 (Part- 6)-

NO2 (µg/m3) 26.2 27.1 24.6 25.3 80
2006, RA-2017
CO (µg /m3) 572 686 629 572 2000 IS: 5182 (Part-10):

Results
Location- Nagi (19° 16' Location-Khatiguda (19° 14'

8.3568" N,82° 50' 18.3258" N,82° 47' 24.7128"E)
20.1438"E) National
Ambient Air - Method of Test
Pollutants
quality Reference
Land-use: Residential Land-use: Residential Standard
Date:30/04 Date: Date: 30/04/22 Date 01/05/22

/22 to 01/05/22 to to 01/05/22 to 02/05/22
01/05/22 02/05/22
1999, RA-2014
The analysis results revealed that all the pollutant parameters measured were well below the national
Ambient Air Quality Standards as stipulated by CPCB for all the locations.
Ambient Noise Quality
To assess Ambient Nosie Level of the project area, baseline samples were collected by NABL accredited
laboratory in the month of April/May-2022 from 4 different locations of the project surrounding area.
Automatic sound level meter (SLM 100) was used for measuring the noise levels. The noise level was
recorded continuous for 24 hours at an interval of 1 hour. The monitoring results are furnished in following
table, whereas the sampling location map and photographs are provided in Annexure 1.
Table 7: Ambient Noise Level of the Project Area
Leq dB (A) Night-

Leq dB (A) Day Time
time
Date Location Land-use
Standar Standar
Results Results
d d
Nagi:
30.04.2022-
19° 16' 8.3568" N,82° 50' Residential 52.6 55 43.3 45
01.05.2022
20.1438"E
Near Khatiguda:
30.04.2022-
19° 14' 18.3258" N,82° 47' Residential 46.4 55 37.5 45
01.05.2022
24.7128"E
01.05.2022- Near Pajara Deopali:

Residential 57.4 55 49.4 45
02.05.2022 19°16'45.08"N, 82°49'4.31"E
01.05.2022- Near Gaura Deopali

Residential 53.2 55 43.5 45
02.05.2022 19°15'56.95"N, 82°48'43.96"E

The analysis results revealed that the noise level was well below the national Ambient Air Quality Standards
as stipulated by CPCB for all the locations.
4.4.8 Surface Water Environment
Indravati River and Indravati Reservoir are identified as key surface water resource from the project area. It
is expected that the water requirement during construction and operation phase shall be catered from
Indravati Reservoir. The Indravati dam and reservoir was developed in nineties on Indravati River and its
tributaries. Beside catering the requirement for Upper Indravati Hydroelectric Project, the reservoir is
currently being used as medium for transportation by the local populace of surrounding villages and as a
source of fishing activity to some moderate extent. However, fishing is restricted within monsoon period
only. The wetland map of Kalahandi and Nabarangpur district is provided below.
Source: National Wetland Atlas, Odisha

Figure 10: Wetland Map of Nabarangpur & Kalahandi District
4 samples were drawn from the Indravati Reservoir (from the closer proximity of proposed FSPV site) to
assess baseline Surface Water quality of the project area. The samples were collected by NABL accredited
laboratory in the month of April/May-2022. Water sampling was done by following standard CPCB guidelines
for physical, chemical and bacteriological parameters. Analysis of the surface water samples were carried
out as per established standard methods and procedures prescribed by CPCB, IS 3025 Codes and APHA 23rd
Edition, 2017. The analysed results are furnished in following table, whereas the sampling location map and
photographs are provided in Annexure 1.

Table 8: Surface Water Quality of the Project Area
Result
Location 1: Location 2: Location 3: Location 4: Class B
Sl. 19°16'1.81"N, 19°13'47.23"N, 19°16'39.30"N, 19°15'49.23"N, Standards: as
Parameters
No. 82°50'26.59"E 82°48'49.68"E 82°49'15.02"E 82°51'0.03"E per IS
Type: Indravati Type: Indravati Type: Indravati Type: Indravati 2296:1982
Reservoir Reservoir Reservoir Reservoir
Physicochemical Parameters
1. pH Value at 25°C 8.01 7.83 6.81 6.92 6.5-8.5
2. Temperature in °C 29.9 29.6 29.3 29.6 --
3. Turbidity in NTU 3.4 2.3 2.7 1.8 --

Total Dissolved
4. Solids (as TDS) in 302 158 80 64 --
mg/l
Electrical
5. Conductivity in 523 254 138 99 --
µS /cm at 25 0C
Chemical Oxygen
6. Demand (as COD) 12 8 10 6 --
mg/l
Biochemical
7. Oxygen Demand 4.4 <2 3.4 <2 3.0
(as BOD) mg/l
Calcium (as Ca) in
8. 31.1 10.4 8.6 12.1 --
mg/l
Calcium Hardness
9. 77.8 26 21.5 30.2 --
(as CaCO3) in mg/l
Chloride (as Cl) in
10. 92.3 46.2 55.4 36.9 --
mg/l
Copper (as Cu) in
11. <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 --
mg/l
Fluoride (as F) in
12. 0.29 0.36 0.21 0.18 1.5
mg/l
Sodium as Na in
13. 14.3 15.1 19.2 16.7 --
mg/l
Potassium as K in
14. 1.2 1.9 3.6 2.6 --
mg/l
15. Iron (as Fe) in mg/l 0.20 0.63 0.06 <0.05 --
Magnesium (as Mg)
16. 12.4 4.1 4.1 3.1 --
in mg/l
Magnesium
17. Hardness (as 51.8 17.1 17.1 12.9 --
CaCO3) in mg/l
Manganese (as Mn)
18. <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 --
in mg/l
Nitrate (as NO3) in
19. <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 --
mg/l
20. Salinity in ppt 0.2 0.1 <0.1 <0.1 --
Total Kjeldahl
21. Nitrogen (as NH3) <0.1 <0.1 0.27 0.3 --
in mg/l
Ammoniacal
22. nitrogen (as N) in <0.1 <0.1 0.15 0.16 --
mg/l
23. Total Phosphate (as <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 --
P) in mg/l
Sulphate (as SO4)
24. 28.7 10.1 6.8 6.2 --
in mg/l

Result
Location 1: Location 2: Location 3: Location 4: Class B
Sl. 19°16'1.81"N, 19°13'47.23"N, 19°16'39.30"N, 19°15'49.23"N, Standards: as
Parameters
No. 82°50'26.59"E 82°48'49.68"E 82°49'15.02"E 82°51'0.03"E per IS
Type: Indravati Type: Indravati Type: Indravati Type: Indravati 2296:1982
Reservoir Reservoir Reservoir Reservoir
Total Alkalinity (as
25. 188.6 115 27.6 32.2 --
CaCO3) in mg/l
Total Hardness (as
26. 129.6 43.2 38.9 43.2 --
CaCo3) in mg/l
Cadmium (as Cd) in
27. <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 --
mg/l
Cyanide (as Cn) in
28. <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05
mg/l
29. Lead (as Pb) in mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 --
Mercury (as Hg) in
30. <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 --
mg/l
Arsenic (as As) in
31. <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.2
mg/l
32. Zinc (as Zn) in mg/l <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 --
Total Chromium (as
33. <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 --
Cr) in mg/l
Nickel (as Ni) in
34. <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 --
mg/l
Dissolved Oxygen 5.0
35. 4.8 5.3 5.8 5.5
in mg/l (Minimum)
Sodium Absorption
36. 0.54 1.0 1.34 1.11 --
Ratio
Microbiological Parameters
Faecal Coliform
37. 12 9 4 2 ---
MPN/100ml
Total Coliform
38. Bacteria 40 34 17 12 500
MPN/100ml
The analysed results were compared with Class B Standards: as per IS 2296:1982 i.e., Outdoor bathing. Most
of the parameters are found well within the standard. However, it was noticed that DO value is marginally
low at Location 1 and BOD is higher than stipulated standard in Location 1 and 3.
4.4.9 Ground Water Resources9
As per CGWB report The Annual replenishable ground water resources in the district are computed as
74911 Ham, out of which the existing Ground Water Draft for irrigation is 9618 Ham. The ground water
draft for irrigation is through dug wells and tube wells. A large number of hand pumps fitted bore wells
and tube wells also cater to the rural and urban water supply needs. So far ground water development
in the district has been meager, and all the blocks fall under the safe category. The stage of ground
water development varies from 9.53 % (Th. Rampur) to 29.64% (Narla). The overall Stage of
Groundwater development of the district is 18.49 %. The proposed FSPV Plant and ancillary facilities are
located in Th. Rampur block. As per CGWB report, the water level in the district remains within 2-4mbgl
in pre-monsoon and 0-2mbgl in post-monsoon. Nabarangpur District is also does not have any Over
Exploited/Critical/Notified block
9 Source: District Groundwater Brochure, CGWB, Kalahandi, 2013

Source: CGWB
Figure 11: Ground Water Level in the Floating Solar PV Plan surrounding area
4 ground water samples were drawn from the vicinity of proposed project area to assess baseline Ground
Water quality of the area. The samples were collected by NABL accredited laboratory in the month of
April/May-2022. Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples collected for
metal content were acidified with 1 ml HNO3. Parameters like dissolved oxygen (DO) and pH were analysed
at the time of sample collection. The basic precautions were taken care to avoid any contamination during
the sampling. Analyses of the water samples were carried out as per established standard methods and
procedures prescribed by CPCB, IS 3025 Codes and APHA 23rd edition, 2017. The analysed results are
furnished in following table, whereas the sampling location map and photographs are provided in Annexure
1.
Table 9: Ground Water Quality of the Project Area
Result IS 10500:2012
Location: Location: Paraja Location: Guru
Location: Nagi;
Khatiguda; Deopali; Deopali;
Sl. 19°16'12.67"N,
Parameters 19°14'15.85"N, 19°16'45.08"N, 19°15'56.95"N, Desirable Permissible
No. 82°50'9.06"E
82°47'10.00"E 82°49'4.31"E 82°48'43.96"E Limit Limit
Type: Type: Type: Type:
Handpump Handpump Handpump Handpump
Physicochemical Parameters
pH Value at No
1. 7.06 7.78 7.20 6.87 6.5-8.5
25C Relaxation
2. Temperature 27.3 28.2 27.8 28.1 --- ---
Turbidity in
3. <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1 5
NTU
Electrical
Conductivity
4. 151 382 279 346 --- ---
in µS /cm at 25
0
C
5. Total 86 228 170 208 500 2000

Location: Nagi;
Sl. 19°16'12.67"N,
No. 82°50'9.06"E
82°47'10.00"E 82°49'4.31"E 82°48'43.96"E Limit Limit
Dissolved
Solids (as TDS)
in mg/l
Total Alkalinity 46 174.8 50.6 59.8 200 600
6. (as CaCO3) in
mg/l
Total 47.5 155.5 51.8 69.1 200 600
7. Hardness (as
CaCO3) in mg/l
Calcium 30.2 95.0 30.2 38.9 --- ---
8. Hardness (as
Ca) in mg/l
Chloride (as
9. 27.7 36.9 73.8 101.5 250 1000
Cl) in mg/l
Magnesium 17.3 60.5 21.6 30.2 --- ---
10. Hardness (as
Mg) in mg/l
Nitrate (as No
11. <0.5 0.19 <0.5 <0.5 45
NO3) in mg/l Relaxation
Sodium (as
12. 8.4 32.6 34.6 37.3 --- ---
Na) in mg/l
Potassium (as
13. 1.2 3.7 4.1 4.8 --- ---
K) in mg/l
Calcium (as
14. 12.1 38.0 12.1 15.5 75 200
Ca) in mg/l
Magnesium 4.2 14.5 5.2 7.2 30 100
15. (as Mg) in
mg/l
16. Salinity in ppt <0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 --- ---
Total Kjeldahl <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 --- ---
17. Nitrogen (as
N) in mg/l
Ammoniacal <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 --- ---
18. Nitrogen in
mg/l
19. SAR 0.53 1.14 2.08 1.95 --- ---
Sulphate (as
20. 2.3 <1 2.2 2.4 200 400
SO4) in mg/l
Total
Phosphorous
21. <0.15 <0.15 <0.15 <0.15 --- ---
(as PO4) in
mg/l
Fluoride (as F)
22. <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 1.0 1.5
mg/l
Chemical
Oxygen
23. <4 <4 <4 <4 --- ---
Demand (as
COD) mg/l
Biochemical
Oxygen
24. <2 <2 <2 <2 --- ---
Demand (as
BOD) mg/l
Dissolved 5.4 4.9 5.1 5.2 --- ---
25. Oxygen (as
DO) mg/l

Location: Nagi;
Sl. 19°16'12.67"N,
No. 82°50'9.06"E
82°47'10.00"E 82°49'4.31"E 82°48'43.96"E Limit Limit
Cadmium (as No
26. <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 0.003
Cd) in mg/l Relaxation
Lead (as Pb) in No
27. <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01
mg/l Relaxation
Mercury (as No
28. <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001
Hg) in mg/l Relaxation
Total Arsenic No
29. <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01
(as As) in mg/l Relaxation
Total
No
30. Chromium (as <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05
Relaxation
Cr) in mg/l
Cyanide (as No
31. <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05
CN) in mg/l Relaxation
Zinc (as Zn) in
32. <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 5 15
mg/l
Iron (as Fe) in No
33. 0.84 0.53 0.29 0.32 1.0
mg/l Relaxation
Copper (as Cu)
34. <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05 1.5
in mg/l
Nickel (as Ni) No
35. <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.02
in mg/l Relaxation
Microbiological Parameters
Fecal Coliform
36. Bacteria Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected -- --
/100ml
Total Coliform Not Not
37. Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected
Bacteria/100ml Detectable Detectable
The analysed results were compared with IS 10500:2012 i.e., National Drinking Quality Standard. All the
parameters tested are found well within the desirable limit of IS 10500:2012.
4.5 Biological Environment
4.5.1 Protected Area under Wildlife Act, 1972/Ecologically Important Area
There is no protected (under Wildlife Act. 1972) area located in the vicinity of proposed FSPV site and
ancillary facilities. Karlapat Wildlife Sanctuary, the nearest Protected Area from the proposed project area is
located at about 42 Km distance towards North-Eastern direction. The Index Map for Protected Areas of
Odisha State and nearest protected area from proposed site is presented in below figure.

Source: Wildlife Institute of India &Stakeholder Consultation
Figure 12: Protected Areas of Odisha showing Distance of Nearest Protected Area from Proposed Site
4.5.2 Forest
According to State of Forest Report, 2021 by FSI the forest cover in Odisha state is 52155.95 km 2 constituting
33.50% of its total geographical area. Below table and figure presents the comparative details of forest cover
of project districts and Odisha State and forest map of state respectively.
Table 10: Forest Cover in Project Districts & Odisha State
District/ Area in sqm

State
Geographical Area Very Dense Mod. Dense Open Total % of
(GA) Forest Forest Forest GA
Kalahandi 7920 358.88 732.04 1348.04 2438.96 30.79
Nabarangpur 5219 172.35 445.85 540.52 1158.72 21.90
Odisha 155707 7212.80 20994.90 23948.25 52155.9 33.50

5
Source: FSI, State of Forest Report, 2021

Figure 13: Forest Map of Odisha
Source: FSI, State of Forest Report, 2021
The proposed project site is falling within the administrative jurisdiction of South Kalahandi and
Nabarangpur Forest Division. Proposed alignment of Transmission Line is crossing Reserve Forest (RF)
Patches in the following locations.
Table 11: Reserve Forest Area Crossed by the Proposed Transmission Line
Forest Division Coordinates-From Coordinates-To

Name of Reserve Forest
(Tentative) (Tentative)
Devpali (Gaurdevpali) Nabarangpur 19.275689°N 19.268202°N
Reserve Forest 82.823042°N 82.814443°E
Devpali Reserve Forest Nabarangpur 19.266680° 19.255566°
82.811688° 82.800547°
Source: SoI Toposheet, Consultation with Forest Department; Site Visit
Addition to the abovementioned RF patches, as informed by concerned stakeholders the proposed project
(including FSPV site ancillary facility and Transmission Line), is located on revenue forest patches at multiple
locations. Pertinent to state that, the acquisition of such revenue forest patch will also be attracting Forest
Clearance.

Source: DPR; SoI Toposheet; Site Visit
Figure 14: Forest Land in the Project Area
4.5.3 Habitat Types, Flora & Fauna
The proposed project site is in Indravati Reservoir, a lentic aquatic ecosystem as well as in the areas having
terrestrial ecosystem like Reserve Forest, open mixed jungle, open scrub jungle, agricultural field,
plantation, orchards, minor settlements.
As stated by concerned forest department, general characteristics of vegetation in the project area region is
tropophilous i.e. the forest mostly belongs to tropical both dry and moist types. It ranges from tropical
evergreen forest to dry deciduous scrubs. There is no rain forest. The predominant tree species of the forest
areas in the project area region are Shorea robusta (Sal). The summer makes the forest leaf less, but the
greenery is restored in the monsoon. The other tree species found in the area are planted Teak (Tectona
grandis), Bija (Pterocarpus marsupium), Sahaja (Terminalia tomentosa), Dhaura (Annogeissus latifolia), Arjuna
(Terminalia arjuna), Salai (Boswellia serrata), Moi (Lannea coromandelica), Mahula (Madhuca latifolia), Kendu
(Diospyros melanoxylon), Chara (Buchanania lanzan), Karda (Clestanthus collinus), Bhalia (Semicarpus
anacardium), Kasi (Bridelia retusa) etc.
The list of key fish species reported from Indravati Reservoir are furnished below
Table 12: Fish Species found in Indravati Reservoir
Sl. Species Scientific Name Common Name
1. Catla catla Katla

2. Labeo rohita Rohu
3. Cirrhinus mrigala Mrigal

Sl. Species Scientific Name Common Name
4. Labeo calbasu Kalabenise

5. Cyprinus carpio Common Carp
6. Hypophthalmichthys molitrix Silver Carp
7. Ctenopharyngodon idella Grass Crap
8. Labeo bata Bata
9. Puntius sarana Sarputi
10. Puntius gonionotus Java barb
11. Cirrhinus cirrhosa white carp
12. Ompak species Pabda
13. Chitala Chital
14. Anabas testudineus Kou
15. Wallago attu Boallee
16. Pangasius species Pangas
17. Mystus Species Tengra
Source: Consultation with Fishery Department & Community Consultation
Other than domesticated mammals, the key species recorded from the project area are listed below
Table 13: Mammals Species Recorded from Project Area
S. No Scientific Name Local Name Common Name

1. Manis crassicaudata Bajrakapta Pangolin
2. Melursus ursinus Bhalu Sloth bear
3. Felis bengalensis Cheetah Biradi Leopard cat
4. Panthera pardus Karlapatria Leopard
5. Mellivora capensis Gada Bhalu Ratel/Honey Badger
6. Tetracerus quadricornis Bhutel Kutra Chousingha
7. Moschiola meminna Kebada Mouse deer
8. Felis chaus affinus Bana Biradi Jungle cat
9. Canis aures Bilua Jackal
10. Macaca mulatta Mankad (Pati) Rhesus macaque
11. Semnopithecus entellus Mankada (Hanu) Monkey/Langur
12. Herpestes smithy Sap Katra Musa Ruddy mongoose
13. Herpestes edwardsi Neula (Harla) Grey Mangoose
14. Viverricula indica Saliapatani Small India civet
15. Paradoxurus hermophroditus Patani Musa Palm civet

S. No Scientific Name Local Name Common Name
16. Sus scrofa cristatus Barha Wild pig
17. Axis Chital (Harin) Spotted deer
18. Funambulus palmarum Gunduchi Musa 3 Striped palm squirrel
19. Funambulus pennant Viverricula indica 5 Striped palm squirrel
20. Muntiacus muntijak Kutura Barking deer
21. Hyaena Heta Bagha Striped Haeyna
22. Hystrix indica Jhinka Porcupine
23. Lepus nigricollis Kharia (Thekua) Hare
24. Vulpes bengalensis Kokisiali Fox
Source: Consultation with Forest Department & Community Consultation
Commonly found avifaunal species of the project area are
Table 14: Commonly found Avifaunal Species in the Project Area
S. No Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status

1. Ocyceros birostris Indian gray hornbill Endemic/ fairly common LC
2. Chrysocolaptes lucidus Greater flame back Resident / Fairly Common
3. Dinopium benghalensis Black rumped flameback back Near endemic/ Common
4. Megalaima haemocephala Coppersmith barbet Resident / abundant
5. Upupa epops Common Whoopee Resident / common
6. Coracias bengalensis Indian roller Resident / common
7. Alcedo atthis Common kingfisher Resident / abundant
8. Halcyon smynensis White throated kingfisher Resident / abundant
9. Merops orientalis Green bee eater Resident / abundant
10. Eudynamys scolopacea Asian koel Resident / abundant
11. Centropus sinensis Greater coucal Resident / abundan
12. Psittacula euptria Alexandrine parakeet Resident / fairly common
13. Psittacula krameri Rose ringed parakeet Resident / abundant
14. Apus affinis House swift Resident / abundant
15. Tyto alba Barn owl Resident / fairly common
16. Athene brama Spotted owlet Resident / abundant
17. Caprimulgus asiaticus Indian Nightjar Resident / abundant
18. Columba livia Rock pigeon Resident / abundant
19. Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove Resident / abundant
20. Streptopelia decaocta Eurasian collared Resident / abundant

dove

S. No Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status
21. Amaurornis phoenicurus White breasted water hen Resident / abundant
22. Vanellus indicus Red wattle lapwing Resident / abundant
23. Elanus caerulens Black shouldered kite Resident / common
24. Milvus migrans Black kite Resident / abundant
25. Accipiter badius Shikra Resident / common
26. Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant Resident / common
27. Egretta garzetta Little egret Resident / common
28. Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret Resident / abundant
29. Ardeola grayii Indian pond heron Resident / abundant
30. Dendrocitta vagabunda Rufus tree pie Resident / common
31. Corvus splendens House crow Resident / abundant
32. Corvus macrorhyncos Large billed crow Resident / common
33. Oriolus Eurasian golden oriole Resident / common
34. Dicrurus macrocercus Black drongo Resident / abundant
35. Copsychus saularis Oriental magpie robin Resident / abundant
36. Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy starling Resident / fairly common
37. Strurnus contra Asian pied starling Resident / common
38. Acridotheres tristis Common mynah Resident / abundant
39. Pycnonotus cafer Red vented bulbul Resident / abundant
40. Orthotomus sutorius Common tailor bird Resident / abundant
41. Passer domesticus House sparrow Resident / abundant
42. Ploceus philippinus Baya weaver Resident / common

Source: Consultation with Forest Department & Community Consultation
The detailed checklist of flora and fauna recorded by Kalahandi South Forest Department is furnished in
Annexure – 2.
Phytoplankton, Zooplankton and Benthos: Indravati Reservoir
To understand species richness, the Phytoplankton, Zooplankton and Benthos Samples were drawn from 4
different locations of Indravati Reservoir. The analysed results are furnished in following table, whereas the
sampling locations and location wise findings are provided in Annexure 1.

Table 15: Phytoplankton, Zooplankton and Benthos identified from Indravati Reservoir near the Project
Area
Sl. No. Community Species
Phyto Plankton
Euglena sp.
Cladophora sp.
Chlorella sp.
1. Chlorophyta Spirogyra sp.
Spirulina sp.
Ulothrix sp.
Closterium sp.
Navicula sp.
2. Bacillariophyta
Pinnularia sp.
Anbaena sp.
Oscilatoria sp.
3. Cyanophyta
Nostoc sp.
Microcystis sp.
Zoo Plankton
Amoeba sp.
Euglypha sp.
Arcella sp.
1. Protozoa
Paramoecium sp.
Opercularia sp.
Metopus sp.
Polyarthra sp.
2. Rotifera Trichocera sp.
Monostyla sp.
Moina sp.
Ceriodaphnia sp.
3. Cladocera
Bosmina sp.
Daphnia sp.
Cyclops sp.
4. Copepoda Nauplii sp.
Mesocyclops sp.
Benthos
Polydora sp.
1. Annelida Hirudo sp.
Nereis sp.
Amphibalanus sp.
Amphiops sp.
Ranatra sp.
2. Arthropoda Squilla sp.
Panulirus sp.
Panopeus sp.
Charybdis sp.
Mollusca Corbicula sp.
3. Umbonium sp.
Natica sp.

Sl. No. Community Species
Pila sp.
Lymnaea sp.
Acrilla sp.
Melanoides sp.
Pisidium sp.
Neverita sp.
Turritella sp.
Gyrineum sp.
Indothais sp.
4.6 Social Environment

The area earmarked for the FSPV (floating solar photovoltaic) Plant on the Indravati reservoir is adjacent to
the villages of Talnagi and Murka, falling within the Thuamul Rampur block in the Kalahandi district of
Odisha. The associated infrastructure including the pooling stations and the assembly points fall within the
area of the Talnagi village. The proposed transmission line for the FSPV will start at the pooling stations in
Talnagi village and will pass through approximately 18 villages/settlement before being connected to the
existing 122kV substation at Tentulikhunti in the Nabarangpur district. Out of the 18 villages, 17 are located in
the Nabarangpur district.
To summarize, the FSPV location itself lies in the Kalahandi district and the transmission line will cover two
districts – Kalahandi and Nabarangpur. The floating solar PV panels will be situated on the reservoir and will
not require any land. However, the pooling stations and the assembly points will require small parcels of
land, which are located in the village Nagi (or Talnagi, as referred to locally).
The socio-economic baseline has been gathered from secondary and as well as primary sources. The
secondary sources include the state and district census data, district handbooks, and other published
information. The primary data includes site survey and consultations conducted amongst with the district
and block level authorities, as well as consultations with the communities in the project area, i.e. in the
village of Talnagi in Thuamul Rampur block (Kalahandi district). The site survey and consultations were
conducted to get a more site-specific picture of the project site and surrounding area and the potential
impacts of the project on the surroundings.
Note: The socio-economic baseline is limited to the villages impacted by the project directly (by virtue of it
physically being located in their vicinity) and to a district overview to give an idea of the population profile in
general. Due to the nature of the project – its limited use of construction activities, non-intensive in terms of
labour, no large land requirement causing largescale displacement (physical or economic), and the limited
impact on site surroundings – the impacts of the social environment is expected to be limited to only the
direct impact zone (immediate vicinity) of the project and any long-term, high-magnitude adverse impacts
on the social environment are not envisaged.
4.6.1 Social baseline: District level overview

The demographic profile of the two districts that project and its associated infrastructure is located in, is
provided in the below table to give an overview of the project area. Most of the population of the two

districts is contained in the rural sides and for the Nabarangpur district, almost 59 percent of the population
is classified as Scheduled Tribes and for Kalahandi it is 29 percent. This should be noted as even for the
immediate vicinity in the project sites, tribal communities are in majority. The project development will
trigger IFC PS7: Indigenous Peoples which requires safeguarding the impacts on and interests of indigenous
populations and their customary use of the natural resources around them.
The literacy rate of the two districts is lower than that of the state of Odisha (72.9%) and for both districts
women form a major portion of marginal and non-worker categories.
Table 16: District demography
Particulars Nabarangpur District (TL passing through) Kalahandi District (Location of FSPV)
Area in sq.km 5291 7920
Sex ratio (Per

1019 1003
1000)
Density/Km2 231/km2 199/km2
Population
Male Female Total Male Female Total
profile
Rural population 560,771 572,550 92.82% 724,646 730,236 92.3%
Urban
44,041 43,584 7.18% 62,455 59,532 7.7%
population
Total Population 604,812 616,134 1,220,946 787,101 789,768 1,576,869
Population
- - 19.03% - - 18.07%
Growth Rate %
Childs
104.077 103,834 207,911 113,726 108,844 222,570
Population (0-6)
Schedule Castes 88,252 89,132 177,384 142,133 144,447 286,580

681,173 449,456
Scheduled Tribes 335,028 346,145 221,171 228,285

(55.8% if total (28.5% of Total
population) population)
Literacy Male Female Total Male Female Total
Literacy % 57.31% 35.80% 46.43% 61.51% 40.25% 59.22%
Economic
activities
Main Workers 227,544 51,571 279,115 (45.7%) 299,835 76,922 376,757 (50.1%)
Marginal 216,694
331,791 115,097 147,455 227,718 (49.9%) 375,173
Workers (54,3%)
Non-Workers 610,040 262,171 347,869 339,811 485,128 824,939
Category of
workers
Cultivators 122,637 12,419 135,056 102,007 10,890 112,897
Agriculture
72,307 49,029 23,278 100,376 43,497 143,873
Labor
Main Household 5.070 1,708 6,778 7,080 2,118 9,198
Other workers 50,808 14,166 64,974 90,372 20,417 110,789

Source: Census 2011
4.6.2 Social baseline: Village/s in the Direct Impact Zone of the FSPV
The Two Villages where the FSPV and associated infrastructure (pooling station ad assembly point) are
located have been described below. These two villages fall under the administrative jurisdiction of the
Thuamul Rampur Block of Kalahandi district. The village level profiles are provided to give a baseline of the
constitution of population especially presence of tribal/indigenous groups, their livelihood activities and
economic reliance on their surroundings.
1. Nagi/Talnagi village: The FSPV location on the reservoir is adjacent to the village of Talnagi. The
assembly point and the pooling stations are all proposed to be located within the Talnagi village
boundary. Apart from the statistical data taken from the 2011 census, qualitative data presented below
has been surmised from consultations at the community and institutional levels.
Demographic details:
Population: According to the 2011 census data, the total geographical area of the village is 684 hectares.
Nagi has a total population of 477 peoples, out of which male population is 241 while female population
is 236. There are about 136 houses in Nagi village. In consultations with the community, it was
understood that there are currently about 200 households in the village, including the hamlet of
Luthgudi, which has about 21 households. The people residing in the hamlet of Luthgudi do not own
these lands but rather have been using them for cultivation, subsistence farming and residence for more
than 30 years. The hamlet is closer to Pooling station options 1 and 2 and right beside the land parcel
identified for the Pooling Station 1.
Schedule Tribes: The census 2011 mentions that 41.72% of the population is identified as scheduled tribes
in the village. However, in consultations with the community and the Revenue Inspector (Mohul-Patna),
it was apprised that majority (almost 70%) of the village population was composed of Schedule tribes
and the rest are mostly Scheduled castes. As informed by the Revenue Inspector and by the District
Welfare Officer (DWO), most of the tribes belong to communities identified as ‘Jharia Parja’ and some
minor population of ‘Majhi’ tribe. The Thuamul Rampur block falls under designated Schedule 5 area as
per consultations with the District Welfare Officer (DWO). Therefore, the villages of Talnagi and Murka
too fall under such areas as they fall under the TH Rampur block.
Work profile: As per census 2011, 214 were engaged in work activities in the village of Nagi. 48.13 % of
workers describe their work as Main Work (Employment or Earning more than 6 Months) while 51.87 %
were involved in Marginal activity providing livelihood for less than 6 months. Of 214 workers engaged in
Main Work, 42 were cultivators (owner or co-owner) while 27 were Agricultural labourer.
Economic Activities:
 Agricultural cultivation: During consultations it was surmised that the major activity conducted
within the village was that of cultivation. The produce however is not enough for substantial
income but rather for subsistence. Women too are majorly involved in agricultural activities.

 Fishing: Another major activity that takes place in the village, however fishing activities are
restricted to the monsoon months of July – October. The raised water levels and the muddying
of reservoir water due to rains brings the fish up closer to the surface. During these seasons, fish
caught is sold to middlemen who sell it at big cities. On average each fishing involved household
catches up to 15-50Kg of fish and the average price of per kg is INR 120/-. There are 10-15
households that are involved in fishing activities for a commercial purpose (selling within and
outside the village). There are about 11 fishermen who have been registered from the village
with the Khambeshwari Primary Fishermen Cooperative (PFC). The fishing is done using small
boats. There are around 6-8 boats in the adjacent village of Murka, which are also used by the
fishermen in Nagi village, possibly on an informal lease basis.
 Migrant workers: Another major source of income for most households is migrant labour work.
Each household sends on average 1-2 male members to bigger towns and cities for work. They
are mostly involved in unskilled labour at construction sites and a small percentage works at suta
factories. This income is the major cash generating income for most households. Women
however, don’t tend to go for such work.
 Forest produce: Women and men forage for and gather forest produce like honey, mahua,
firewood, tendu leaves, and medicinal plants. However, due to the shrubbery nature of the area
around, these are limited in possibility and do not add up to any additional income.
Administrative profile: The village Nagi falls under the Talnagi Gram Panchayat, in Thuamul Rampur
block – Kalahandi district of Odisha. The district headquarters are situated in Bhawanipatna.
Access to utilities and amenities:
 Electrification: The village is electrified, though the supply of electricity is erratic staying for
about 8-10 hours a day. The hamlet of Luthgudi, near which two of the pooling stations and the
assembly point are located, however is not electrified or connected to the grid. One or two of
the households in the hamlet had rooftop solar panel for basic lighting/electrification needs.
 Water supply: There is not water supply to the village of Nagi and the hamlet of Luthgudi. The
rely on water from bore well mostly. When the water in the borewells run muddy, they rely on
rainfed jharnas (streams) for their water needs.
 Health care: The nearest Primary Health Care is situated at Tentulikhunti village of Tentulikhunti
Block in the Nabarangpur district. For serious ailments and medical needs the people of the
village have to travel to Nabarangpur headquarters as there is no secondary or diagnostic
healthcare services nearby.
 Modes of travel: There is basic connectivity to the village with single lane motorable roads. The
local inhabitants also rely on travel by boats (motored) to visit the villages across and around the
reservoir. The docking area for the boats is located adjacent to the proposed area for Pooling
station 2. This is an important mode of travel for the villagers.
 Schools: There is one school in the village which caters till standard X. For further studies,
students need to travel till Khatiguda, which is approximately 5-8 kms away.
 Markets: The nearest markets are located in Tentukhunti. These are used by the villagers in Nagi
for their basic requirements and staples, or for selling whatever produce they have. For selling
agricultural produce (rice and maize mostly), locals travel to the Nabarangpur Mandi.
Land Requirement for the proposed project: The solar PV panels will be floated onto the water in the
reservoir, covering roughly 200 Hectares of water area. The PV panels will not require any land for
operation. Small parcels of land will be required for the assembly points and the pooling stations (details
given below), and all of these are located in the village Talnagi.
As informed by the Revenue Inspector who accompanied the E&S team in the site visit, most of the lands
around the river and majority of the lands of the Talnagi village have been acquired by the Upper Indravati
Hydroelectric Power Project (Dam authority as referred to locally) during the construction of the dam. The
village was supposed to be flooded during the dam construction, but portion of the village managed to
remain above water and evacuated people and tribes resettled on these lands without any formal
ownership.
 Pooling station 1: Located near/in Luthgudi hamlet. The amount of land required for the pooling
station is approximately 2.46 acres. The land parcel is currently being used for agricultural use by the
inhabitants of the Luthgudi hamlet. The crops grown are mostly maize for self-consumption as well
as selling in the Nabarangpur mandi market. In most likelihood, the land parcel belongs to the Upper
Indravati Hydroelectric Power Project, however land records need to be verified and land ownership
needs to be confirmed prior to project initiation. Using this land for construction of the pooling
station would trigger IFC PS 5: Land acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement as it will restrict land
use for the inhabitants of the Hamlet and may also lead to loss of livelihood as the land is used for
cultivation.
Figure 15: Proposed Location for Pooling Station 1
 Pooling Station 2: The amount of land required is approximately 1.67 acres. This land is situated in
close proximity to the docking area for boats used by the local people for travelling across the reservoir
to villages on the other sides. There was a docket boat noted at the site (pictures below).

Figure 16: Proposed Location for Pooling Station 2
 Assembly Point 1: The amount of land required is approximately ~4,5 acres. The land is located very
close to the reservoir boundary and as per the locals, is subsumed under water during the monsoons
and when the reservoir is full (Picture below):
Figure 17: Proposed Location for Assembly Point 1
 Assembly Point 2: This assembly point could not visited due to lack of access. The amount of land
required for this is approximately ~4,5 acres. According to the locals, the land is covered with shrubs and
is not used for any purpose. There are no pictures for this assembly point.
2. Murka Village: The floating PV panels will lie adjacent to the boundaries of the village of Murka.
However, none of the associated structures fall within this village. The E&S team was unable to
access the FSPV site adjacent to the village of Murka. The villagers of Nagi and Murka often carryout
activities like fishing and selling agricultural produce to markets together.
Demographic Details:
 Murka is a medium size village located in Thuamul Rampur Block of Kalahandi district, Orissa with total
132 families residing. The Murka village has population of 423 of which 200 are males while 223 are
females as per Population Census 2011.
 In Murka village population of children with age 0-6 is 62 which makes up 14.66 % of total population
of village. Average Sex Ratio of Murka village is 1115 which is higher than Orissa state average of 979.
Child Sex Ratio for the Murka as per census is 824, lower than Orissa average of 941.
 Murka village has lower literacy rate compared to Orissa. In 2011, literacy rate of Murka village was
44.32 % compared to 72.87 % of Orissa. In Murka Male literacy stands at 63.86 % while female literacy rate
was 27.69 %.
Scheduled Tribes: Most of the village population is from Schedule Tribes (ST), which constitutes 67.38 %
while Schedule Caste (SC) were 18.91 % of total population in Murka village. As mentioned above, the
village of Murka falls within designated Schedule 5 area as it is within the administrative jurisdiction of
the Thuamul Rampur block.
Work Profile: According to the 2011 census record, 237 people were engaged in work activities in the
Murka. 48.95 % of workers describe their work as Main Work (Employment or Earning more than 6
Months) while 51.05 % were involved in Marginal activity providing livelihood for less than 6 months. Of
237 workers engaged in Main Work, 2 were cultivators (owner or co-owner) while 105 were Agricultural
labourer.
Economic Activities:
 The economic activities of Murka are similar to that of the residents of Nagi. Murka has about 6-8
Chuppus (small boats/dinghys used for fishing) which are also used by the residents of Nagi village.
 Cultivation and faming activities are conducted and the produce is either sold locally, in Khatiguda or
at the Nabarangpur Mandi depending on the quantum of produce.
Administration: The village Nagi falls under the Talnagi Gram Panchayat, in Thumul Rampur block –
Kalahandi district of Odisha. The district headquarters are situated in Bhawanipatna.
Villages falling under the proposed Transmission Line route
There are approximately 18 villages/ hamlets/Settlement falling within the transmission line route,
originating at Talnagi pooling station and ending at the existing 122kV Tentulikhunti substation in
Nabarangpur. The TL is passing through the tribal areas of the district of Nabarangpur and will past through
forest lands (both reserve and revenue), government lands and private lands. Apart from forest clearances,
NOCs will also have to be taken from the village level panchayats and gram Panchayats through a
consultative process.
As per GoI rules and regulations, lands below the transmission towers are not acquired but there are
impacts in terms of temporary restriction in land use. Potentially affected people (APs) are provided
compensation for any damages caused during the construction or any loss faced due to the temporary
restriction in land use (compensation for crops and plantations). As TLs are linear projects, last minute
changes in alignment are made to account for any APs are not agreeable to the line passing over their
property.
The villages/hamlets/settlement falling under the transmission line route are:
1. Gaurdevpali 10. Lokkhigurha

2. Devpali 11.Kanhelimunda
3. Barangipadar 12. Gaduagurha
4. Jhaliagurha 13. Cheramula
5. Khatigurha 14. Gaurgurha
6. Aunliguma 15. Ichhapur
7. Phatagurha 16. Udaypur
8. Lambtagurha 17. Pujarigurha
9. Bhejugurha
4.6.3 Scheduled Tribes in the project Area

The constitution of India recognizes almost 62 tribes in the state of Odisha at Schedule Tribes. Odisha has
one of the largest and most diverse tribal population in the country. Out of these 62 tribes, 13 tribes have
also been designated as Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PVTGs). These PVTGs have been identified on
the basis of stagnant or diminishing populations, subsistence level of the economy associated with pre-
agricultural stages of hunting, food gathering and shifting cultivation, and relative physical isolation. The
PVGTs in Odisha are the Bonda, Birhor, Chuktia Bhunjia, Didayi, Dongaria Kandha, Hill Kharia, Juang, Kutia
Kondh, Lanjia Saora, Lodha, Mankirdia, Paudi Bhuyan and Saora.
The FSPV and its associated infrastructure are located in the districts of Nabarangpur and Kalahandi.
According to the 2011 census, 59 percent of Nabarangpur’s and 29 percent of Kalahandi’s population is
characterized as belonging to Schedule tribes. Consultation with the ITDA and DWO yielded that the tribes
present in the project area include Bhattoda (in majority), Kandha Gouda, Jharia Parjas (also known as
Paroja, Jodia Paroja, Konda Paroja, etc), Gond (in some pockets through which the TL is passing), Kharia,
and to a lesser extent, Santhal.
The immediate vicinity of the FSPV location – villages of Talnagi and Murka – in the Thuamul Rampur block
of Kalahandi district contain tribal settlements majorly from the Jharia Parjas (Jodia Parojas) and to some
extent from the Kandha tribes. The Kandha tribes are further categorized as those living on hill tops –
Dangoria Kandha – and those living at the foothills – Kutiya Kandha. These two subsections of the Kandha
tribes are also listed as PVGTs. They speak languages known as Kuvi, Kandha, Paroja, however most also
have functional knowledge of desi Odia which is used for markets and dealings for economic activities. The
tribal inhabitants of the project area mostly rely on farming, forest foraging and relying on their natural
surroundings for their subsistence. The level of literacy is lower than that of the state as a whole.
4.6.4 Cultural heritage

Nabarangpur District has a large number of artisans, mostly residing in Nabarangpur town, carry on the age-
old handicraft of making boxes, toys, chains, pedestals of Hindu Gods and Goddesses, idols of other Gods
and Goddesses, pooja articles and other decorative master pieces, which are unique in the area. ‘Dhanya
Laxmi’ (Goddess Laxmi with pedestal) is a unique craft in paddy carried on by the artisans of Dabugaon area
in the District. Earthen works are carried near and in Tonda. Languages like Bhotra, Gond, Kandha, Paraja,
Odiya, Hindi and Telugu are widely spoken in Nabarangpur District.
Mondei is a local festival being widely celebrated in the Nabarangpur District. The word Mondei is derived
from the Hindi word ‘Mondi’ which means a small market. This festival is celebrated by large number of
people worshipping a common deity among pre- historic rituals. Fair and entertainment activities with folk
dances and tribal opera can be seen for the whole night in the festival. Mondei is usually celebrated after
harvesting of crops. The festival is observed at different popular locations throughout the District gathering
men and women of the area and far off.
Kalahandi District is famous for its unique wood craft which is made by highly skilled artisans of Khairpadar,
Dharmagarh, Rengalpalli, Jaipatna and Bhawanipatna. Teak wood is the basic raw material and products like
statue of Sri Ganesh, Laxmi, Rhinoceros, Bull fighting, Elephant and tribal arts, utility items etc. can be
customized in respect of shape, size and design as per requirement. Part from this, there is terracotta
figurines that are made as part as one of the oldest crafts in the area. Bamboo craft is carried out by artisans
particularly form the area of Narla and Karlapat forest areas.
Due to the large number of tribals residing in both districts, there are multiple dance forms and cultural
festivities in the area. Kalahandi itself has over 18 distinct art forms (dance, music) like the Ghumara dance
that takes place during Dusshehra, Singha Baja wherein specially trained musicians perform, Madli – a dance
form of the Gond tribe and many others.

5 STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION
5.1 Introduction
This section provides the stakeholder identification and analysis as well as a brief understanding of the
engagement process for the project. “Stakeholder” refers to those who have plausible stake in the
environmental/social impacts of the project or activity are ascertained with a view to taking into account all
the material concerns in the project or activity design as appropriate. It is highly desirable for all key
stakeholders to arrive at a consensus on sensitive features, impacts and remedial actions. Stakeholder
identification was done by examining the potential impacts of the project in terms of:
 Who may be affected directly (project affected people)

 Which agencies might have responsibility for the impact management
 Which other organizations might have an interest in monitoring proponent activities or have local
knowledge to contribute
 Which private/non-government sector entities might face financial and social hardships if the
predicted impacts occur.
5.2 Objective
The main objective of the consultation process is to minimize negative impacts of the project and to
maximize the benefits from the project to the local populace. The objectives of stakeholders’ consultation
as part of this project are:
 Promote public awareness and improve understanding of the potential impacts of proposed projects
 Identify alternative sites or designs, and mitigation measures
 Solicit the views of affected communities / individuals on environmental and social problems
 Improve environmental and social soundness
 Clarify values and trade-offs associated with the different alternatives
 Identify contentious local issues which might jeopardise the implementation of the project
 Establish transparent procedures for carrying out proposed works
 Inform the affected populace about the entitlement framework and to settle problems with mutual
consent
 Create accountability and sense of local ownership during project implementation; and
 To obtain information on baseline environment.

5.3 Stakeholders Consulted During Site visit
The stakeholder’s identification process included prioritizing the direct and indirect stakeholders relevant
for the project. During the Preliminary Environmental and Social Assessment studies, the consultations were
conducted in April/May-2022 with various institutional stakeholders and community. The stakeholder
consulted during the assessment are provided in the following section.
Date Department/Entity Name & Designation

Institutional Stakeholders
Mr. TK Swain
28-Apr-22 Range Forest Officer-Nabarangpur Range
Nabarangpur Division
Mr. Sudarshan
Range Forest Officer
29-Apr-22 Forest Department
Thuamal Rampur - South Range
Kalahandi South Forest Division
Anil Kumar Ray
02-May-22 ACF
Kalahandi South Division
Key Points of Discussion:
 Information about nearest Protected Area from proposed project area
 Information about presence of Reserve Forest patches in the project area
 Applicability of Forest Clearance for Forest land diversion as well acquisition of revenue forest areas
 Dependency of locals on Forest areas
 Floral – Faunal pattern of the project area
Mr. Kamal Lochan Sharma

28-Apr-22 Revenue Department District Magistrate
Nabarangpur District
Mr. Rushi Majhi
Additional Tahasildar
29-Apr-22 Revenue Department
Thuamal Rampura Tahasil
Kalahandi District
Mr. Amarkantha Mongraj (accompanied at site)
01-May-22 Revenue Department
RI-Mohulpatna
Key Points of Discussion:
 Information about administrative jurisdiction of Project Area
 Information about nature of ownership of land envisaged to be required for the project
 Indication about demography and livelihood pattern
 Information about presence of Indigenous Community
 Information about the land use and dependency of local populace on the land parcel/s earmarked for
proposed development
Mr. Abhimanyu Majhi

28-Apr-22 Integrated Tribal Development Agency Project Administrator, ITDA- Nabarangpur
District
Mr. Abhinash
02-May-22 Integrated Tribal Development Agency
ITDA - Bhawanipatna
Mr. Rabindra Rai
03-May-22 District Welfare Office
District Welfare Officer
Points of Discussion:
 Statistical information about the Indigenous Community present in the project area
 Information about the various clans present in the project area, Livelihood pattern, cultural attributes
Mrs. Prashanti
02-May-22 Department of Fishery Assistant Fishery Officer
Kalahandi
 Information about the type of fish species found in the Indravati Reservoir
 Information about livelihood, dependency on fishing
 Details about fishermen community registered in the project area
Department of Water Resource Mr. Ujjwal Jain
30-Apr-22
(Irrigation Department) PA - Chief Construction Engineer, Mukhiguda
 Information rainfall and flooding pattern
 Availability of water in the Indravati Reservoir
Bidhos B Paul
28-Apr-22 Department of Soil Conservation
TE- Watershed, Nabarangpur District
 Soil type and quality of project area
 Cropping pattern
Prakash Chandra Pani
District Agriculture Officer
02-May-22 Department of Agriculture
Suvendu Kara
Soil Chemist
 Cropping pattern
 Type of crops grown
 Dependency on agriculture as an option for livelihood.
Mr. NK Naik
Upper Indravati Hydroelectric Project GM-Operation, Mukhiguda
27-Apr-22
Upper Indravati Hydroelectric Project Mr. Lambodar Puhan
Exen- Mechanical, Khatiguda
 Discussions about the project interventions
 Disclosure about the siting of various project components
 Provided free access to site for site assessment works
 Extended support to organize Stakeholder Consultations
Community Stakeholders
01-May-22 Local Community Luthgudi Hamlet (Nagi Village)
01-May-22 Local Community Talnagi (Nagi) Main Village

 Disclosure about the project interventions siting of various project components
 Demographic pattern of the area and livelihood options
 Dependency on the project area for livelihood, access and other aspects
 Expectation of electrification (for Luthgudi) and better access to electricity (Talnagi Main village)
Photographs and attendance sheets for Community Stakeholder consultations are provided in Annexure 4.

6 ENVIRONMENTAL & SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT &
MITIGATION MEASURES
6.1 Introduction
This section assesses the nature, type and magnitude of the potential impacts on the various relevant
physical, biological and social components due to the proposed development and its suitable mitigation.
Towards the assessment of impacts, the baseline information based on the field visits and the primary
surveys for various environmental and social components were carried out. The impacts on the various
environmental and social components were assessed considering following stages of the project planning
and implementation:
 Preconstruction stage
 Construction stage and
 Operation stage
 The description of impacts for the various environmental and social components as envisaged for
the project are presented in the following sections along with proposed mitigation measures 10.
6.2 Land use & Topography
6.2.1 Pre-Construction and Construction Phase
Impacts as envisaged
The land requirement for Floating SPV project is significantly less in comparison to the ground mounted
solar park since the majority of the Floating SPV component i.e., Floating Solar PV panels are proposed on
waterbodies. However, during construction phase, impact on land use is anticipated due to change of land
use for the proposed development of associated infrastructure such as assembly points, pooling stations,
transmission towers, access road etc.
In the proposed project solar PV panels will be located on ~200 Ha area of Indravati reservoir. The pooling
stations are proposed on the areas where presently agricultural activity is taken up. The proposed assembly
points are proposed on barren lands. Beside this, the proposed transmission line and towers are also
passing through reserve forest, revenue forests, barren scrub forest areas as well as agricultural land. The
current land use will change after the development of project and associated infrastructure. The impact is
expected to be of long term and permanent in nature, but impact will be restricted within limited areas only.
10 Based on detailed Environmental and Social Assessment Study outcomes, the mitigation measures may further be strengthened
at later phase by the project proponent.

Mitigation Measures
 Develop the project and associated infrastructure/components on the barren land to the extent possible
 Using existing roads to access the site and associated facility to the extent possible.
 Minimum diversion of forest area/land should be ensured by adopting wise design. Prior clearance from
concerned authority should be secured before taking up any activity related to the project and all the
stipulated conditions by the authority should be strictly adhered to.
 Prior permission from village council should be secured before commencement of any activity on the
field.
 On completion of construction activities, land used for temporary facilities should be restored to its
original condition or as desired by concerned landowner.
 Site preparation activities should be performed by causing minimum elevation of the land or blocking or
altering natural drainage channels in the project site. Provision for adequate drainage should be kept if
any alteration of contour level or blocking or altering natural drainage channels is caused.
 Adequate provisions should be kept for collection of surface runoff from the project site to prohibit exit
of runoff from the project site in the adjacent areas.
 As a best practice, site clearance, piling, excavation, and access road development/maintenance work
should not be carried out during the monsoon season to minimize erosion and run-off.
 Robust waste and effluent/sewage management plan should be prepared.
6.3 Soil environment
During the construction phase, the topsoil will be susceptible to soil erosion to some extent due to site
clearance activities. The removal of stabilized topsoil would result in slope destabilization and increase in
soil erosion. As for soil compaction, the strengthening of internal access roads and excavation and collection
of soil will lead to soil compaction. Thus, increasing surface run-off and decreasing the percolation rate of
the soil is anticipated.
Topsoil Loss, Soil Contamination due to spill of civil construction material/waste and dumping of
construction material outside the Project construction area, Soil Erosion and compaction are the perceived
impacts likely to be associated with preconstruction and construction stage.
Mitigation Measures
 Provide appropriate storage of topsoil in an isolated and covered area. Topsoil that has been stripped of
should be stored for landscaping of the site.
 Allow only covered transportation of topsoil within project site, specifically sub-station & approach road
area
 Construction materials and wastes should be stored in designated areas and managed properly to avoid
any accidental spill.
 In case of any accidental spill, the soil will be cut and stored securely for disposal with hazardous waste.

 Re-vegetation should be done in the area after the completion of construction, in order to reduce the
risk of soil erosion.
 Storage of hazardous material (like used oil) should be ensured in isolated room/area with impervious
surface.
 Topography should be restored to the extent possible and re-vegetated to prevent soil erosion
6.3.2 Operation Phase
The operational phase of the project will have limited impacts on soil in the form of waste generation
and soil contamination due to accidental spillages/ leakages. During operation phase, the waste
generated from Project will include domestic solid wastes at SCADA building and substation and
hazardous wastes like waste oil from DG sets and transformers, and oil containing jutes and rags. The
quantity of hazardous waste generated will be much lesser than the quantity expected to be generated
during the construction stage. Therefore, the receptor sensitivity and impact magnitude assessed as low
and small respectively at operation stage in comparison to preconstruction/construction stage.
Mitigation Measures
 Oil/ lubricants should be stored on impervious floor in the storage area having secondary containment
 Use of spill control kits to contain and clean minor spills and leaks during O&M activities; and
 The mitigation measures as mentioned in the Solid /Hazardous Waste Disposal section should be
implemented
6.4 Impact due to Solid /Hazardous Waste Disposal

The solid waste generated by the Project is expected to contain domestic solid waste from temporary site
office and labour camps, construction debris, hazardous waste such as waste oil, lubricants, oil
contaminated rags, electronic waste like broken PV module etc. During the construction phase, non-
hazardous solid waste will likely generate mainly from activities including site clearance and preparation,
land excavation. Notably, the project will not cause major excavation works, thus the solid waste generated
from excavation works will be minimal. In the construction phase, the majority of domestic solid waste is
expected to be generated from labour camp which will be majorly biodegradable in nature. During
operational phase there will be generation of broken/damaged solar panel, scrap material generated from
Substation and Transmission Line maintenance works; as well as hazardous waste such as transformer
waste/burnt oil etc.
Mitigation Measures
 Excavated soil may be used for backfilling/road development at required areas of project site. The
unused excavated soil should be disposed of to the designated areas (should be identified in prior).

 Biodegradable waste should be separated, collected and transported daily to a priorly identified
designated area or may be handed over to the locals for using as cattle fodder or can be converted to
manure by composting.
 Domestic and construction waste like recyclables viz. paper, plastic, glass, scrap metal waste etc. will be
properly segregated and stored in designated waste bins/containers and periodically sold to local
recyclers. If construction waste contains recyclable materials (like iron or steel), it should be segregated
to reuse or should be sold to authorized vendors.
 Robust waste management plan should be developed and implemented. Waste management register
(for solid waste and hazardous waste) should be maintained. Volume of waste generated, stored and
disposed should be recorded in the register.
 As a means of best practice, hazardous wastes should be stored onsite at separate designated covered
area provided with impervious flooring and secondary containment. The storage containers/ bins/ drum
should be clearly marked and identified for their nature of hazards. The hazardous waste materials
should be handed over to SPCB, Odisha authorized vendor within the stipulated timeline by regulators
for further disposal.
 Appropriate number of waste collection bins should be provided at strategic locations.
 Toilet facilities and sewage collection & treatment systems for labour camps should be ensured.
 Waste should not be allowed to litter in and around the Project area
 Provision for screens at waterbodies/drainage systems near to the Floating SPV assembly point should
be kept to prevent contamination of waterbodies due to surface runoff.
 A comprehensive housekeeping program should be implemented to ensure collection and segregation
of small plastic pieces for systematic disposal.
 Provision for secondary containments and spill kits at all oil storage areas should be kept.
 An oil spill response procedure should be developed and implemented.
 Similar to construction phase, domestic solid waste will be disposed in similar manner as mentioned
above during operation phase.
 Project should strictly adhere to the recommendation given under Hazardous and other Wastes
(Management & Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 and its subsequent amendments. All the
hazardous waste (Waste/spent/used oil & bottom sludge from transformer) generated due to the
project should be stored and disposed as per the requirements of the above stated rules.
 Project should comply with the requirement of E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016
 Battery waste generated from UPS, PSS and site office should be given back to the manufacturer from
whom new batteries would be purchased under the buy-back arrangement.
 Broken/damaged solar panels should be collected in closed containers and should be sent back to
manufacturer. Or else, should be handed over to the authorized vendor for safe disposal.
 The scrap materials generated from Substation or Transmission line maintenance works should be
handed over/sold to authorized vendor for further recycling/resource recover.
6.5 Air Environment
6.5.1 Pre-construction and Construction phase

In preconstruction and construction phases, various project interventions such as site preparation,
transmission cable laying, switchgear, approach roads, internal road network development and porta cabin
construction will cause land clearing, levelling, excavation, grading activities, vehicular movement, material
transportation and DG set operation. These activities may result in an increased level of dust, particulate
matter as well as gaseous emissions, which in turn will directly impact ambient air quality. The nature of
such impact will be limited to preconstruction and construction phase only, hence perceived to be
temporary in nature. If air pollution is improperly managed, there will be a risk of nuisance and health
effects to construction workers onsite and to a lesser extent to nearby receptors from windblown
dust/gaseous emissions due the activities as mentioned before. However, most of these project activities
are expected to be restricted within the project footfall areas. Further, the movement of vehicles carrying
raw materials through unpaved areas within the project site and on access roads/haul roads may cause
fugitive dust emission and may extend to surrounding nearby settlements. Hence, the distribution of impact
can be considered as medium, duration of impact is expected to be temporary in nature and intensity of the
impact may be considered as medium. The nature of impact is expected to be reversible, and temporary in
nature, if the following mitigation measures are adopted.
Mitigation Measures:
To mitigate the construction impacts, project proponent should have contract agreements with contractors
as well as sub-contractors to ensure implementation of mitigation measure as mentioned below-
 Vehicles speed to be restricted to 20-30 km/hr on unpaved road.

 Raw/fine material should be covered with tarpaulin sheet during transportation and in the storage area.
 Water sprinkling should be carried out on unpaved roads/areas as needed.
 Barricades between the settlements and the site should be constructed to minimize travel of fugitive
emissions towards settlements.
 All Project vehicles and equipment should comply with national emission standards and should have
valid Pollution Under Control (PUC) Certificate.
 Provisions for regular maintenance of vehicles in accordance with manufacturer specifications should be
kept
 The DG sets & machineries which are not in use should be kept off.
 DG sets preferably should be placed away from settlement area.
 DG set used in construction phase should comply with the CPCB norms on air emissions.
 It should be ensured that exhaust emissions of construction equipment adhere to the emission norms as
set out by MoEF&CC/ CPCB.
 Disturbed areas should be stabilized with topsoil/ vegetation cover or other materials as deemed
necessary.
 Provision of face mask for the workers to be kept to minimize inhalation of dust particles at workplace.
 Construction vehicles and machinery should be regularly serviced and checked to keep the limit of
emission within the prescribed standards of Govt. of India.
 Usage of adulterated fuel for running construction equipment and vehicles should be strictly prohibited.
 Cessation or phase down work should be done if excess fugitive dust is observed. The reason should be
investigated, and necessary suppression measures should be taken up.

During operational phase, it is expected that there will be minimum vehicular movement for O&M purpose
and provision for a standby DG sets, which will be used during power failure. Since major source of emission
into the ambient air will be absent during the operational phase, therefore impact can be termed as
insignificant. Central Pollution Control Board also characterized the Solar Projects as ‘White Category’
projects due to its non-polluting nature11.
Mitigation Measures
 DG set complying with the CPCB guidelines should be installed.

 Green area may be developed in the project area which will improve air quality of the project area.
 Speed limits along dirt roads near the settlement areas should be enforced to avoid generation of dust
from plying traffic.
 All Project vehicles and equipment should comply with national emission standards and should have
valid Pollution Under Control (PUC) Certificate.
 DG set used in construction phase should comply with the CPCB norms on air emissions.
 It should be ensured that exhaust emissions of construction equipment adhere to the emission norms as
set out by MoEF&CC/ CPCB.
 O&M vehicles and machinery should be regularly serviced and checked to keep the limit of emission
within the prescribed standards of Govt. of India.
6.6 Noise Environment
6.6.1 Preconstruction and Construction Phase
Pre-construction phase will involve site preparation activities. Operation of various machineries and
equipment for construction activities, running of heavy load traffic for construction materials
transportation, and regular traffic movement may generate noise during the site preparation and
construction period. Noise generation due to various construction works are also envisaged. The heavy
equipment, machineries, transportation, DG Set operation, earthworks used for the construction activities,
and specific machines used for float manufacturing process are expected to be major sources of noise
generation.
Mitigation Measures
The following mitigation measures should be implemented to minimize potential noise impacts during
preconstruction and construction phases:
 Regular maintenance of machinery equipment and vehicles in accordance with manufacturers

specifications
11 https://cpcb.nic.in/openpdffile.php?id=TGF0ZXN0RmlsZS9MYXRlc3RfMTE4X0ZpbmFsX0RpcmVjdGlvbnMucGRm
 Integral noise shielding should be used where practicable and fixed noise sources should be acoustically
treated, i.e., provisions for silencers, acoustic louvers and enclosures should be in place.
 If it is noticed that any particular equipment is generating too much noise then lubricating moving parts,
tightening loose parts, and replacing worn out components should be carried out to bring down the
noise and such machinery may be placed away from the settlements.
 Keep stationary source of noise such as DG sets (during construction phase) at farthest point from the
settlements.
 Acoustic enclosure should be provided for the DG set.
 Machinery and equipment that may be in intermittent use should be shut down or throttled down
during non-work periods.
 Normal working hours of the contractor to be defined (preferable 8 am to 6pm). If work needs to be
undertaken beyond the normal hours, it should be limited to activities which do not generate noise.
 Procurement of low noise generating compressors should be carried out.
 Restriction on usage of horn near sensitive features (like school, hospitals, residential areas etc.) by
placing signage should be ensured.
 Provision for personal protective equipment to workers working near DG sets and other high noise
source should be ensured.
Any significant noise generating activity during operation of solar power plant is not envisaged (except
standby DG set for power back up and vehicular/water transport movement due to O&M works). Therefore,
impact in terms of increase in ambient noise level is not anticipated during the operational phase of the
project.
Mitigation Measures
 Acoustic enclosure should be provided for the DG set.

 Regular maintenance of vehicles and equipment in accordance with manufacturers specification should
be carried out.
 Restriction on usage of horn near sensitive features (like school, hospitals, residential areas etc.) by
placing signage should be ensured.
6.7 Water Environment
 Construction water requirements during preconstruction and construction phase are expected to be
met from Indravati reservoir. Potable water needs during these phases is expected to be catered
through local tankers/approved vendors.

 During site preparation, ground water resources (as well as surface water through runoff) may be
impacted from spills and leaks of hazardous substances such as fuel and oil as a result of improper
storage and handling of these substances. However, these materials are likely to be stored in secondary
containment/impervious surface.
 Construction wastewater will mainly be generated from the concrete mixing process, which is likely to
be less in quantum. Therefore, the industrial wastewater is perceived to causes minor impacts on the
environment. Oily wastewater may also be released from repairing and maintenance of construction
vehicles. It may contain a high level of suspended solids and grease which can lead to surface water
pollution if released untreated.
 The total average amount of domestic wastewater generated from workers’ daily activities would be
collected into septic tanks followed by soak pits. Thus, the impact associated with domestic wastewater
is expected to be minor.
 During the construction period a number of civil works will be required, including land clearing,
excavations, backfilling, levelling and grading. This may alter the landscape and drainage patterns. These
may increase possibility of surface run-off, which may result in an increase in soil erosion, siltation of the
reservoir and contamination of waterbodies due to pollutants carried by the runoff water. However, as
per flood hazard map prepared by Odisha State Disaster Management Authority (OSDMA), the
proposed project site is not located in flood prone area. Therefore, the impact may be considered as
minor.
 During anchoring floating solar PV systems to the bottom of Reservoir, it may also disturb the sediment
and muddy layers in the reservoir.
 Surface runoff from the temporary material stock yard can also lead to pollution of water bodies. During
site clearance, fuels/lubricants used in site can pollute water quality if it finds its way to the water
bodies.
Mitigation Measures
 Restoration plan should be chalked out to accommodate the loss of surface/ ground water through
feasible water conservation measures like rainwater harvesting, water recycling etc.
 Records of daily water consumption should be maintained to rule out any possibility of wastage of
water resource.
 Water quality of the reservoir and nearby waterbodies should be monitored regularly, and immediate
action should be taken to control water pollution in case any deterioration in water quality is noticed.
 Periodic monitoring should also be carried out to ensure that the wastewater is not finding its way into
ground or surface water.
 Approval/NOC from competent authority should be obtained for abstraction and/ or utilization of
ground or surface water.
 Paved impervious surface and secondary containment should be used for fuel storage tanks
 Provision for adequate drainage should be made to avoid possibility of surface run-off and water
logging.
 Wastewater holding tanks / septic tank should be located away from bore wells or any other
underground water holding tanks after taking view of environmental expert/ concerned authority.
 Regular collection of wastewater from septic tank/s should be ensured.
 Construction of adequate nos. of toilets and proper sanitation system for workers should be ensured to
prevent open defecation.

 Robust system for collection, segregation, storage and disposal of solid waste in the worker camps
should be made to avoid any indiscriminate dumping of waste in the waterbodies/near to the
waterbodies.
 Chemicals, and hazardous substances should be handled by authorized personnel to avoid accidental
spillage.
 Diesel to be stored in truck tankers or impervious ground and adequately away from waterbody.
 Hazardous materials should be stored in a suitable storage tanks placed on concrete floor for ultimate
disposal through an authorized disposal facility/vendor.
 Strict prohibition on discharge of wastewater containing oil-other hazardous materials-pollutants to the
surrounding soils and waterbodies should be imposed.
 Maintenance works for vehicles, machineries, and equipment should be carried out in designated areas
to lower the chance of water contamination.
 Proper collection, management and disposal of construction and municipal waste from site needs to be
established to prevent mixing of the waste in soil/run-off and entering to the water bodies.
 Labourers should be given training towards proactive use of designated areas/bins for waste disposal
and instructed to use toilets. Open defecation and random disposal of sewage should be strictly
restricted.
 It is envisaged that the project will not use groundwater for any project related activity during operation
stage. Water demand for PV modules cleaning is expected to be catered from Indravati reservoir.
Wastewater from the cleaning activities will be discharged directly to the reservoir. However, the nature
is wastewater is expected to be non-polluting in nature.
 Accidental leakage/spillage of transformer waster oil & bottom sludge (can occur during transmission
line and substation operation) may impact surface or ground water. However, substation transformers
will be located within secure and impervious areas (secondary containment). Therefore, the possibility
of impact on surface water / ground water during the operation phase is minor.
 During the operation phase, the floating solar power system will be regularly checked and maintained.
During operations, the PV panels would already be installed and expected not to cause any incidents
related to dropping of battery panels or wires into the reservoir to affect the water environment.
 The installed PV panels on reservoir area are expected to reduce water evaporation, reduce solar energy
absorption, lower water temperature, and impact on the dissolved oxygen concentration in reservoir
water. Pertinent to state that PV Panels will be spread over an area of ~ 204 ha and such impacts are
perceived within that limit only.
Mitigation Measures
Following measures should be adopted during operation phase to minimize impacts on water resource:
 Water quality of reservoir should be monitored regularly, and immediate action should be taken to
control water pollution in case any deterioration in water quality is noticed.
 Feasibility of constructing rainwater harvesting system at site should be explored.

 Maintenance works for vehicles, machineries, and equipment should be carried out in designated areas
to lower the chance of water contamination.
 Lubricants, oils, grease, chemical should be stored at designated areas with impervious surface and a
secondary containment system.
 It should be ensured that hazardous waste (used oil, transformer oil, and oil-soaked cloths) are properly
labelled, stored onsite at a designated location provided with impervious surface, shed and secondary
containment system, and ultimately transported offsite to an approved disposal facility with the help of
authorized vendor.
 Spill Prevention and Response Plan should be implemented for immediate cleaning of accidental spills
and leakages.
 The domestic wastewater should be managed through septic tanks followed by soak pit. Regular
collection of wastewaters from septic tank/s should be ensured.
 Discharge of all kind of wastewater to waterbodies should meet the standards as stipulated by
concerned authority.
6.8 Terrestrial Ecology
The impact on the Ecology and Biodiversity components as envisaged to be associated with preconstruction
and construction phases are delineated below-
 Removal of vegetation covers and trees due to site preparation and levelling of land, laying of
transmission towers and transmission lines, Creation of access roads
 Possible habitat loss and habitat disturbance due to erosion and removal of topsoil.
 Disturbance to wildlife due to noise generated from construction works and movement of construction
equipment and vehicles.
 Migration of project personals, who are not accustomed to the natural environment and local wildlife of
the project area, may increase the potentiality of man animal conflict.
As per consultation with concerned Forest Department it was understood that there is no Protected (under
Wildlife Conservation Act, 1972) Area like National Park-Sanctuary-Biosphere Reserve etc. not located in the
proximity to the proposed project area12. However, there are a number of reserve forest areas are present in
the project surrounding area from where various Schedule 1 13 species like Sloth Bear, Pangolin, Leopard,
Chousingha (Four-horned antelope), Honey Badger were recorded in past.
The site preparation activities for FSPV associated infrastructure such as access road, assembly points,
storage yards, transmission line etc. is expected to cause clearance of vegetation and tree cover which
eventually will lead to direct impact on herpetofauna-smaller mammals – avifaunal and arboreal species due
12 Karlapat Wildlife Sanctuary, the nearest Protected Area from the proposed project area is located at about 42 Km
distance towards North-Eastern direction.
13 Under Wildlife Protection Act, 1972
to habitat loss. Disturbance to wildlife due to noise generated from construction works and movement of
construction equipment and vehicles are also perceived.
In consideration of the above fact, it is prominent that even though the project area is not located in the
vicinity of Protected Wildlife Area, the impact on ecology and biodiversity could be of significant in nature if
no adequate mitigation measure is taken.
Mitigation Measures
The following mitigation measures may be taken up to reduce extent of impact on the ecology and
biodiversity of project surrounding area-
 Possibility of avoidance and minimization of Forest land/vegetation cover should be thoroughly

examined prior to project development. If acquisition of Forest land/vegetation cover is unavoidable,
necessary clearance (like Forest Clearance under the purview of Forest Conservation Act 1980, Clearance
under Forest Right Act-2006 etc.) should be obtained from concerned authority prior to project
implementation.
 Concerned Forest Department needs to be approached by Project Proponent prior to project
implementation to understand the requirement of conducting any detailed assessment of Biodiversity.
 During transmission line route finalization, important bird/wildlife habitats (such as water bodies, dense
vegetation areas and grasslands etc.) should be identified and avoided to the extent possible.
 Vegetation disturbance and clearance should be restricted to the Project activity area only. Prior to
vegetation clearance and construction activities, old mature trees should be identified (the land area of
the proposed project has a number of trees) through a survey and options of avoidance should be
explored.
 Efforts should be made to avoid cutting of any large woody trees. Prior to cutting/feeling of any tress
permission from local panchayat/authority, as appropriate should be obtained
 Degraded lands in the areas nearby to the project area may be taken up for development of plantation
area / pastureland in consultation with the locals and forest department with their support.
 Unnecessary disturbance of neighbouring vegetation due to off-road vehicular movement, fuel wood
procurement, expansion of construction/labour camp and destruction of floral resources should be
strictly prohibited.
 Strict prohibition on use of fuel wood and shrubs from nearby areas as kitchen fuel should be imposed
and workers should strictly be directed not to harm any wildlife in the area.
 Topsoil disturbed before should be stored separately for restoration of the habitat later;
 Simultaneous revegetation with native species on outskirts of Project activity area should be practiced
for areas that are determined to have loose or unstable soil to avoid erosion.
 Construction and transportation activities should be avoided at night (6:00 pm to 6:00 am)
 Labourers should be provided training about dos and don’ts when encountering wildlife
 Labour movement should be restricted between construction camps and construction sites and should
be strictly prohibited to enter forest areas where no construction activity is planned.
 Vehicle movement should be restricted in areas and times where wildlife is most active.
 Strict no hunting, poaching or trapping of wildlife policy among employees and contractors should be
implemented and enforced through contractual obligations with EPC contractor/sub-contractors.
 General awareness regarding wildlife and nature conservation should be enhanced.

The impacts in operational and maintenance phase are expected to be from transmission line due to
potential of collision and electrocution of roosting and nesting avifauna. The impacts on local ecology have
been assessed with respect to the following activities:
 Collision and electrical hazards from transmission lines and towers:
o Electrical hazards to birds; and
o Risk of collision with transmission lines.
Collision and Electrical hazards from Transmission Infrastructure
It has been observed globally that several avifaunal species utilize the transmission lines and transmission
towers for roosting, nesting or using the height of the manmade structures as a lookout for predators. All
these structures have electrical components and therefore electrocution risk for these species needs to be
assessed during process of finalizing Transmission Route Alignment.
Mitigation Measures
 Periodic bird mortality counts should be undertaken at least for the first two years of operation) to
determine if there is any mortality risk of important bird or arboreal species. The mitigation measures
should be revised based on the results of the monitoring
 A detailed and long-term monitoring of bird species should be planned. This will help identify the high-
risk areas of the transmission line stretch and the mitigation measures can be revised/updated based on
the outcomes of the regular studies.
 Regular checking of the vacuums or holes in the towers should be done to avoid nesting by any of the
birds.
 Waste materials should not be left lying around and should be cleared immediately so as to not attract
birds
 Records of feeder trips due to bird electrocution should be maintained with feeder number, bird
species, time of electrocution, location, etc. These should be shared with an expert ornithologist for
identification of the species.
6.9 Aquatic Ecology

Benefits of floating solar technology are recognised, such as avoidance of land for project development,
avoidance of acquisition of property and assets etc. However, little is known of the negative effects of
floating solar PV on biodiversity, especially on aquatic ecosystems and water quality. For example,
operational floating solar plants block sunlight penetration into waterbodies consequently inhibiting algal

growth14. In its recent report15, the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) highlighted the
lack of sufficient study and data on the long-term effects of deploying large-scale photovoltaic panels on
waterbodies. Moreover, since waterbody characteristics vary widely, the scale of impact is expected to be
site-specific in nature and hence it is vital to take all factors into consideration before positioning the panels.
Since Floating SPVs will be deployed on water surfaces, it is also thought to be beneficial in reducing
evaporation by covering the surface of water body by limiting its interaction with wind.
As per secondary sources16, Ecologists and conservationists are concerned about the long-term impacts of
largescale Floating SPV projects on freshwater ecosystems. They caution that in absence of any reported
data or studies available, these projects may lead to an irreversible loss of biodiversity by causing harm to
aquatic life.
Spatial extent of the solar panels can alter the amount of sunlight entering the system. This can interfere
with various levels of food chain and biogeochemical cycles (water cycle, carbon cycle, nitrogen cycle) of
the aquatic ecosystem. With less sunlight available, photosynthetic activities inside the water is expected to
decrease. Low rate of photosynthesis may lead to loss of Phytoplankton (microscopic plants), macrophytes
(aquatic plants that can be submerged or emergent) and less Dissolved Oxygen inside the water body.
Declining floral population may further affect aquatic fauna that feed upon them. On one hand,
decomposition of this organic matter may lead to increase in temperature, thereby depleting the DO. This
rise in temperature and release of nutrients such as inorganic nitrates and phosphates can set off
eutrophication process (excess nutrients inside a water body) giving rise to algal bloom. Loss of aquatic
fauna may also affect the faunal community of higher trophic level i.e. birds-mammals dependent on aquatic
fauna of the water body. Thus, the impacts could include habitat disturbance/loss, fragmentation, formation
of algal bloom, food availability etc. Therefore, necessary mitigation measure is required to offset the
potential negative impact on aquatic ecosystem.
Mitigation Measures
Based on the preliminary assessment following mitigation measures are proposed.
 It is recommended to conduct a population level detailed biodiversity study to frame conservation

measures to protect the various life forms of the reservoir likely to be affected as well as other lifeforms
dependent on them.
 Timing of preconstruction/construction and operation activities should be planned by ensuring no
disturbance to aquatic biodiversity during sensitive periods (e.g. during breeding/spawning seasons)
especially.
 Adequate gaps in between Floating SPV panels should be provided to the extent possible so that the
ecosystem functions are minimally affected.
 Ensuring proper disposal of solid and liquid wastes and implementing a protocol for rapid management
of any chemical leaks or spills.
 Having in place a pollution prevention plan and any necessary equipment including spill kits.
 Strict no hunting, poaching or trapping of wildlife policy (which would include aquatic species of
reservoir and other waterbodies) among employees and contractors should be implemented and
14 https://portals.iucn.org/library/sites/library/files/documents/2021-004-En.pdf
15 https://portals.iucn.org/library/sites/library/files/documents/2021-004-En.pdf
16 https://india.mongabay.com/2021/03/solar-projects-on-water-could-come-at-a-cost-to-the-environment-alert-experts/
enforced through contractual obligations with EPC contractor/sub-contractors.
 General awareness regarding wildlife and nature conservation should be enhanced.
 Strict prohibition on discharge of wastewater containing oil-other hazardous materials-pollutants to the
surrounding soils and waterbodies should be imposed.
 Water quality of the reservoir and nearby waterbodies should be monitored regularly, and immediate
action should be taken to control water pollution in case any deterioration in water quality is noticed.
6.10 Occupational health and safety

Occupational health and safety need to be monitored for several activities anticipated for the Project
o Working at height during erection of, transmission towers and establishment of transmission lines
o During the installation of the Floating SPV system, the PV panels will be set up on the reservoir and
workers may face with the risk of falling into water.
o Working in confined spaces at pooling substation or excavated areas.
o Working with rotating machinery including the rollers and layers.
o Working with live electrical components – transmission towers, lines and internal electrical parts;
and
o Potential risk from unhygienic conditions at site including contaminated drinking water for workers.
The Project will also need to plan for and implement proper measures for fire safety, public accessibility,
falling objects, structural safety and any unforeseen emergency situations.
Various site-preparation and construction activities may pose threat to worker health and safety. During the
construction phase, an occupational health and safety policy should be prepared and implemented by the
contractor/developer. As part of this policy, wearing Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), such as hard
hats, safety gloves, hearing protection devices, and safety boots, should be mandated for undertaking
construction and maintenance works, and appropriate measures to manage sun and heat exposure should
be implemented. In addition, all contractors’ workers should perform their field work under the supervision
of concerned experts and must comply with occupational health and safety norms.
In the construction phase, there are several possible reasons for causing fire exploration, such as electric
shock, loose electricity wires or lighting strike. These incidents may occur during the construction phase at
the transformer station and transmission line. To minimize such unforeseen events, all workers and
operators will be required to complete the training courses on safety measures.
Risk of Electrocution is anticipated during the operational phase of the project, which could be mitigated
through fencing (at Grid Substations) and restricted entry in project site.
Taking all these points in consideration, with distribution buffer area, duration short and intensity low, the
significance of impact can be minimized to an acceptable level.
Mitigation Measures

 The workers (both regular and contractual) on the project should be provided with trainings on the
Health and Safety policy in place, and their role in implementing the same. Refresher courses should be
provided throughout the life of the project.
 A grievance redressal mechanism should be established to allow for the employees and workers to
report any concern or grievance related to work activities.
 Put in place measure to reduce the risk of prevalence of diseases, including screening of workers,
undertaking health awareness amongst the workers, implementation of vector control programs,
avoiding presence of unsanitary conditions and better facilities in the project site, such as safe drinking
water, proper waste collection and disposal etc.
 Permitting system should be implemented to ensure that cranes and lifting equipment is operated by
trained and authorized persons only.
 During the construction phase, an occupational health and safety procedure and plan should be
prepared and implemented by the contractor/developer.
 During the installation of the Floating SPV system, the PV panels will be set up on the reservoir and
workers may face with the risk of falling into water. Therefore, lifejacket and buoyancy aid should be
provided and made readily available for emergency rescue for all workers when they work over or near
water.
 An OHS committee before starting of site-preparation/construction phase may be established. This
committee should control safety aspects of the Project including training and raising safety awareness
for workers, inspecting safety conditions, and identifying safety issues.
 Arrangement for regular health check-up for worker should be kept.
 Proper health and hygiene condition should be maintained at workers accommodation areas/camps.
 No-drug/no -alcohol at workplace should be implemented.
 All construction activities (to the extent possible) should be carried out during daytime hours and
vigilance should be maintained for any potential accidents.
 Adequate Personal Protective Equipment (PPEs) including safety shoes, helmet, goggles, earmuffs and
face masks should be provided to all the workers.
 Structural integrity should be checked before undertaking any work.
 Electrical and maintenance work should not be carried out during poor weather condition.
 Excavated areas should be temporarily fenced to restrict unnecessary access and accidental fall.
 Appropriate safety harnesses and lowering/raising tools should be used for working at heights.
 Safe drinking water supply should be provided to the workers.
 An up to date first aid box should be provided at all construction sites and a trained person should be
appointed to manage it.
 All equipment should be turned off and checked when not in use.
 Fire extinguishing equipment should be provided in adequate number on site to handle any possible fire
outbreaks.
 A safety or emergency management plan should be in place to account for natural disasters, accidents
and any emergency situations. The nearest hospital, ambulance, fire station and police station should be
identified in the emergency management plan and contact details should be placed at strategic
locations for ease of access.
 An accident reporting, and monitoring record register should be maintained.
 All the workers should be made aware of the possible occupational risks/ hazards by the way of an EHS
training/ awareness programme.

 All regulatory compliance related to health safety aspects (like electricity safety-fire safety etc.) should
be ensured.
6.11 Land and asset

As floating solar PVs are situated on water, adverse impact on land in terms of land requirement is low. The
majority of the area for the solar PVs is located on the Indravati reservoir, however small parcels of land are
required for the associated infrastructures – pooling stations and assembly points (APs). Temporary
restriction in land use and crop damage may occur during the construction and maintenance of the
transmission line.
 Land impacted by construction of pooling stations: The land identified for the pooling station (both 1 and
2) fall within the village of Nagi (or Talnagi). As discussed in section 4.6.2, pooling station 1 is located
near the hamlet of Luthgudi and is used for cultivation by the inhabitants of Luthgudi even though they
have no ownership of the land. Pooling station 2 is located near the boat docking area within Nagi
village and there were signs of cultivation and grazing in this patch.
 Land impacted by building of Assembly Points: Assembly point 1 is located very near the water boundary
of the reservoir (almost within the reservoir) and according to the locals, this area is submerged under
water when the reservoir level rises. Assembly point 2 could not be visited due to lack of last mile
connectivity but consists of shrubs and is not used by the locals for any purpose.
 In consultation with the revenue inspector and the locals, it was surmised that none of the above
parcels of land were owned privately but are rather owned by the Upper Indravati Hydroelectric Power
Project (Dam authority as referred to locally), however this will have to be confirmed with title records
prior to any initiation of FSPV activities.
 Land impacted by Transmission towers: As per GoI rules and regulations, lands below the transmission
towers are not acquired but there are impacts in terms of temporary restriction in land use. Potentially
affected people (APs) are provided compensation for any damages caused during the construction or
any loss faced due to the temporary restriction in land use (compensation for crops and plantations).
Impacts as envisaged:
 Loss of landed asset will be a permanent and irreversible loss which should be avoided, to the extent
possible. So far, the possibility of impacting private land is low but this needs to be verified prior to
project initiation. The plots identified for pooling station 1 should be avoided (if possible) as it is
currently used for cultivation purposes for both subsistence and livelihood.
 Loss of income derived from land in the form of agricultural and related activities. Depending on the
type of activity – for subsistence or for commercial – loss of land could either have threats of food
security in the absence of alternative land for subsistence activities, or it could cause loss of livelihood.
Pooling station 1 is used by the tribal inhabitants of Luthgudi hamlet to conduct agricultural activities.
 The construction of transmission towers and drawing of transmission line could cause temporary
restriction in land use and lead to potential risk of crop damages.
 Loss of grazing land could be an associated impact of loss of land, as could be the case for Assembly
point 1.
 Loss of access routes (to the reservoir, boat docking area and elsewhere) due to construction activities
and constructed structures associated to the project. Proposed Pooling Station Point 2 and the existing

demarcated boat docking area are adjacent to each other. There is a small chance of the pooling station
blocking access to the dock either temporarily (during construction) or permanently (if not designed
properly). This could be a crucial loss to the inhabitants of Luthgudi hamlet and Nagi village as this dock
is used by them for transport to the surrounding villages and areas. It is one of the primary sources of
transport for them.
 A proper socio-economic survey prior to construction should be done to identify the loss of landed
assets and the extent & magnitude of loss of livelihood. A census survey will also be required to record
the inventory of loss to be faced by the potentially affected persons.
 Prior to acquiring private lands/any lands (of any kind) used by the local communities for their purposes,
a proper entitlement matrix in accordance to national laws, state laws and IFC performance standards
should be formulated. The same needs to be disclosed and consent in accordance to FPIC needs to be
taken from the surrounding communities and their Gram Panchayat, prior to any construction.
 Loss of land (private) will require either provision of equivalent amount of land or compensation at full
replacement cost. The cost of land will be decided as per assessment of the concerned local
administrative department.
 To the best possible extent, private lands and lands used for subsistence or commercial agricultural
activities should be avoided. In case avoidance is not possible, PAPs should be given adequate
notification to harvest their crops and find alternative land parcels with the help of the local
administration to conduct their subsistence farming and mitigate any threat of food security.
Additionally, the entitlement matrix in the Resettlement Action Plan (to be prepared after detailed ESIA)
should incorporate adequate compensation measures to make up for the loss of annual livelihood of the
Scheduled Tribes (and other vulnerable groups) who practice cultivation on these lands.
 Community should be consulted on the existing transport routes on the reservoir so that adequate
measures can be taken to avoid any impacts on these while finalizing the design of the FSPV. In case
avoidance is not possible, alternative routes should be identified in consultation with the communities.
 In case, the construction of Pooling Station 2 causes loss of access to the boat docking area, an
alternative boat docking area needs to be identified – which should be easily accessible, not too far
away from the existing docking area, and accessible to the people – in consultation with the community.
In case access route and some minor construction work is required for the newly identified docking area
then that too should be undertaken by the project proponent prior to construction work for the FSPV
and its associated infrastructure.
 The entitlement matrix should also factor any temporary damages caused to standing or sowed crops,
or private properties during the operation and maintenance phase of the project and during the
construction and maintenance of the transmission line.
6.12 Livelihood and economy

The major activities conducted for livelihood in the project vicinity are – agriculture and fishing. Both of
these are carried out for the purposes of subsistence/self-consumption as well as for commercial purposes.
The land surrounding the reservoir (the submerged area) is used for agricultural purposes and the locals
grow mostly vegetables and some amount of paddy. The third economic activity is wage labor and mostly 1-

2 men from each family leaves their village to work at construction sites elsewhere and send money back
home.
The Indravati reservoir supports some local fishing activities. Around 10-15 households that rely on fishing, in
Talnagi village. Fishing activities are carried out mostly in the monsoon months (July to October) as the rain
brings the fish to the upper levels making it easier to net them. On average each fishing involved household
catches up to 15-50Kg of fish and the average price of per kg is INR 120/-. There are about 11 fishermen who
have been registered from the village with the Khambeshwari Primary Fishermen Cooperative (PFC), which
leases a certain portion of the reservoir. Other households too conduct fishing activities at a smaller scale
and only for subsistence.
 The floating solar panels will be situated on the Indravati reservoir using approximately 200 hectares of
the reservoir surface area. This can adversely impact the fishing activities conducted in this particular
reservoir part by the villages adjacent to it (Murka and Talnagi) and as well as fishermen from the
Khambeshwari PFCS. Any adverse impact on fishing activity will also impact upon the livelihood and
food resource of the local communities. The income derived from fishing in the monsoon months (July –
October) is considerable with catch per fishing household going up to 100kg per day at prices of
INR15o/kg (approx.).
 Apart from adverse impact on fishing, the reservoir is also used for transport – either to travel across the
reservoir to reach villages or to access fishing areas. The siting of the solar panels could cause routes to
lengthen, thereby increasing the time of transport and commute.
 Since the lands around the reservoir are used of agricultural activities, the associated infrastructure like
pooling station, assembly points and transmission line could adversely impact cultivation activities. The
pooling station and assembly points will be permanent constructions and will change the land use
whereas for the construction of transmission towers, there will be temporary disturbance to agricultural
activities (damages to crops, land or landed assets).
Mitigation measures:
 A socio-economic survey will be required to understand the extent and magnitude of adverse impacts
on the economic activities of the people dependent on the reservoir for their livelihoods. Additionally,
efforts need to be made to identify the vulnerable PAPs (women headed HHs, indigenous HHs, disabled
HHs, aged HHs, etc.) amongst the PAPs. The number of PAPs need to be established in the socio-
economic survey – majorly those who may face economic displacement, as chances of physical
displacement due to land acquisition are slim. A resettlement action plan, livelihood restoration plan and
Indigenous Peoples Plan may be required and should be determined basis the socio-economic survey. It
should be noted that population sizes of Talnagi and Murka villages are quite small and mostly consist of
Scheduled Tribes and then Scheduled Castes – both of which are to be considered as vulnerable
populations. All surveys and consultations will have to be done in accordance to IFC PS 7 – Indigenous
Peoples and FPIC requirements.
 Consultations with the Khambeshwari PFCS and the surrounding communities need to be conducted to
understand the extent of adverse impact on livelihood from fishing activities. It will also be pertinent to
consult with the PFCS to understand the exact catchment area vis-à-vis the siting of the floating panels.
 Post the survey, an entitlement matrix in accordance to the nation laws, state laws and IFC performance
standards needs to be formulated and disclosed to the people for their acceptance and comments, prior

to any construction activity. Any compensation disbursement should be completed prior to initiation of
project works.
or private properties during the operation and maintenance phase of the project. Additionally, the
entitlement matrix of Resettlement Action Plan (to be prepared after detailed ESIA) should incorporate
adequate compensation and support measures to make up for the loss of annual livelihood and access to
cultivable lands of the Scheduled Tribes (vulnerable groups) who practice cultivation on these lands.
6.13 Indigenous people

The FSPV and its associated infrastructure are located in the Kalahandi district with the exception of the
transmission line, which is starting at Talnagi (Kalahandi district) but then passing through 17 villages to end
at Tentulikhunti substation – all in Nabrangpur district. According to the 2011 census, Most of the population
of the two districts is contained in the rural sides and for the Nabrangpur district, almost 59 percent of the
population is classified as Scheduled Tribes and as for Kalahandi, it is 29 percent.
Given the significant presence of scheduled tribes in the project area, the project will trigger IFC
Performance Standard 7 (Indigenous Peoples) and its requirements f FPIC and other considerations. The
project proponent should prepare an Indigenous Peoples Plan (IPP) outlining the actions to minimize and/or
compensate for adverse impacts in a culturally appropriate manner and plan for enhancing positive impact .
Depending on local circumstances, a free-standing IPP may be prepared, or it may be a component of a
broader community development plan where Affected Communities of Indigenous Peoples exist in the
same area with other similarly Affected Communities or where the Indigenous Peoples are integrated within
a larger affected population.
 Scheduled tribes will fall under vulnerable categories of PAPs and any adverse impact on them require
due consideration. The project may pose adverse impacts on their means of livelihoods (fishing and
cultivation) as well as their access and commute routes on the reservoir.
 Indigenous people traditionally rely on their natural surroundings for their livelihood. Scheduled tribes
are further characterized by their low levels of literacy, low penetration of information and technology
and their reliance on traditional means of living and working. This would mean that any adverse impact
on their source of livelihood, their mode of transport causing them increased time, or lack of access to
lands which they were earlier cultivating for subsistence – would further increase their vulnerability.
Mitigation measures:
 A detailed socio-economic assessment needs to be conducted for the project area

 In case of significant impacts on the livelihood of the surrounding people and on Indigenous people, the
project may require the development of a Resettlement action plan, livelihood restoration plan along
with an Indigenous People’s Plan / Community development Plan. The entitlements of tribal
communities and the special considerations given to their vulnerable status need to be incorporated in
these plans, disclosed prior to project works and should find acceptance in accordance to FPIC
requirements under IFC PS.

 Culturally appropriate consultation should be carried out with not just the affected tribal communities
but also their elected representatives and village elders (Gram Panchayat at Talnagi).
 To the best possible extent, private lands (if any involved) and lands used for subsistence or commercial
agricultural activities should be avoided.
 In case avoidance is not possible, then all possible measures should be taken to minimize the magnitude
of impacts –
o continued engagement with the communities to apprise them of the project status,
o prior notice to clear lands used for cultivation so that the PAPs have time to harvest their crops,
o finding alternative lands for these communities to use for their subsistence farming and grazing
prior to any commencement of project work,
o Making best attempts to use Labour from the surrounding community including from the
families of the affected Indigenous people
o Finding alternative access routes in case project components impact upon any existing ones
o Strengthening aspects of community development in the project vicinity (like roads,
electrification, supporting development of proper docking areas, etc.).
o The hamlet of Luthgudi has no electrification and will be the nearest inhabited area to the
pooling station 1, pooling station 2, and Assembly point 1. The project proponent should include
plans for electrification of the hamlet in either their IPP or broader Community development
Plan. Electrification is one of the basic requirements and also expectation of the project, of this
small tribal hamlet.
or private properties during the operation and maintenance phase of the project. The vulnerabilities of
the Scheduled tribes residing in the hamlet of Luthgudi and in the villages of Nagi and Murka and any
losses to them should be factored into the entitlement matrix.
6.14 Community health and safety

There are a number of potential community health and safety risks associated with construction of the
Project. This includes labor influx-related community health and safety and other issues.
Labor Influx-related community health and safety:
 Key components of the Project including floating solar area, pooling station, transmission line, and
assembly points will be located in the village surrounding the reservoir. During the construction of these
components, it is expected that a considerable number of workers will be employed by the Project and
apart from the unskilled construction workers, most of the skilled workers will be migrant labour
brought in from other parts of the country. These workers will be accommodated in camps near/around
the project site. The presence of these workers in the lowly populated villages of Talnagi and Murka,
with limited resources and dependency on their natural surrounding may cause conflict over resource
sharing, create pressure on local infrastructure, increase of commodity and goods prices,
conflict/tension between migrant and local people, increased risk of infectious diseases including sexual
transmitted infection and general disturbance (alcohol and drug abuse) in the project vicinity.

 Both Talnagi and Murka have less than 200 households each and low levels of population. A large influx
of migrant workers may become a risk to the existing social fabric of the two villages, which are
predominantly tribal in nature. The siting of the Labor camps, utilities and supplies to the camps, waste
management, and interaction with the locals will have to be strictly monitored and supervised by the
contractor as well as the project proponent in order to safeguard the safety, interests and cultural rights
of the host communities.
Impacts on health, safety and security of existing communities:
 The influx of labour may also lead to risks of safety and security amongst the existing communities.
Large number of migrant labour population with cultural differences with the existing communities
could cause tensions and conflicts with the host community over access to scarce resources and
exacerbate gendered risks like Gender Based Violence (GBV). The presence of cash due to work could
increase the potential for sex work in the fringes and increase the risk of communicable and sexually
transmitted diseases.
 The local community may be exposed to health and safety risks resulting from construction activities of
the Project components including noise, dust, and traffic safety and drowning potential due to curiosity
for the floating solar panels.
 The existence of the floating solar modules on the lake may attract the people from local area and/or
other place (tourists) who want to visit the project area and access to the lake to observe the floating
solar. Such actions could lead to the increase of drowning and other safety (due to construction
activities of other components nearby) potential to the visitors and disturbance to the daily activities of
local community who live near the Project area.
Other Impacts:
 Construction materials and workers will be transported to and from the Project site. The transportation
and existing roads may be busier during the short period of construction of the project, especially during
the transportation of the floatation devices and panels which are to be assembled near the project site.
 Influx of labour and establishment of labour camps could cause additional waste generation in the area.
The waste management practices of the existing communities and utilities available may not be able to
handle the burden of the additional municipal waste leading to indiscriminate dumping including into
the reservoir.
 Increase in tourism (indirect) could be an impact with people wanting to see floating solar panels.
 Migrant workers and workers in general will be provided with mandatory and periodic training centered
on proper behavior around host community, use and destruction of surrounding areas, use and overuse
of forest produce (like firewood), prevention of STDs and communicable diseases, waste management
and disposal practices, etc. The siting of labor camps should be done in consultation with the Gram
Panchayat to avoid any conflict.
 The labor camps need to be equipped with proper accommodations, sanitation facilities, and utilities in a
manner that pressure on existing utilities is low or negligible. The contractor will need to ensure these
basic facilities at the labor camp/s. Any open defecation or disposal of municipal waste in the
surrounding or village peripherals should be strictly prohibited by the contractor and the labor camps
should be monitored for adherence of the rules.

 The contractor and project proponent need to finalize a proper mechanism on waste (municipal)
disposal from the work sites and the labor camps and training to the workers on the same needs to be
maintained. Construction camps shall be provided with sanitary latrines and urinals. Compost pits will be
constructed for the disposal of the garbage with requisite permissions from the Gram Panchayat and
other biodegradable wastes generated from the camps. Proper collection, transportation and disposal
of the wastes will be ensured at all times.
 Avoiding mobilizing for construction in peak hours (during early morning when the local people work).
 The Project would have in place a traffic safety training for its employees and contractors’ workers,
especially the drivers, and if possible such program should be expanded for local communities to raise
their awareness and practice of traffic safety.
 Consideration of maintenance and improvement of the communal roads which are used by the Project is
also recommended.
 The project will allocate their personnel to stay at the site and install a camera system for security
observation during the construction and operation phases. It is also understood that
 The project will place ample warning signs for all visitors and locals stating that the area is a restricted
area and deep lake which could be dangerous for unauthorized persons and keep reminding visitors to
stay far from the construction area and the lake.
6.15 Culture and heritage:

Any adverse impacts on existing archaeological, cultural and regional artefact of considerable symbolic
worth are not expected. However, the safeguard management plan needs to have a chance-find procedure
for any accidental discoveries in the area during construction works or any other phase of the project
development.
 All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains or archaeological interest
discovered on the site shall be the property of the Government and shall be dealt with as per provisions
of the relevant legislation.
 The Contractor will take reasonable precautions to prevent his workmen or any other persons from
removing and damaging any such article or thing. He will, immediately upon discovery thereof and
before removal acquaint the Environmental Specialist PIU or PIC of such discovery and carry out the
PIU/PIC instructions for dealing with the same, waiting which all work shall be stopped.
 The PIU/PIC will seek direction from the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) before instructing the
Contractor to recommence the work in the site. The Archaeological structures identified along the route
alignment of the Transmission line should be protected/ preserved or enhanced as per the law.

7 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT ACTION
PLAN
Based on the preliminary assessment, the Environment and Social Management Action Plan (ESMAP)
specifies measures for addressing the negative risks and impacts and provisions for enhancing the beneficial
impacts with further recommendation. In this chapter indicative institutional arrangements for safeguard
implementation, Proposed action plan for implementation and monitoring of safeguard measures,
budgetary provisions are discussed in detail.
7.1 Institutional Arrangements

For the successful implementation of safeguard measures and to achieve targeted safeguard performance
in the project through robust monitoring mechanism, institutional arrangement as proposed for the
proposed project during various stages of project development is discussed in this section. The overall
implementation, supervision and co-ordination responsibilities for the environment-social-health-safety
(ESHS) aspects of the project would lie with GEDCOL &/or GEDCOL Partner. Whereas the primary
responsibility for preparation of safeguard documentation, implementation of safeguard measures and
ensuring regulatory compliance is expected to be given to Consultant & Developer (Detailed Design Phase)
and Contractor/Developer (Site Preparation, Construction and Operation & Maintenance Stage) during
various stages of project cycle. Below figure depicts the indicative outline of proposed institutional
structure. Pertinent to state that each of the level should be having adequate number of safeguard
specialists to take care of ESHS requirements of the project effectively.

Figure 18: Institutional Arrangement for Safeguard Implementation
7.2 Environmental and Social Management Action Plan

The activities to be performed by different entities during various stages of project cycle is outlined below in
form of Environmental and Social Management Action Plan (ESMAP) which is further required to be
updated based on findings of detailed Environmental and Social Assessment studies and budget for
implementation of same needs to be revised accordingly.

Table 17: Environmental and Social Management Action Plan (ESMAP)
S. No. Aspect/Activity Key Potential Impacts/Risks Mitigation Measures – Action Plans Timelines of Implementation Responsibility
Detailed Design, Construction (including Site preparation/Preconstruction) and Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Phases
1. Compliance to Throughout the Project Lifecycle. Detailed Design

 Violation of the legal requirements  Securing all required permits
Regulatory Primary: Consultant & Developer
and legal prosecution as a pertaining to the project and
Requirements and Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
consequence. adherence to conditions stipulated
securing Permits
 Reputational damage. by regulators.
Construction
 Delay in project execution.  Adherence to the regulatory
Primary: Contractor/ Developer
 Risk of shutting down the project norms’ conditions.
Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
by the regulatory authorities due
to non-compliance. The regulatory framework potentially
applicable to the project is elaborated
Operation and Maintenance
in ‘Chapter 3- Legislative Regulation
Primary: Contractor/ Developer
and Policy Consideration’.
Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
Detailed Design Phase
2. Preparation of Inadequate Please Refer ‘Chapter 8: Conclusion Prior to Site Preparation Detailed Design
Safeguard & Recommendation’ Primary: Consultant & Developer
 information about potential
Documentations like Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
impact
Detailed ESIA/ESMP,
 plan for mitigating the risk
Biodiversity Plan etc.
 budget for implementation of
safeguard measures
Construction (including Site preparation/Preconstruction) Phase
3. Safeguard Please refer to Section 6.2 of the Please refer to Section 6.2 of the Construction (including Site Primary: Contractor/ Developer
implementation for report report preparation/Preconstruction) Phase Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
Land use &
Topography
4. Management of Soil Please refer to Section 6.3 of the Please refer to Section 6.3 of the Throughout Construction (including Primary: Contractor/ Developer

Resource report report Site preparation/Preconstruction) Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
Phase
5. Management of Solid Please refer to Section 6.4 of the Please refer to Section 6.4 of the Throughout Construction (including Primary: Contractor/ Developer
and Hazardous Waste report report Site preparation/Preconstruction) Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
Phase
6. Mitigation of Air Please refer to Section 6.5 of the Please refer to Section 6.5 of the Throughout Construction (including Primary: Contractor/ Developer
Pollution report report Site preparation/Preconstruction) Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
Phase
7. Mitigation of Noise Please refer to Section 6.6 of the Please refer to Section 6.6 of the Throughout Construction (including Primary: Contractor/ Developer
Pollution report report Site preparation/Preconstruction) Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
Phase
8. Conservation and Please refer to Section 6.7 of the Please refer to Section 6.7 of the Throughout Construction (including Primary: Contractor/ Developer
pollution control of report report Site preparation/Preconstruction) Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
water resources Phase
9. Conservation of Please refer to Section 6.8 of the Please refer to Section 6.8 of the Throughout Construction (including Primary: Contractor/ Developer
Terrestrial Ecosystem report report Site preparation/Preconstruction) Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
Phase
10. Conservation of Please refer to Section 6.9 of the Please refer to Section 6.9 of the Throughout Construction (including Primary: Contractor/ Developer
Aquatic Ecosystem report report Site preparation/Preconstruction) Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
Phase
11. Managing Please refer to Section 6.10 of the Please refer to Section 6.10 of the Throughout Construction (including Primary: Contractor/ Developer
Occupational health report report Site preparation/Preconstruction) Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
and safety aspects Phase
12. Offsetting Potential Please refer to Section 6.11 of the Please refer to Section 6.11 of the Prior to Site Preparation GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
Impact on land and report report
assets (also
enhancement)
Impact on livelihood

and economic report report

activities (also
enhancement)
Impact on Indigenous report report
people and their
surroundings (also
enhancement)
15. Managing Potential Please refer to Section 6.14 of the Please refer to Section 6.14 of the Throughout Construction (including Primary: Contractor/ Developer
Impact on community report report Site preparation/Preconstruction) Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
health and safety Phase
16. Managing Potential Please refer to Section 6.15 of the Please refer to Section 6.15 of the Throughout Construction (including Primary: Contractor/ Developer
Impact on culture and report report Site preparation/Preconstruction) Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
heritage Phase
Operation and Maintenance
17. Management of Soil Please refer to Section 6.3 of the Please refer to Section 6.3 of the Throughout Operation and Primary: Contractor/ Developer
Resource report report Maintenance stage Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
18. Management of Solid Please refer to Section 6.4 of the Please refer to Section 6.4 of the Throughout Operation and Primary: Contractor/ Developer
and Hazardous Waste report report Maintenance stage Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
19. Mitigation of Air Please refer to Section 6.5 of the Please refer to Section 6.5 of the Throughout Operation and Primary: Contractor/ Developer
Pollution report report Maintenance stage Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
20. Mitigation of Noise Please refer to Section 6.6 of the Please refer to Section 6.6 of the Throughout Operation and Primary: Contractor/ Developer
Pollution report report Maintenance stage Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
21. Conservation and Please refer to Section 6.7 of the Please refer to Section 6.7 of the Throughout Operation and Primary: Contractor/ Developer
pollution control of report report Maintenance stage Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
water resources
22. Conservation of Please refer to Section 6.8 of the Please refer to Section 6.8 of the Throughout Operation and Primary: Contractor/ Developer
Terrestrial Ecosystem report report Maintenance stage Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner

23. Conservation of Please refer to Section 6.9 of the Please refer to Section 6.9 of the Throughout Operation and Primary: Contractor/ Developer
Aquatic Ecosystem report report Maintenance Stage Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
24. Managing Please refer to Section 6.10 of the Please refer to Section 6.10 of the Throughout Operation and Primary: Contractor/ Developer
Occupational health report report Maintenance Stage Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
and safety aspects
25. Offsetting Potential Please refer to Section 6.11 of the Please refer to Section 6.11 of the Throughout Operation and GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
Impact on land and report report Maintenance Stage (if applicable)
assets (also
enhancement)
Impact on livelihood report report Maintenance Stage (if applicable)
and economic
activities (also
enhancement)
Impact on Indigenous report report Maintenance Stage (if applicable)
people and their
surroundings (also
enhancement)
28. Managing Potential Please refer to Section 6.14 of the Please refer to Section 6.14 of the Throughout Operation and Primary: Contractor/ Developer
Impact on community report report Maintenance Stage (if applicable) Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
health and safety
29. Managing Potential Please refer to Section 6.15 of the Please refer to Section 6.15 of the Throughout Operation and Primary: Contractor/ Developer
Impact on culture and report report Maintenance Stage (if applicable) Secondary: GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
heritage

7.3 Environmental & Social Monitoring Plan
The objective of environmental monitoring during the preconstruction, construction and operation phases is to compare the monitored data against the baseline
condition collected during the study period to assess the effectiveness of the mitigation measures and the protection of the surrounding environment. A
monitoring schedule has been outlined based on the environmental components that may be affected during the various phases of the project and given below.
The monitoring of various parameters for Air, Water, Nosie etc. should be carried out in accordance with the CPCB & MoEFCC guideline.
Table 18: Environmental & Social Monitoring Plan
Recommended
S. No. Aspect Source of Potential Impact Monitoring Parameters Executing Agency Enforcement Agency
Frequency17
A Preconstruction and Construction Phase
Local Manpower Contractor’s report GEDCOL & GEDCOL
1. Construction Works Quarterly Contractor/Developer
Absorption No. of people working in the project Partner
Excavation, disposal, cut & fill GEDCOL & GEDCOL
Survey & observation; Extent and
and land clearing activities for Partner
2. Soil Erosion degree of erosion; Structures for Monthly Contractor/Developer
site levelling and internal
controlling soil erosion
roads, disposal
Survival rate of species planted; GEDCOL & GEDCOL
3. Greenbelt Development - Half Yearly Contractor/Developer
Density of vegetation Partner
Survey & observations; GEDCOL & GEDCOL
Transportation of construction Quarterly (Except
Concentration Levels for various Partner
4. Air Quality materials, various construction monsoon season) Contractor/Developer
pollutants as recommended by
works at 2 locations
CPCB
Restoration of disposal sites Status of mitigation measures; GEDCOL & GEDCOL
5. Waste Management Quarterly Contractor/Developer
and construction areas Waste management practice Partner
Transportation of construction Ambient Equivalent continuous GEDCOL & GEDCOL
materials, various construction Sound Pressure Levels (Leq) at day Partner
6. Noise Level Monthly Contractor/Developer
works, operation of and Night-time at 4locations
equipment and DG Sets
All physio-chemical & biological Quarterly from 2 GEDCOL & GEDCOL
7. Ground Water Contamination due to seepage Contractor/Developer
parameters locations Partner
All relevant physio-chemical & GEDCOL & GEDCOL
Transportation of construction Once in each
biological parameters for the Partner
8. Surface Water materials, various construction season at Contractor/Developer
sample drawn from reservoir and
works, runoff from camp 4locations
other waterbody
17 number of sampling location and location of sampling should be finalized in discussion with Environmental Experts of Executing Agency as well as Enforcement Agency
Recommended
S. No. Aspect Source of Potential Impact Monitoring Parameters Executing Agency Enforcement Agency
Frequency
Ecology / Biodiversity Ecological impacts -Vegetation Avifauna /Arboreal species GEDCOL & GEDCOL
Clearance/ Transmission Line; monitoring; Terrestrial and aquatic Partner
9. Quarterly Contractor/Developer
development of FSPV island in habitat and species assessment
reservoir (richness and diversity)
Grievance Redress Construction works; material GEDCOL & GEDCOL
Details of grievance registered,
and waste handling/disposal; Contractor/Developer & Partner
10. nature of grievance, adequacy of Quarterly
access issue; land requirement GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
resolution
for the project; labour influx
B Operation and Maintenance Phase
Ambient Equivalent continuous Once in each GEDCOL & GEDCOL
Noise levels compliance with
1. Noise Levels Sound Pressure Levels (Leq) at day season at 4 Contractor/Developer Partner
respect to CPCB standards
and Night-time at 4 locations locations
Survival rate of species planted; GEDCOL & GEDCOL
2. Greenbelt Development Half Yearly Contractor/Developer
Density of vegetation Partner
Avifauna /Arboreal species GEDCOL & GEDCOL
Operational Transmission line
monitoring; Terrestrial and aquatic Partner
3. Ecological Environment and Floating SPV island on Half Yearly Contractor/Developer
habitat and species assessment
reservoir
(richness and diversity)
Once in a year at Contractor/Developer GEDCOL & GEDCOL
Concentration Levels for various
2 locations Partner
4. Ambient air quality O&M works pollutants as recommended by
(Except monsoon
CPCB
season)
All physio-chemical & biological Quarterly from 1 Contractor/Developer GEDCOL & GEDCOL
5. Ground water quality Contamination due to seepage
parameters location Partner
All relevant physio-chemical & Contractor/Developer GEDCOL & GEDCOL
Quarterly from 4
6. Surface water quality O&M works on reservoir biological parameters for the Partner
locations
sample drawn from reservoir
Details of grievance registered, GEDCOL & GEDCOL
Contractor/Developer &
7. Grievance Redress O&M works nature of grievance, adequacy of Quarterly Partner
GEDCOL & GEDCOL Partner
resolution

7.4 ESMP Review, Amendment, Reporting and Communication
Project Contractor/developer should annually review the ESMP to address any modifications in line with the
changing circumstances or unanticipated risks, changed process or regulatory requirements. Upon any
amendment, the amended ESMP should be shared with GEDCOL and GEDCOL partner for their approval.
External review should be carried out half yearly during the construction phase. During operation phase, the
external review should be done on an annual basis. The findings of external review should be implemented
by the entities involved in safeguard implementation and monitoring. The Project should ensure mechanism
for timely reporting of responses against any complaints or notices issued by regulatory agencies or other
stakeholders and should also establish mechanism for documenting status of safeguard implementation
and its adequacy (preferably Quarterly) in form of Monitoring Reports for Public Disclosure.
These reports should also be forwarded to financial institution (if applicable) for approval and disclosure.
7.5 Documentation & Record Keeping

Documentation and record keeping system need to be established to ensure updating and recording of
requirements as specified in ESMP. Responsibilities must be assigned to relevant personnel for ensuring that
the ESMP documentation system is maintained, and that document control is ensured. The following
records (but not limited to) should be maintained at site:
 Contractors ESMP.
 Documented Environment Management System.
 Legal Register.
 Operation control procedures.
 Work instructions.
 Incident reports.
 Emergency preparedness and response procedures.
 Training records.
 Monitoring and Review Reports.
 Complaints/Grievance register and given resolution.

7.6 Budgetary Provision for ESMP
An indicative cost for E&S management has been furnished in below table by considering 2022 as base year.
The estimated cost is indicative and may vary subject to the condition stipulated by regulatory authority or
E&S Study findings during Detailed Design/ construction/operation stage.
Table 19: Budgetary Provision
S. No Components Unit Cost (INR) Cost (INR.)

A Fixed Cost
A.1. Design Phase
* Preparation of ESIA & ESMP/RAP/IPP etc.
A.1.1. * Procuring Various Consents, Clearances, Lumpsum 10000000
Permissions
Resettlement and Rehabilitation & Community
A.1.2. To be Covered under Project Cost -
development cost
A.2. Construction Phase (2 Years) -
Installation of wastewater management Facilities &
A.2.1. To be Covered under Project Cost -
Waste Management
Environmental Monitoring (As per the monitoring
schedule mentioned in Table 18) from site and
surrounding area
A.2.2. Ambient Air 1200000/Quarter 9600000

Ambient Noise
Surface Water
Ground/Drinking Water
Soil Quality
Biodiversity Assessment including Aquatic Ecology
A.2.3. 1500000/Quarter 12000000
Assessment (Quarterly)
A.2.4. E&S Specialist - Full Time: 1 Nos 1800000/year/person 3600000
occupational health specialist and a safety specialist-
A.2.5. 1500000/year/person 3000000
Full Time: 1 No
Green Belt Development/NPV for Forest land and
A.2.6. Compensatory Afforestation (as applicable) as per To be Covered under Project Cost -
regulatory requirement
A.2.7. External Audit (Semi Annual) 600000/audit 2400000
Total Fixed Cost (INR) 40600000

B Yearly Recurring Cost (yearly)
B.1. Operation Phase (per year)
B.1.1. Waste Disposal To be covered under project cost -
Environmental Monitoring (As per the monitoring
schedule mentioned in Table 18) from site and
surrounding area
B.1.2. Ambient Air 1500000/Quarter 6000000

Ambient Noise
Surface Water
Ground/Drinking Water
Soil Quality

S. No Components Unit Cost (INR) Cost (INR.)
Biodiversity Assessment including Aquatic Ecology
B.1.4. 2000000/study 4000000
Assessment (Half Yearly)
B.1.5. ESHS Specialist - Full Time: 1 No 2000000/year/person 2000000
B.1.6. External Audit (Annual) 800000/audit 800000
Total Yearly Recurring Cost (INR) during operational

12800000
period
Note: The costs are approximate and need calibration at the time of detailed design and estimation stage. If there is
need of any specific mitigation according to E&S study during detailed design/Construction/Operation phase, the
cost for the same will be additional

8 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION
As per Environmental Impact Assessment Notification and its subsequent assessments, prior Environmental
Clearance and preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment Study as per the requirement of EIA
notification is not mandated by the national regulatory framework for Solar Power Projects.
Also, as per CPCB industry classification, Solar power project falls in White category due to its non-polluting
nature. Therefore, no ‘Consent to Establish’ or ‘Consent to Operate’ from concerned State Pollution Control
Board is required for this kind of projects.
However, to comply with Safeguard Requirements of IFC, it is important for the project proponent to
ensure implementation of the suggested mitigation measure as outlined in the Chapter 7 i.e., Environmental
and Social Management Action Plan (ESMAP) chapter and comply with the regulatory frameworks as
detailed out in Chapter 3 i.e., Legislative Regulation and Policy Consideration. Based on the preliminary
environmental & social assessment, the ESMAP is prepared, which outlines specific mitigation measures and
recommendations for further studies.
Based on the preliminary environmental & social assessment, Key recommendations are summarised
below:
o ESIA & ESMP: It is recommended to undertake a detailed Environmental & Social Impact
Assessment (ESIA) in line with the requirement of IFC Performance Standards at detailed design
stage towards development of ESMP, RAP, Gender Action Plan, Livelihood Restoration Plan,
Labour Management Plan, Traffic Management Plan etc. as applicable based on the finding of
ESIA.
o Detailed Ecological Study: Assessment of terrestrial (including bird) and aquatic ecology prior to
initiation of site related activities as well as during implementation of project.
o Given the significant presence of scheduled tribes in the project area, the project proponent should
prepare an Indigenous Peoples Plan (IPP) in consideration of IFC PS 7 requirements.
o The project proponent should ensure robust Stakeholder Engagement and Grievance Redress
Mechanism throughout the project lifecycle in accordance with IFC PS.
o Environmental and Social Auditing (Construction & Operation phase) through external agency
should be carried out.

ANNEXURE
Annexure 1: Details of Baseline Monitoring

Soil Sampling Locations shown on Google Earth
Soil Samplings Conducted at Indravati Site

Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring Locations shown on Google Earth
Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring Conducted at Indravati Site
AAQ1, Nagi AAQ1 (Repeat), Nagi
AAQ2, Khatiguda AAQ2 (Repeat), Khatiguda

Noise Level Monitoring Locations shown on Google Earth
Noise Level Monitoring Conducted at Indravati Site
NQ1, Nagi NQ2, Near Khatiguda
NQ3, Near Pajara Deopali NQ4, Near Gaura Deopali

Surface Water Sampling Locations shown on Google Earth
Surface Water Samplings Conducted at Indravati Site
Ground Water Sampling Locations shown on Google Earth

Ground Water Conducted at Indravati Site

Annexure 2: Checklist for Flora & Fauna18
Flora
Fungi of Kalahandi South Division
Sl. Scientific Name Family
No.
01 Agaricus bisporus (J.E. Lange) Pilat Agaricaceae
02 Agaricus nivescens (F.H. Moeller) F.H. Moeller. Agaricaceae
03 Armillana cepistipes Velenovsky Physalariaceae
04 Armillaria tabescens (Scop.) Emel Physalariaceae
05 Cantharellus subalbidus Smith & Morse Cantharellaceae
06 Coprinus cinereus (Schaeff. ex Fr.)S.F Psathyrellaceae
07 Coprinus congregates Bull. ex Fr Psathyrellaceae
08 Coprinus pachyspermus P.D. Qrton Psathyrellaceae
09 Dictyophora indusiata (Vent. Ex Pers.) Desv Phallaceae
10 Morchella esculenta Fr. Morchellaceae
11 Phallus impudicus Linn. Phallaceae
12 Polyporus sp. Polyporaceae
13 Russula emetic Fr. Russulaceae
14 Russula xerampelina (Schaeff.) Fr. Russulaceae
Lichen of Kalahandi South Division

No.
01 Caloplaca biatonina (A. Massal.) J. Steiner Teloschistaceae
02 Cetraria melaloma Kremp – Wei Parmeliaceae
03 Cetraria olivetorum Nyl. Parmeliaceae
04 Evemmia mesomorpha Nyl. – Wei Parmeliaceae
05 Heterodemia diademata (Taylor) D.D. Awasthi Physciaceae
06 Leptogium trichophorum Mull. Arg. – Wei Thelotremataceae
07 Lobaria pulmonaria (L.) Hoffm. Lobariaceae
08 Parmelia squarrosa Hale – Wei Parmeliaceae
09 Pamelia saxatilis (L) Ach. Parmeliaceae
10 Parmelia sulcata Taylor Parmeliaceae
11 Stereocaulon sp. Steriocaulaceae
12 Sticta praetextata (Ras) D.D Awasthi – Sochting Lobariaceae
13 Sulcaria virens (Taylor Bystr. ex Brodo & D.Hawksw – Wei Thelotremataceae
Bryophytes of Kalahandi South Division

No.
01 Asterella angusta (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Aytoniaceae
02 Bryum argenteum Hedw. Var. Argenteum Bryaceae
03 Camphylopus gracillis (Griff.) A. Jaeger Dicranaceae
04 Cyathodium cavemacum Kashyap Targioniaceae
05 Dumortiera hirsute (Sw.) Nees. Marchantiaceae
06 Fissidens involutus Mitt. Subsp. Involutus Fissidentaceae
07 Funaria hygrometrica Hedw. Var. Hygrometrica Funariaceae
08 Herpetineuron toccoae (Sull. & Lesq.) Cardot Thuidiaceae
09 Heteroscyphus argutus (Reinw. & al.) Schiffn. Geocalycaceae
10 Isopterygium albescens (Hook.) a. HjAEGER Hypnaceae
18 Kalahandi Forest Division, Odisha

11 Marchantia subintegra Kashyap Marchantiaceae
12 Marchantia linearis Lehm. Et. Lindb. Marchantiaceae
13 Marchantia palmate Nees Marchantiaceae
14 Phaeoceros carolianus (Michx.) Prosk. Anthocerotaceae
15 Phaeoceros laevis Prosk. Anthocerotaceae
16 Plagiochasma appendiculatum Lehm. & Lindenb. Aytoniaceae
17 Reboulia hemisphaerica (L.) Raddi Aytoniaceae
18 Riccardia levierli Schiffn. Riccardiaceae
19 Ricci crystalline L.C. Ricciaceae
20 Riccia discolour Lehm. & Lindenb. Ricciaceae
21 Ricci fluitans L. Ricciaceae
22 Riccia gangetica Ahmad Ricciaceae
23 Targionia hypophylla L. Targioniaceae
Ferns of Kalahandi South Division
Sl No Scientific Name Family
01 Adiantum caudatum Adiantaceae

02 Actinopteris radiatama Aciniopteribaceae
03 Adiantum philippense Adiantaceae
04 Angiopteris evecta Angiopteriodaceae
05 Alsophila gigantea Cytheaceae
06 Alsophila spinulosa Cytheaceae
07 Asplenium perakense Aspleniaceae
08 Athyrium hohenackerianum Athyriaceae
09 Athyrium falcatum Athyriaceae
10 Athyrium parasnathense Athyriaceae
11 Azolla pinnata Azollaceae
12 Blechnum orientale Blechnaceae
13 Bilbitis costata Lomariopsidaceae
14 Bilbitis contaminans Lomariopsidaceae
15 Ceratopteris thalictroides Parkeriaceae
16 Chilanthes tenuifolia Cheilanthaceae
17 Christella parasitica Thelypteridaceae
18 Diplazium esculentum Anthyriaceae
19 Drynaria querfolia Drynariaceae
20 Dryoptries sparsa Dryopteridaceae
21 Dryoptries cochleata Dryopteridaceae
22 Eqsuisetum rammossissimum Equisetaceae
23 Heminotis arifolia Hemiontidaceae
24 Lygodium flexuosum Lygiodiaceae
25 Macrothelyptris torresiana Thelypteridaceae
26 Marsilea quadrifolia Marsileaceae
27 Microlepia speluncae Dennstaedtiaceae
28 Ophioglossum reticulatum Ophioglossaceae
29 Paraleptochilus decurrens Polypodiaceae
30 Pneumatopteris truncate Thelypteridaceae
31 Pronephrium nudatum Thelypteridaceae
32 Pteris biaurita Peteridaceae
33 Pteridium aquilinum Dennstaedtiaceae

34 Pyrrosia mollis Polypodiaceae
35 Selaginella nairrie Selaginellaceae
36 Selaginella indica Selaginellaceae
37 Sphenomeris chinensis Lindsaeaceae
38 Tectaria citutaria Aspidiaceae
39 Nephrolips brisesrata Nephrolepidaceae
CLIMBER AND TWINNER OF KALAHANDI SOUTH DIVISION
Sl. Scientific Name Local Name Family

No.
01 Abrus precatorius Kaincha (Gunja) Fabaceae

02 Acacia sinuata Dantari Fabaceae
03 Agnosoma caryophyllata Malati Apocyanaceae
04 Argyreia setosa (Roxb.) Choisy Baghchaar Convolvulaceae
05 Asparagus racemosus Satabari Liliaceae
06 Atylosia scarabaeoides Vankolthi Fabaceae
07 Bauhinia vahlii Wight. Siali Caesalpiniaceae
08 Bauhinia moxburghiana Wight. Baghamari Caesalpiniaceae
09 Butea superba Roxb. Lata Palash Fabaceae
10 Calycopteris floribunda Khakundia combretaceae
11 Capparis zeylanica L. Asadhua Capparidaceae
12 Cayratia trifolia (L.) Domin. Bush Grape Vitaceae
13 Celastrus paniculatus Ping Celastraceae
14 Cissampelos pareira Akanbindu Menispermaceae
15 Clematis gouriana Roxb. Indian Traveller’s Joy Ranunculaceae
16 Combretum decandrum Atundi Combretaceae
17 Cryptolepsis buchanani Gopkanu Asclepiadaceae
18 Dioscorea galbra Kanta Alu Dioscoraceae
19 Dioscorea pentaphylla Kabra Alu Dioscoraceae
20 Dioscorea belophylla Korrendia Alu Dioscoraceae
21 Dioscorea bulbifera Pita alua Dioscoraceae
22 Dioscorea speciosa Bana Alu Dioscoraceae
23 Dioscorea oppositifolia Pani Alu Dioscoraceae
24 Dioscorea anguina Kosa Alu Dioscoraceae
25 Dioscorea wallichi Tunga Alu Dioscoraceae
26 Embelia ribes Vidanga Myrsinaceae
27 Entada phaseoloides (L.) Merr. Gila Mimosaceae
28 Genthum scandens Miriga Lendi Genetaceae
29 Glochidiuon lanceolarium Chikini Euphorbiaceae
30 Gloriosa superba L. Pancha angulia Colchicaceae
31 Gouania tiliaefolia Raktapichuli Rhamnaceae
32 Gymnema sylvestre R.Br. Gudmari Asclepiadaceae
33 Hemidesmus indicus (L.) R.Br. Anantamula Periploaceae
34 Hiptage benghalensis (L.) Kurz. Lata Nageswar Malpighiaceae
35 Ichnocarpus frustescens Suam noi Apocyanaceae
36 Marsderia fenacissima Ghaya Aschelpiadaceae
37 Millettia extensa Marda Fabaceae
38 Mucuna pruriens Baidanka Fabaceae
39 Oplia mentaceae Bhadalia Olacaceae
40 Operculina turpethum Tihudi Convolvulaceae
41 Paederia foeitida Prasaruni Rubiaceae
42 Parabaena sagittata Miers. Parabaena Menispermaceae

43 Pueraria tuberose Bhuinkakharu Fabaceae
44 Solanea amplexicaulis Matka Solanaceae
45 Smilax ovalifolia Muturi Smilacaceae
46 Smilax perfoliata Ramdatun Smilacaceae

47 Smilax zeylanica Muturi Smilacaceae
48 Tragia plukenetii Bana Kunduri Euphorbiaceae
49 Trichosanthes curumerina Bana Potala Cucurbitaceae
50 Trichosanthes tricuspidata Makiria Cucurbitaceae
Blanco.
51 Uraria picta Krishnaparni Fabaceae
52 Vitis heyneana Roem. Dumba/Debliya Vittaceae
53 Ziziphus oenoplea Mill. Kantei Koli Rhamnaceae
EPIPHYTES OF KALAHANDI SOUTH DIVISION

Sl No Scientific Name Family
01 Dendrobium regium Prain Orchidaceae
02 Dendrobium transparens Wall.ex Lindl. Orchidaceae
03 Dendrobium aphyllum (Roxb.) Fischer Orchidaceae
04 Vanda testacea Lindl.) Reichb . Orchidaceae
05 Oberonia falconeri Hook. f. Orchidaceae
06 Rhynchostylis retusa (L.) Bl. . Orchidaceae
HERBS OF KALAHANDI SOUTH DIVISION

Sl No Scientific Name Local Name Family
01 Abelmoschus moschatus Medic. Bana Bhindi Malvaceae
02 Achiranthes aspera Apamarange Amaranthaceae
03 Ageratum conyzoides Pokosungha Asteraceawe
04 Aginetia indica Forest Ghost Flower Orobanchaceae
or Ankuri
05 Andrographis paniculata (Bedd.) C.B.Cl. Bhuineem Acanthaceae
06 Argemon maxicana Sarpurni Or Dengibi Papaveraceae
Full
07 Ajuga macrosperma Wall. Ex Benth Bugle weed Lamiaceae
08 Amorphophalus bulbifera (Roxb.) BI Devil’s Tongue Araceac
Flower
09 Arundinella pumila (Hochst. ex A. Rich) Dwarf reed grass Poaceae
Stend.
10 Atylosia scarabaeoides Bana Harada Papiollanaceae
11 Asparagus racemosus L. Satabari Liliaceae
12 Cannabis sativa L. Bhanga Ulmaceae
13 Costus speciosa Crepe Ginger Zingiberaceae
14 Centeella asiatica Bramhi Buti Umbeliferae
15 Crotalaria epunctata Ban Methi Euphorbiaceae
16 Curcuma amada Amada Zingiberaceae
17 Curcuma aungistifolia Palagunda Zingiberaceae
18 Desmodium giganticum (L.) DC. Salaparni Fabaceae
19 Dicanthium carricossum Zinzvo Poaceae
20 Digitaria longifolia (Retz.) Pers. Indian Crab Grass Poaceae
21 Elephantapus scaber L. Asteraceae Tuta Muli Asteraceae
22 Indigofera triata Indigo Papilionaceae
23 Habenaria commelinifolia Wall. Commelina-Leaf Orchidaceae
Habenaria
24 Habenaria furcifera Lindl. Forked Habenaria Orchidaceae
25 Habenaria grandifloriformis Blatter Single Leaved Orchidaceae
Habenaria

26 Habenaria longicorniculata Graham Long-Tailed Orchidaceae
Habenaria
27 Haplanthades verticillatus (Roxb.)Nees.. Spiny Bottle Brush Acanthaceae
28 Hedychium coronarium Gold spot Ginger Lily Zingiberaceae
29 Heteropogon contortus L. Black Speargrass Poaceae
30 Hygrophila serpyllum var. hookeriana Roundleaf Marsh Acanthaceae
Carpet
31 Hypoxis auria Lour. Golden Star Grass Hypoxidaceae
32 Impatiense chinensis L. Chinese Balsam Balsminaceae
33 Ipomoea barleriodies (Choisy) Benth. Pink Morning Glory Convolvulaceae
34 Ischne globosa (Thunb.) Kuntze Swamp Millet Poaceae
35 Justicia adhatoda Malabar Nut Acanthaceae.
36 Lavandula bipinnata Kuntze. Feather Leaved Lamiaceae
Lavender
37 Leersia hexandra Sw. Rice Grass Poaceae
38 Leonotis nipitifolia (L.) R.Br. Lion's Ear Lamiaceae
39 Lepidagathis fasciculate (Retz.) Nees. Striped Acanthaceae.
LepidagathisRasna
40 Lepidagathis incurve Buch – Ham Curved Lepidagathis Acanthaceae.
41 Lepidagathis cuspidate Nees. Pointed-Leaf . Acanthaceae.
Lepidagathis
42 Leucas aspera (Willd.) Link Common Leucas Lamiaceae
43 Lippia alba (Burm. F) spreng Bushy Lippia Acanthaceae.
44 Murdannia edulis (Stokes) Faden Edible Dewflower Commelinaceae
45 Murdannia pauciflora Brueck. Few Flowered Commelinaceae
Dewflower
46 Musa ornata Roxb. Musaceae Bana Kadali . Musaceae
47 Nervilia aragoana Gaud. Aragoa-Like Nervilia Orchidaceae
48 Nervilia crocoformis L. Trembling Nervilia Orchidaceae
49 Nervilia infundibulifolia Blatt & Mc. Cann Funnel-Leaf Nervilia Orchidaceae
50 Operculina turpethum (L.) S. Manso Transparent Wood Convolvulaceae
Rose
51 Osbeckia stellata Buch. Starry Osbeckia Melastomataceae
52 Pancratium triflorum Roxb. Pankusum Amaryllidaceae
53 Pavonia procumbens Pennyroyal Swamp Malvaceae
Mallow
54 Pecteilis trifoliat (Sm.) Rafin. Three Flowered Egret Orchidaceae
Orchid
55 Penisetum persinatum L Padri Poaceae
56 Pennisetum honenackeri Hochst. Fountain Grass Poaceae
57 Peperomia tetraphylla (Forst.) Hook. Four-Leaf Peperomia . Piperaceae
58 Peristylus constrictus (Lindl.) Lindl. Constricted Peristylus Orchidaceae
59 Peristylus lawii Wight Law's Peristylus Orchidaceae
60 Peristylus plantgenius (Lindl.) Lindl. Plantain Peristylus Orchidaceae
61 Phaius tankervilleae (Banks & l’Herit.) Bl. Nun's Orchid Orchidaceae
62 Phragonites karka (Retz.) Trin Tall Reed Poaceae
63 Phyla nodiflora (L.) Greene Frog Fruit Acanthaceae.
64 Phyllanthus amarus Schum. & Thonn Carry Me Seed Euphorbiaceae
65 Piper longum L. Pipali . Piperaceae
66 Platostoma coloratum Beauv. Colored Jungle Basil Lamiaceae
67 Plectranthus barbatus Andr. Indian Coleus Lamiaceae
68 Polygala elongata Klein ex Willd. Narrow-Leaved . Polygalaceae
Milkwort
69 Polystachya concerta L. Greater Yellowspike . Orchidaceae
70 Rorippa indica (L.) Hiern Indian Field-Cress Brassicaceae
71 Saccharum spontaneum Kans Grass Poaceae

72 Salvia coccinea Texas Sage Lamiaceae
73 Setaria palmifolia (Koenig) stapf Palm Grass Poaceae
74 Sida rhombifolia L. Jelly Leaf Malvaceae
75 Strobilanthes cuspidatus (benth) T. Anders. Kanara Kurinji Acanthaceae.
76 Swertia angustifolia Chireta Gentiaceae
77 Thalictrum foliolosum DC. Bharda /Leaf . Ranunculaceae
Meadow Rue
78 Themeda anathera (Anderss) A. camus Loonder grass Poaceae

79 Themeda triandra Forssk Kangaroo Grass Poaceae
80 Theriophonum sivaganganum Sivaganga Voodoo Araceac
Lily
81 Thysanolaena maxima (Roxb.) Kuntze. Jhadu . Poaceae
82 Triumfeta annua L. Tiliaceae Herb Hairy Burr-Bush Tiliaceae
83 Uraria picta Krishnaparni Fabaceae
84 Vernonia indica(L.) Less. Indian Vernonia Asteraceae
85 Vetiveria zizanioides (L) Nabh in Smal Vertiver Poaceae
86 Weddia utricifolia DC. Nettle Leaved Asteraceae
Wedelia
Listof Shrub of Kalahandi South Division
Sl No Scientific Name Local Name Family
01 Abutilon indicum (Lam.) Sweet Pedipedika Malvaceae

02 Abutilon persicum (Burm.f.) Merr. Atibala /Persian Mallow Malvaceae
03 Aganosma caryophyllata G.Don Malati Apocyanaceae
04 Atylosia cajanifolia Haines. Jangli Harada Fabaceae
05 Blepharispermum subsessile DC. Rasna Asteraceae
06 Breynia retusa (Dennst.) Alston Cup Saucer Euphorbiaceae
07 Caesalpinia cuculata Roxb. Nite Caesalpiniaceae
08 Calycopteris floribunda Lam. Ukshi Dioscoreaceae
09 Carisa carandus L. Karanda /Bengal Currant Apocyanaceae
10 Cordia oblica Clammy cherry Boraginaceae
11 Desmodium laxifolium DC. Desmodium Fabaceae
12 Embelia tsjeriam cottam Vaividange Myrsinaceae
13 Fioria vitifolia (L.) Mattei Banchanda (Bankapas) Malvaceae
14 Flemingia involucrata Benth. Flamangia Fabaceae
15 Gardenia gummifera L.f. Gurudu . Rubiaceae
Gardenia turgida Roxb Dumgurudu Rubiaceae
16 Grewia rothii DC. Phalsa Tiliaceae
17 Holarrhena pubescens (Buch.-Ham.) Kurei Apocyanaceae
Wall
18 Ichnocarpus frutescens (L.) R.Br. Shyam lata Apocyanaceae
19 Indigofera cassiodies Rottl.ex DC. Girdi Fabaceae
20 Leea indica (Burm.f.) Merr. Kukoor or Bandicot berry Vitaceae
21 Leea macrophylla Roxb. Hatikana Vitaceae
22 Malvastrum coromandelianum (L.) Kamini (Bana Mallika) Malvaceae
23 Melastoma malbathricum L. Indian Rhododendron Melastomaceae
24 Murraya koingee (L.) Jacq. Bhrusanga . Rutaceae
25 Olax scandens Bhalbhadria Olacaceae
26 Opilia amentacea L. Fragrant Opilia Opiliaceae
27 Paederia scandens (Lour.) Merr. Gandhali Rubiaceae
28 Randia dumetorum Emetic nut /Mainaphal Rubiaceae
29 Rauvolfia tetraphylla L. Sarpagandha Apocyanaceae
30 Reinwardtia indica Dumort. Yellow flax or Pyoli Linaceae

31 Sarcococca saligna (D. Don) Sweet box Buxaceae
32 Solanum viarum Dunal Junglee Baigana Solanaceae
Symphorema polyandrum Wight Badi Chang Verbenaceae
33 Triumfeta pilosa Roth. Burbark Tiliaceae
34 Vitex peduncularis Thiurgorwa Lamiaceae
35 Woodfordia fruticosa (L.) Kurz. Dhatuki Lythraceae
36 Ziziphus glaberima Heyne ex Roth. Bada Ber Rhamnaceae
37 Zizyphus funiculosa Buch.-Ham. Bon Bogori Rhamnaceae
TREES OF KALAHANDI SOUTH DIVISION
Sl Scientific Name Local Name Family

No
1 2 3 4
01 Acacia catechu (L.f.) Willd. Khair Mimosaceae
02 Acacia ferrruginea Buch Safed Khair Mimosaceae
03 Acacia leucocephala (Roxb.) Willd. Gohira Mimosaceae
04 Acacia nilotica (L.) Delile Babul Mimosaceae
05 Acacia lenticularis(L.f.) Beth. Gad Khair Mimosaceae
06 Adina cordifolia (Roxb.) Hook.f Haldu (Kurum) Rubiaceae
07 Aegle marmelos (L.) Lorr. Bela Rutaceae
08 Aglaia spectabilis (Wall. Ex voigt) DC. Karandali Meliaceae
09 Ailanthus xcels Roxb. Mahala Simarobaceae
10 Alangium salvifolium (L.f.) Wang. Ankula Alangiaceae
11 Albizia chinensis (Osbell) Merr. Ghoda Lanjia Mimosaceae
12 Albizia lebbeck (L.) Benth. Siris Mimosaceae
13 Albizia procera (Roxb.) Benth. Dhala Siris Mimosaceae
14 Alstonia scholaris (L.) Chhatian Apocyanaceae
15 Anacardium occidentale L. Lanka behluan Anacardiaceae
16 Annona squamosa L. Atta Anonaceae

17 Anogeissus accuminata (Rox.ex Dc.) Wall. Phasi Combretaceae
18 Anogeissus latifolia (Roxb. ex Dc.) Wall. Dhaura Combretaceae
19 Antidesma acidum Mamuri Mimosacaea
20 Anthocephalus chinensis (Lam.) A. Kadamba Rubiaceae
21 Artocarpus heterophyllus Lam. Panasa Moraceae
22 Artocarpus laeucha Lam. Jentha Moraceae
23 Azadirachta indica Neem (Nimba) Meliaceae
24 Barringtonia acutangula (L.) Gaertn. Hinjal Baringtoniaceae

25 Bauhinia retusa Roxb. Amthi Caesalpiniaceae
26 Baunihia purpurea L. Kuilari Caesalpiniaceae
27 Baunihia variegata L. Kanchana Caesalpiniaceae
28 Bombax ceiba L. Simuli Bombacaceae
29 Boswellia serrata Roxb. ex Colebr. Salai Burseraceae
30 Bridelia retusa (L.) Spreng. Kasi Euphorbiaceae
31 Buchanania lanzan Spreng. Char Anacardiaceae
32 Bursera serrata Wall.ex Colebr. Rimili/Nimburumoi Burseraceae
33 Butea monosperma (Lam.) Palas Fabaceae
34 Callicarpa arborea Badapatri Laminaceae
35 Careya arborea Kumbhi Lecythidaceae
36 Caryota urens L. Salapa Arecaceae
37 Casearia elliptica Willd. Khakada Flacourtiaceae
38 Cassia fistula L. Sunari Caesalpiniaceae
39 Cassia siamea L. Chakundi Caesalpiniaceae
40 Ceiba pentandra Silk cotton Bombacaceae

41 Choroxylon swietiana DC. Bheru Rutaceae
42 Cleistanthus collinus (Roxb.) Benth. ex Karada Euphorbiaceae
Hook.f.
43 Cochlospermum religiosum (L.) Ganiari/Gelgela Flacourtiaceae
44 Cordia oblica Bahal Boraginaceae
45 Crateva religiosa Baruna Capparidaceae
46 Dalbergia latifolia Roxb. Pahadi Sisoo Fabaceae
47 Dalbergia paniculata Roxb. Barabakulia/Dhoben Fabaceae
48 Dalbergia sissoo Roxb. Sissoo Fabaceae
49 Dillenia pentagyna Roxb. Rai Dilleniaceae
50 Dillenia aurea Roxb. Chhota Rai Dilleniaceae
51 Diospyros malabarica (Desv.) Kostl. Mankada Kendu Ebenaceae
52 Diospyros melanoxylon Roxb. Kendu Ebenaceae
53 Diospyros.montana Roxb. Halda Ebenaceae
54 Dolichandrone falcata Mirigasingha Bignoniaceae
55 Emblica officinalis Amla Euphorbiaceae
56 Erythrina suberosa Roxb. Chauldhua Fabaceae
57 Erythrina variegate L. Paldhua Fabaceae
58 Eucalyptus hybrid Nilgiri Myrtaceae
59 Ficus benghalensis L. Bara Moraceae
60 Ficus racemosa L. Deemere Moraceae
61 Ficus religiosa L. Peepal Moraceae
62 Ficus auriculata Lour. Rajdimiri/Khursel Moraceae
63 Ficus heterophylla L. Ganthi Sahada Moraceae
64 Ficus hispida L. Baidimiri Moraceae
65 Ficus lutescens L. Jari Moraceae
66 Ficus virens Ait. Pankel Moraceae
67 Flacourtia indica (Burm.f.) Merr Kontaikoli Flacourtiaceae
68 Garcinia xanthochymus Hook.f. Chiuri Cluslaceae
69 Gardenia latifolia Ait. Damkurudu Rubiaceae
70 Gardenia gumifera Ait. Kurudu Rubiaceae
71 Garuga pinnata Roxb. Kekat/Pitamoi Burseraceae
72 Glochidion zeylanicum (Gaertn.) Juss. Kalchia/Berlu Euphorbiaceae
74 Glycosmis pentaphylla (Retz.) DC. Chowaldua Rutaceae
75 Gmelina arborea Roxb. Gambhari verbenaceae

76 Grewia elastica Royle. Mirgei chara Tiliaceae
77 Grewia tiliaefolia Vahl. Dhaman Tiliaceae
78 Gravelia robusta Silveroak Proteaceae
79 Holarrhena antidysenterica Wall. ex A.DC Kurei Apocyanaceae
80 Hymenodictyon excelsum (Roxb.) Wall. Kanasa Rubiaceae
81 Ixora arborea Telkuruma Telkuruma
82 Kydia calycina Roxb. Kapasia Malvaceae
83 Lagerstroemia parviflora Roxb. Sidha Lythraceae
84 Lannea coromondelica (Houtt.) Merr Raj Moi Anacardiaceae
85 Limonia acidissima L. Kaitho Rutaceae
86 Lasiobema retusum Amthi Fabaceae
87 Litsea glutinosa Medha Lauraceae
88 Macaranga peltata (Roxb.) Muell. Arg. Gondaguria/Mande Euphorbiaceae
89 Madhuca indica Gmel Mahula Sapotaceae

90 Mallotus philippensis (Lam.) Muell.- Arg. Kamalagundi . Euphorbiaceae
91 Mangifera indica L. Amba Anacardiaceae
92 Melia azadirachta L. Mahaneem Meliaceae
93 Melia composita Batra Meliaceae

94 Mesua ferrea Linn. Nageswar Calophyllaceae
95 Michelia champaca L. Swarna Champa Magnoliaceae
96 Miliusa velutina Hook. f. & Thoms Gandha Palas Anonaceae
97 Mimusops elengi L. Baula Sapotaceae
98 Mitragyna parviflora (Roxb.) Korth. Mundi/Mitkania Rubiaceae
99 Morinda pubescens Sm. Anchu Rubiaceae
100 Naringi crenulata Bentha Rutaceae
101 Nyctanthes arbor-tristis L. Ganga Siuli Oleaceae
102 Naringi crenulata Bilvaparni/ Surasi Rutaceae
103 Oroxylum indicum (L.) Vent. Phanphana/Phanpuni Bignoniaceae
104 Ougeinia oojeinensis Bandhan/Tinsa Papilionaceae
105 Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb. Khajur Arecaceae
106 Phylanthus emblica L. Amla Euphorbiaceae
107 Pongamia pinnata L. Karanja . Fabaceae
108 Premna latifolia Roxb. Kali gundir/Dankaroni Verbenaceae
109 Premna tomentosa Willd. Jhandakai Verbenaceae
110 Pterocarpus marsupium Roxb. Piasal/Bijasal Fabaceae
111 Pterospermum suaveolens Padhel Chuin Patuli Malvaceae
112 Randia dumeratum Kharal Rubiaceae
113 Randia ulignosa Thelko Rubiaceae
114 Samanea saman (Jacq.) Merr. Bad chakunda Mimosaceae
115 Santalum album Chandan Santalinaceae
116 Saraca asoca ((Roxb.) de Wilde. Ashok Caesalpineaceae
117 Schleichera oleosa (Lour.) Oken Kusum Sapindaceae
118 Semecarpus anacardium L.f. Bhalia Anacardiaceae
119 Shorea robusta Gaertn.f. Sal Dipterocarpaceae
120 Simarouba glauca DC. Simaruba Simarubaceae
121 Soymida febrifuga (Roxb.) A. Juss. Rohini Meliaceae
122 Sterculia urens Roxb. Genduli . Sterculiaceae
123 Stereospermum personatum Chhaipatolo Bignoniaceae
124 Stereospermum suaveolens (Roxb.) DC. Padhel Bignoniaceae
125 Streblus asper Lour. Sahada . Moraceae
126 Strychnos nux-vomica L. Strychnaceae Kochila Strychnaceae
Tree
127 Strychnos potatorum L.f. Nirmali Strychnaceae
128 Symplocos racemosa Roxb. Lodha Symplocaceae
129 Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Jamu Myrtaceae
130 Syzygium opereculatum (L.) Poi Jamu Myrtaceae
131 Tamarindus indica L. Tentuli . Caesalpiniaceae
132 Tectona grandis L Saguan Verbenaceae
133 Terminalia alata Heyne ex Roth Sahaja Combretaceae
134 Terminalia arjuna (Roxb.ex DC.) Wight. Kaha Combretaceae
135 Terminalia bellirica (Gaertn.) Roxb. Bahada Combretaceae
136 Terminalia chebula Retz Harida Combretaceae
137 Terminalia tomentosa Asan/Sahaja Combretaceae
138 Toona ciliata Toon /Mahalimba Meliaceae
139 Trewia nudiflora L. Pani Gambhari Euphorbiaceae
140 Vitex peduncularis Charaigudi Verbenaceae
141 Wrightia tinctoria (Roxb.) R. Br. Bad Kurei Apocyanaceae
142 Wrightia arborea (Dennst.) Mabb. Jharberi Apocyanaceae
143 Xylia xylocarpa (Roxb.)Taub. Tangini Mimosaceae
144 Xylocarpus granatum Shishumar Mileaceae
145 Zanthoxylum armatum Ranabel Rutaceae
146 Zanthoxylum rhetsa Morei Rutaceae
147 Ziziphus mauritiana Bankuli Rhamnaceae

148 Ziziphus nummularia (Burm.f.) Wight & Janguli koli/Boyer Rhamnaceae
Arn.
149 Ziziphus glaberrama Ghanto Rhamnaceae
150 Ziziphus jujuba (Burm.f.) Wight & Arn. Barakoli Rhamnaceae
Grasses of Kalahandi South Forest Division
SL No
Scientific Name Family
01 Oryza rufipogon Poaceae
02 Bethriochlooa pterma Poaceae
03 Imperata arundinaceae Poaceae
04 Cynodon dactylon Poaceae
05 Cymbopogon martini Poaceae
06 Aristida setacecea Poaceae
07 Vetiveria zizaniodes Poaceae
08 Eragrostis coaretata Poaceae
09 Thysanolaena maxima Poaceae
10 Eragrostis unioloides Poaceae
11 Eulaliopsis binata Poaceae
12 Heteropogon contortus Poaceae
13 Sacharrum spontaneum Poaceae
Bamboo of Kalahandi South Forest Division
Serial No Scientific Name Family

01 Bambusa nutans Poaceae
02 Gigantochloa hasskarlian Poaceae
03 Bambusa arundinacea Poaceae
04 Dendrocalamus strictus Poaceae
Fauna
List of Herpetofauna of Kalahandi South Division
ANURANS
Scientific Name Common Name Habitat
Bufonidae
1 Duttaphrynus melanostictus Common toad Near human habitation and
hill treams
2 Bufo fergusonii Agricultural fields
3 Bufo species Toad (unidentified) Near hill stream
Ranidae
4 Fejervarya sp Unidentified Paddy fields, swamps,
ditches and near hill
streams
5 Fejervarya sihyadrensis Paddy field frog Paddy fields, near hill
streams, swamps and
ditches
6 Fejervarya orissaensis Paddy field frog Paddy fields, swamps,
streams
7 Hoplobatracus tigerinus Indian bull frog Paddy fields, swamps,
streams
8 Hoplobatracus crassus Jerdon’s bull frog Paddy fields, swamps,
streams
9 Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis Skipper frog Swamps, ditches and near
hill streams
10 Ramanella variegate Paddy fields, swamps,
streams
11 Rana malabarica Hill streams, inside caves
and tree holes near hill
streams
12 Spaerotheca rolandae Paddy fields, swamps,
streams
13 Spaerotheca breviceps Burrowing frog Paddy fields, swamps,
ditches, hill streams and
forest floor
14 Spaerotheca dobsonii Burrowing frog Paddy fields, swamps,
ditches, hill streams and
forest floor
Microhulidae
15 Microhyla ornata Ornate frog Paddy fields, swamps,
ditches, hill streams,
grass lands and forest
floor
16 Uparodon systoma Balloon frog Ditches, ponds and
temporary water deposit
areas
17 Uparodon globulosum Balloon frog Ditches, ponds and
temporary water deposit
areas
18 Calaula pulchra Painted frog
Rachophoridae
19 Polypedates macdulatus Tree frog Busy forest, on trees and
near hill streams
20 Phillaotus sp. Bush frog Busy forest and near hill
(Unidentified) steam
LIZARDS
Sl No Scientific Name Common Name Habitat searched
01 Calodactylus aureus Golden gecko Caves and rock boulders
near hill streams
02 Geckoella nebulosus Leopard gecko Forest floor and leaf litters
03 Geckoella jeyporensis Jaipur hill gecko Forest floor and leaf litters
04 Eublepharis hardwikii Fat tailed Gecko Forest floor and leaf litters
05 Hemidactylus brookii Brook’s gecko Forest floor, trees and leaf
litters
06 H. leschenaultia Bark gecko Forest floor, trees and leaf
litters
07 H. frenatus Southern House Gecko Forest floor, trees and leaf
litters
08 H. subraidrus Termite Hill Gecko Forest floor and boulder
deposit areas.
09 Sitana ponticeriana Fan throated lizard Forest floor, open field

10 Colotes versicolor Garden Lizard Bush forest and trees
11 Calotes rouxi Forest Calotes On trees
12 Psamophilus blanfordanus Rock lizard Rocky terrine
13 Chamaeleon zeylanicus Indian Chameleon Bush and shrub forest
14 Mabuya macularia Little Skink Forest floor, leaf litter,
bellow rock boulder and
rocky terrine
15 Mabuya carinata Common Brahmin skink Forest floor, leaf litter,
bellow rock boulder and
rocky terrine
16 Lygosoma albopunctata Snake Skink Forest floor, leaf litter and
below rock boulder
17 Riopa punctatus Snake Skink Forest floor, leaf litter and
below rock boulder
18 Scincella sp. Skink Forest floor, leaf litter, near
hill streams
19 Varanus bengalensis Common Indian Monitor Caves, tree holes, termite
mounds and forest floor
SNAKES
Sl No Scientific Name English Name Habitat
01 Ramphotyphlops braminus Brahminy Worm Forest floor, leaf litter and bellow
Snake rock boulder
02 Grypotyphlops acutus Beaked Worm Forest floor, leaf litter and bellow
Snake rock boulder
03 Python molorus Indian Rock Python Caves, trees, forest floor near hill
streams
04 Eryx conica Common Sand Boa Forest floor, leaf litter and bellow
rock boulder
05 Ahaetulla nasutus Common Vine snake Bush forest, shrub forest and trees
06 Dendrelaphis tristis Common Bush forest, shrub forest and trees
Bronzeback Tree
Snake
07 Ptyas mucosus Indian Rat Snake Forest floor, near human
settlement, termite mound and
bellow rock boulder
08 Lycodon aulicus Common Wolf Forest floor, caves, leaf litter and
Snake below rock boulder
09 Lycodon straithus Barred Wold Snake Forest floor, caves, leaf litter and
below rock boulder
10 Lycodon travancoricus Travancore Wolf Forest floor, caves, leaf litter and
Snake below rock boulder
11 Dryocalamus numpha Bridal Snake Forest floor, caves, leaf litter and
below rock boulder
12 Boiga trigonathus Common Cat Snake Bush and shrub forest, bellow
rocks
13 Boiga sp (Undescribed) Cat Snake This species was found at height of
27’ inside a Sal tree hole
14 Boiga forsteni Forsten’s Cat Snake Tree holes, mostly in Sal forest
15 Boiga ochraceous Tawny Cat Snake Tree holes, mostly in Sal forest
16 Sibynophis sagittaria Black Headed Snake Forest floor, leaf litter and bellow
rock boulder
17 Xenocrophis piscator Checkered Keelback Water holes and near hill streams
18 Xenocrophis sanctijohanis St. John’s Keelback Water holes and near hill streams
19 Macropisthodon plumbicolor Green Keelback Water holes, bellow rocks and
forest floor
20 Ophiophagus Hannah King Cobra Near hill stream
21 Naja naja Monocellate Cobra Forest floor, degraded termite
mound, near human habitation
22 Triemeresurus gramineus Bamboo Pit Viper Bush forest, shrub forest, tree
holes and caves
23 Bungarus caeruleus Chiti (Common
Indian Krailt)
List of Avifauna of Kalahandi South Division
Sl No Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status

01 Pavo cristatus Indian Peafowl Endemic/ common
02 Anthracoceros albirostris Pied hornbill Resident / fairly common
03 Ocyceros birostris Indian gray hornbill Endemic/ fairly common LC
04 Chrysocolaptes lucidus Greater flame back Resident / Fairly Common
05 Dinopium benghalensis Black rumped flame back Near endemic/ Common
06 Megalaima haemocephala Coppersmith barbet Resident / abundant
07 Upupa epops Common Whoopee Resident / common
08 Coracias bengalensis Indian roller Resident / common
09 Alcedo atthis Common kingfisher Resident / abundant
10 Halcyon smynensis White throated Resident / abundant
kingfisher
11 Merops orientalis Green bee eater Resident / abundant
12 Merops philippinus Blue tailed bee eater Resident / fairly common
13 Clamator jacobinus Pied cuckoo Migratory / uncommon
14 Merops leschenaulti Chestnut headed bee Resident / fairly common
eater
15 cuckoo Hierococcyx Common Hawk varius Resident / common n
16 Eudynamys scolopacea Asian koel Resident / abundant
17 Centropus sinensis Greater coucal Resident / abundan
18 Psittacula euptria Alexandrine Resident / fairly common
parakeet
19 Psittacula krameri Rose ringed parakeet Resident / abundant
20 Psittacula cyanocephala Plum headed Endemic/ common
parakeet
21 Apus affinis House swift Resident / abundant
22 Hemiprocne coronata Crested tree swift Resident / fairly common
23 Tyto alba Barn owl Resident / fairly common
24 Otus bakkamoena Collared Scops owl Resident / uncommon
25 Athene brama Spotted owlet Resident / abundant
26 Caprimulgus asiaticus Indian Nightjar Resident / abundant
27 Columba livia Rock pigeon Resident / abundant
28 Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove Resident / abundant
29 Streptopelia decaocta Eurasian collared Resident / abundant
dove
30 Calcophaps indica Emerald dove Resident / common
31 Treron phoenicoptera Yellow footed green Resident / common
pigeon
32 Amaurornis phoenicurus White breasted Resident / abundant
water hen
33 Vanellus indicus Red wattle lapwing Resident / abundant
34 Vanellus malabaricus Yellow wattle Endemic/ fairly common
lapwing
35 Elanus caerulens Black shouldered Resident / common
kite
36 Milvus migrans Black kite Resident / abundant
37 Accipiter badius Shikra Resident / common
38 Pernis ptilorhyncus Oriental Honey Resident / common

Buzzard
39 Aquila nipalensis Steppe Eagle Winter/ common
40 Spilornis cheela Crested serpent Resident / common
eagle
41 Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant Resident / common
42 Egretta garzetta Little egret Resident / common
43 Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret Resident / abundant
44 Ardeola grayii Indian pond heron Resident / abundant
45 Chloropsis aurifrons Golden fronted leaf Resident / fairly common
bird
46 Dendrocitta vagabunda Rufus tree pie Resident / common
47 Corvus splendens House crow Resident / abundant
48 Corvus macrorhyncos Large billed crow Resident / common
49 Oriolus oriolus Eurasian golden Resident / common
oriole
50 Oriolus xanthornis Black hooded oriole Resident / common
51 Pericrocotus flammeus Scarlet minivet Resident / common
52 Rhipidura albicollis White throated Resident / common
fantail
53 Dicrurus macrocercus Black drongo Resident / abundant
54 Dicrurus caerulescens White bellied drongo Endemic / fairly common
55 Terpsiphone paradisi Asian paradise Resident / fairly common
flycatcher
56 Aegithina tiphia Common Iora Resident / common
57 Copsychus saularis Oriental magpie Resident / abundant
robin
58 Copsychus malabaricus White rumped Resident / fairly common
shama
59 Saxicoloides fulicata Indian robin Endemic / abundant
60 Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy starling Resident / fairly common
61 Strurnus contra Asian pied starling Resident / common
62 Acridotheres tristis Common mynah Resident / abundant
63 Acridotheres fuscus Jungle mynah Resident / abundant
64 Gracula religiosa Hill mynah Resident / fairly common
65 Pycnonotus jocosus Red whiskered Resident / abundant
bulbul
66 Pycnonotus cafer Red vented bulbul Resident / abundant
67 Prinia inornata Plain prinia Resident / common
68 Cisticala juncidis Zilting cisticala Resident / common
69 Orthotomus sutorius Common tailor bird Resident / abundant
70 Orthotomus atrogularis Dark necked tailor Resident / fairly common
bird
71 Tordoides striatus Jungle babbler Endemic / abundant
72 Nectarinia zeylonica Purple rumped Resident / common
sunbird
73 Nectarinia asiatica Purple sunbird Resident / abundant
74 Passer domesticus House sparrow Resident / abundant
75 Pitta brachyura Indian Pitta Endemic / fairly common
76 Anthus rufulus Paddy field pipit Resident / fairly common
77 Ploceus philippinus Baya weaver Resident / common
78 Lonchura striata White rumped munia Resident / common
79 Zoothera citrina Orange headed Resident/Fairly common
80 Lonchura punctulata thrush
Scaly breasted Resident / common
munia
81 Coturnix coturnix Common Quail Resident/ fairly common
82 Gallus gallus Red jungle fowl Resident / common

List of Mammals of Kalahandi South Division
Sl No Scientific Name Local Name Name

01 Panthera tigris Bagh Tiger
02 Manis crassicaudata Bajrakapta Pangolin
03 Melursus ursinus Bhalu Sloth bear
04 Felis bengalensis Cheetah Biradi Leopard cat
05 Pathera pardus Karlapatria Leopard
06 Mellivora capensis Gada Bhalu Ratel/Honey Badger
07 Bos gaurus Gayal Bison/Gaur
08 Elephas maximus Hati Elephant
09 Canis lupus Kulhia Wolf
10 Tetracerus quadricornis Bhutel Kutra Chousingha
11 Moschiola meminna Kebada Mouse deer
12 Cuon alpinus Balia Kukur Wild dog
13 Felis chaus affinus Bana Biradi Jungle cat
14 Ratufa indica Udanta Musa Indian giant squirrel
15 Petaurista philippensis Masana Chadhei Indian great flying
squirel
16 Canis aures Bilua Jackal
17 Macaca mulatta Mankad (Pati) Rhesus macaque
18 Semnopithecus entellus Mankada (Hanu) Monkey/Langur
19 Lutra lutra Pani Musa Smooth Indian Otter
20 H. smithy Sap Katra Musa Ruddy mangoose
21 Herpestes edwardsi Neula (Harla) GreyMangoose
22 Viverricula indica Saliapatani Small India cerivet
23 Macaca mulatta Mankad (Pati) Rhesus macaque
24 Semnopithecus entellus Mankada (Hanu) Monkey/Langur
25 Lutra lutra Pani Musa Smooth Indian Otter
26 H. smithy Ruddy mangoose Sap Katra Musa
27 Herpestes edwardsi GreyMangoose Neula (Harla)

28 Viverricula indica Small India cerivet Saliapatani
29 Paradoxurus hermophroditus Palm civet Patani Musa
30 Sus scrofa cristatus Wild pig Barha
31 Axis axis Spotted deer Chital (Harin)
32 Funambulus palmarum 3 Striped palm squirrel Gunduchi Musa
33 Funambulus pennant 5 Striped palm squirrel Gunduchi Musa
34 Muntiacus muntijak Barking deer Kutura
35 Hyaena hyaena Striped Haeyna Heta Bagha
36 Cervus unicolor Sambar Sambar
37 Hystrix indica Porcupine Jhinka
38 Lepus nigricollis Hare , Kharia (Thekua)
39 Vulpes bengalensis Fox Kokisiali

Annexure 3: Phytoplankton, Zooplankton and Benthos
Recorded from various location of Indravati Reservoir near
Proposed Project Area
Aquatic Ecology Sampling Locations on Indravati Reservoir
Location Code Coordinates

AE1 19°16'1.81"N, 82°50'26.59"E
AE2 19°13'47.23"N, 82°48'49.68"E
AE3 19°16'39.30"N, 82°49'15.02"E
AE4 19°15'49.23"N, 82°51'0.03"E
Recorded Phytoplankton Species
Location Code: AE1
Sl. No. Species Group Species

Euglena sp.
Cladophora sp.
1. Chlorophyta
Spirogyra sp.
Closterium sp.
Navicula sp.
2. Bacillariophyta
Pinnularia sp.
Anbaena sp.
Oscilatoria sp.
3. Cyanophyta
Nostoc sp.
Microcystis sp.
Location Code: AE 2

Euglena sp.
Cladophora sp.
Spirogyra sp.
1. Chlorophyta
Spirulina sp.
Ulothrix sp.
Closterium sp.
Navicula sp.
2. Bacillariophyta
Pinnularia sp.
Anbaena sp.
Oscilatoria sp.
3. Cyanophyta
Nostoc sp.
Microcystis sp.

Location Code: AE 3

Euglena sp.
Cladophora sp.
Spirogyra sp.
1. Chlorophyta
Spirulina sp.
Ulothrix sp.
Closterium sp.
Navicula sp.
2. Bacillariophyta
Pinnularia sp.
Anbaena sp.
Oscilatoria sp.
3. Cyanophyta
Nostoc sp.
Microcystis sp.
Location Code: AE 4
Euglena sp.
Cladophora sp.
Chlorella sp.
1. Chlorophyta
Spirogyra sp.
Spirulina sp.
Closterium sp.
Navicula sp.
2. Bacillariophyta
Pinnularia sp.
Anbaena sp.
Oscilatoria sp.
3. Cyanophyta
Nostoc sp.
Microcystis sp.
Recorded Zooplankton Species
Location Code: AE 1

Amoeba sp.
1. Protozoa Euglypha sp.
Paramoecium sp.
Polyarthra sp.
2. Rotifera
Monostyla sp.
Moina sp.
3. Cladocera Ceriodaphnia sp.
Daphnia sp.
Cyclops sp.
Mesocyclops sp.

Location Code: AE 2
Amoeba sp.
Euglypha sp.
1. Protozoa Paramoecium sp.
Opercularia sp.
Metopus sp.
Polyarthra sp.
Monostyla sp.
Moina sp.
3. Cladocera Ceriodaphnia sp.
Daphnia sp.
Cyclops sp.
Mesocyclops sp.
Location Code: AE 3
Sl .No. Species Group Species

Amoeba sp.
Euglypha sp.
1. Protozoa
Paramoecium sp.
Metopus sp.
Polyarthra sp.
Monostyla sp.
Moina sp.
Ceriodaphnia sp.
3. Cladocera
Bosmina sp.
Daphnia sp.
Cyclops sp.
Mesocyclops sp.
Location Code: AE 4

Amoeba sp.
Euglypha sp.
1. Protozoa Arcella sp.
Paramoecium sp.
Polyarthra sp.
Monostyla sp.
3. Cladocera Moina sp.
Ceriodaphnia sp.

Bosmina sp.
Daphnia sp.
Cyclops sp.
Mesocyclops sp.
Recorded Benthic Species
Location Code: AE 1
Polydora sp.
1. Annelida
Nereis sp.
Amphibalanus sp.
Squilla sp.
2. Arthropoda Panulirus sp.
Panopeus sp.
Charybdis sp.
Corbicula sp.
Umbonium sp.
Natica sp.
Acrilla sp.
Melanoides sp.
3. Mollusca
Pisidium sp.
Neverita sp.
Turritella sp.
Gyrineum sp.
Indothais sp.
Location Code: AE 2

Polydora sp.
Nereis sp.
Amphibalanus sp.
Amphiops sp.
Squilla sp.
Ranatra sp.
Panopeus sp.
Charybdis sp.
Corbicula sp.
Mollusca Umbonium sp.
3. Natica sp.
Pila sp.
Acrilla sp.
Lymnaea sp.
Melanoides sp.
Pisidium sp.
Neverita sp.

Turritella sp.
Gyrineum sp.
Indothais sp.
Location Code: AE 3
Polydora sp.
Nereis sp.
Amphibalanus sp.
Amphiops sp.
Squilla sp.
Ranatra sp.
Panopeus sp.
Charybdis sp.
Corbicula sp.
Umbonium sp.
Natica sp.
Pila sp.
3. Mollusca Lymnaea sp.
Melanoides sp.
Pisidium sp.
Gyrineum sp.
Indothais sp.
Location Code: AE 4

Polydora sp.
Nereis sp.
Amphibalanus sp.
Amphiops sp.
Squilla sp.
Ranatra sp.
Panopeus sp.
Charybdis sp.
Corbicula sp.
Natica sp.
Pila sp.
Lymnaea sp.
3. Mollusca
Melanoides sp.
Pisidium sp.
Gyrineum sp.
Indothais sp.

Annexure 4: Stakeholder Consultation
Consultation being conducted at Talnagi (Nagi main Village)
Consultation being conducted at Luthgudi Hamlet (Nagi Village)

Attendance Sheet: Consultation conducted at Talnagi (Nagi main Village)

Attendance Sheet: Consultation conducted at Luthgudi Hamlet (Nagi Village)

This publication has been produced with the assistance of the European Union. The contents of this publication are the sole responsibility of the
author and can in no way be taken to reflect the views of the European Union or the EU Delegation. This publication has been prepared for general
guidance on matters of interest only and does not constitute professional advice. You should not act upon the information contained in this
publication without obtaining specific professional advice. No representation or warranty (express or implied) is given as to the accuracy or
completeness of the information contained in this publication, and, to the extent permitted by law, PwC, its members, employees and agents accept
no liability, and disclaim all responsibility, for the consequences of you or anyone else acting, or refraining to act, in reliance on the information
contained in this publication or for any decision based on it.
This publication contains certain examples extracted from third party documentation and so being out of context from the original third-party
documents; readers should bear this in mind when reading the publication. The copyright in such third-party material remains owned by the third
parties concerned, and PwC expresses its appreciation to these companies for having allowed it to include their information in this publication. For a
more comprehensive view on each company’s communication, please read the entire document from which the extracts have been taken. Please
note that the inclusion of a company in this publication does not imply any endorsement of that company by PwC nor any verification of the accuracy
of the information contained in any of the examples.

DPR Indravati Final V4 Total 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DPR Indravati Final V4 Total 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

DPR Indravati Final V4 Total 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GEDCOL/Odisha

This project is funded by

Detailed Project Report

Table 2- technical losses used in the simulation...................................................................................................18

Table 3- Cost estimates of the project..................................................................................................................19

Table 3- Performance of Commercial thin film technologies.................................................................................26

Table 5 Technical Specifications and Standards of FPV.........................................................................................56

Table 6 RPO Obligations.........................................................................................................................................72

Table 8- Overview of the Top 50 FPV projects worldwide....................................................................................105

Table 9- Ranking of system providers of floating structures for PV as of 2020....................................................105

Table 11- Overview of top 50 FPV projects with EPC contractors..........................................................................107

Table 15- Environmental data of the Indravati site (Meteonorm 7.3)................................................................122

Table 21 - Water data provided by Basin manager of Odisha.............................................................................132

Table 17 – PV module data..................................................................................................................................139

Table 18 – Inverter data......................................................................................................................................140

Table 22- List of permits and authorizations required........................................................................................151

Table 23- Indicative schedule..............................................................................................................................153

Table 24- Cost estimates of the Indravati FPV....................................................................................................154

Table 26- Risk assessment for the Indravati FPV project....................................................................................161

Figure 2- FPV major costs......................................................................................................................................14

Figure 3- Location of the site................................................................................................................................15

Figure 4- Solar irradiation for the state of Odisha................................................................................................15

Figure 5- Area estimated for the FPV project.......................................................................................................16

Figure 6- location of the assembly point 2 (proposed assembly)........................................................................17

Figure 7- location of the pooling station..............................................................................................................18

Figure 8- project schematic for Indravati.............................................................................................................18

Figure 2- Variation of the LCOE with the discount factor....................................................................................22

Figure 2- Bifacial PV cell (Source: Bsolar)...............................................................................................................29

Figure 3- Azimuth tracking (source – SunPower)..................................................................................................30

Figure 4- Elevation tracking (source: Solaria)........................................................................................................30

Figure 5- Movements of two axis tracker...............................................................................................................31

Figure 7- Several solution providers for HDPE floating PV structures....................................................................46

Figure 8- HDPE solution from a plastics manufacturer..........................................................................................47

Figure 9- Reinforced fibre floating PV solution provider........................................................................................47

Figure 10- Metallic structures on floaters..............................................................................................................48

Figure 11- Solution provider for offshore PV systems............................................................................................48

Figure 12- two-axis tracking floating PV solution (Source: SOLARISFLOAT)..........................................................49

Figure 13- Mooring to the banks (source: Solar, Inc. Company).............................................................................49

Figure 14- Anchoring solutions...............................................................................................................................50

Figure 16 FPV Installation Steps.............................................................................................................................57

EU-India Clean Energy and Climate Partnership (CECP) Page 1

Figure 24- Cooling effect for different type of floating structures.........................................................................66

Figure 25- The heat loss coefficient of different floating PV systems.....................................................................66

Figure 28: Estimated potential of Floating Solar PV of Odisha...........................................................................73

Figure 29: Main floating PV solar plants in Europe in 2018..................................................................................78

Figure 33 – Relation of Solar Tenders and Energy Policy Goals in Portugal.......................................................85

Figure 35 – Overview of proposed bids for several FPV tenders........................................................................87

Figure 37 –Innovative water-based PV structure designed by Ciel e Terre........................................................89

Figure 39 – Identified tipping points....................................................................................................................91

EU-India Clean Energy and Climate Partnership (CECP) Page 2

Figure 43- Solar PV deployment by country in GW in 2030, according to IRENA..............................................101

Figure 44- Different types and applications of PV systems...................................................................................102

Figure 45- Installed capacity of floating PV worldwide according to SERIS..........................................................103

Figure 46- Installed capacity share by continent..................................................................................................103

Figure 52- Location of the site...............................................................................................................................117

Figure 53- Global horizontal irradiation of India (SolarGIS)................................................................................122

Figure 55- Water level change.............................................................................................................................129

Figure 56- Location of the area to be developed...............................................................................................130

Figure 57- Seismological graph of Odisha...........................................................................................................131

Figure 79- Locations of the assembly areas.......................................................................................................136